t. <-
APR 2 3 '69
BULLETIN OF
WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY
CATALOG ISSUE
WINSTON-SALEM
NORTH CAROLINA
^4g*,V''
JANUARY 1970
FOR STUDENTS ENTERING IN
ACADEMIC YEAR 1970-71
CORRESPONDENCE
Inquiries to the University should be addressed as indicated
below:
Admissions Director of Admissions
Alumni Affairs Director of Alumni Affairs
Athletics Director of Athletics
Business Administration Dean of Charles H. Babcock
School of Business
Administration
Catalogs Director of Admissions
Financial Matters Vice President for Business
and Finance
General Policy of the
University President
Gifts and Bequests President
Graduate Studies Dean of the Graduate School
Housing —
Men Director of Residences
Women Dean of Women
Law Dean of School of Law
Medicine Director of Admissions
Bowman Gray School of
Medicine, Winston-Salem,
N. C. 27103
Placement Director of Placement
Public Relations and
Development Program President
Scholarships Committee on Scholarships
Student Affairs Dean of Students
Summer Session Dean of Summer Session
Transcripts Registrar
All addresses, except Medicine, are:
Wake Forest University, Reynolda Station
Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109
Wait Chapel and Plaza
Air View
the Campus
New Series
January 1970
Vol. LXV, No. 1
BULLETIN OF
Wake Forest
University
.tiff*******-
GENERAL CATALOG ISSUE
ONE HUNDRED THIRTY-FIFTH YEAR
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1970-1971
The Bulletin of Wake Forest University is published seven times annually by
the University at Winston-Salem, North Carolina. Correspondence and
changes of address notices should be mailed to Wake Forest
University, Winston-Salem, N. C, 27109 (or 27103
for Bowman Gray School of Medicine) .
Second-class postage paid at Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109
1970
JANUARY APRIL JULY OCTOBER
SMTWTFSSMTWTFSSMTWTFSSMTWTFS
123 1234 1234 123
45678 910 5678 9 10 11 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1112 13 14 15 16 17 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1112 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30 31 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
FEBRUARY MAY AUGUST NOVEMBER
SMTWTFSSMTWTFSSMTWTFSSMTWTFS
1234567 12 11234567
8 9 10 1112 13 14 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 10 1112 13 14 15 16 9 10 1112 13 14 15 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 29 30
31 30 31
MARCH JUNE SEPTEMBER DECEMBER
SMTWTFSSMTWTFSSMTWTFSSMTWTFS
1234567 123456 12345 12345
8 9 10 1112 13 14 7 8 910 111213 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 6 7 8 9 10 1112
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
29 30 31 28 29 30 27 28 29 30 27 28 29 30 31
1971
JANUARY APRIL JULY OCTOBER
SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS
12 12 3 12 3 12
3456789 456789 10 456789 10 3456789
10 1112 13 14 15 16 1112 1314 15 16 17 1112 1314 15 16 17 10 1112 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 25 26 27 28 29 30 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 31
FEBRUARY MAY AUGUST NOVEMBER
SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS
123456 11234567 123456
7 8 910111213 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 1112 13 14 7 8 910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 22 23 24 2526 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 29 30 31 28 29 30
30 31
MARCH JUNE SEPTEMBER DECEMBER
SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS
12 3 4
123456 12345 12345678 91011
7 8 910111213 6 7 8 910 1112 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
28 29 30 31 27 28 29 30 26 27 28 29 30
UNIVERSITY CALENDAR
Summer Session 1970
June
15
Monday
Registration First Term
June
15
Monday
Classes begin
July
18
Saturday
First term ends
July
20
Monday
Registration Second Term
July
20
Monday
Classes begin
August
22
Saturday
Second term ends
Fall Term 1970
Sept.
10
Thursday
Sept.
10
Thursday
Sept.
Sept.
10
15
Thursday 1
Tuesday J*
Sept.
Sept.
14
15
Monday ]
Tuesday J
Sept.
16
Wednesday
Oct.
2
Friday
Oct.
16
Friday
Oct.
17
Saturday
Nov.
9
Monday
Nov.
Nov.
26
29
Thursday \
Sunday J
Nov.
30
Monday
Dec.
Jan.
19
3
Saturday \
Sunday J
Jan.
4
Monday
Jan.
18
Monday
Jan.
21
Thursday
Jan.
27
Wednesday
9:00 Dormitories open for students
11:00 Cafeteria open
Orientation for freshmen and trans-
fer students
Registration (8:00-5:00)
Registration (8:00-12:00)
Classes begin
Last day for dropping a class without
penalty
I grades of last term become F
Homecoming (Holiday)
Mid-term reports due in Registrar's
Office
Thanksgiving recess
Classes resumed
Christmas Recess
Classes resumed
Examinations begin
Reading Day
Examinations end
Spring Term 1971
Feb.
Feb.
1
2
Monday 1
Tuesday J
Feb.
3
Wednesday
Feb.
4
Thursday
Feb.
17
Wednesday
March
4
Thursday
March
25
Thursday
March
April
28
4
Sunday \
Sunday J
April
5
Monday
April
April
5
10
Monday ]
Saturday J
April
8
Thursday
April
14
Wednesday
April
May
26
8
Monday "1
Saturday J
May
24
Monday
May
27
Thursday
June
2
Wednesday
June
4
Friday 12:00
June
6
Sunday
June
7
Monday
Registration (8:00-5:00)
Registration (8:00-12:00)
Classes begin
Founders' Day Convocation
Last day for dropping a class without
penalty
I Grades of last term become F
Mid-term reports due in Registrar's
Office
* Spring Recess
Classes resumed
Sophomores sign for conferences with
major advisers
Senior testing day
Last day for payment of reservation
deposit for next school year
Sophomore conferences with major
advisers
Examinations begin
Reading Day
Examinations end
Last Senior grades due in Registrar's
Office
Baccalaureate Sermon
Graduation
* Spring recess for students registered in Education 251 will coincide with the Easter
recess of the Public Schools.
CONTENTS
Page
Introductory 7
Administration and Instruction 9
The University and Its Equipment 37
Admission 49
University Charges and Financial Arrangements 53
Scholarships, Loan Funds and Student
Employment 59
Activities 70
General Information 78
Requirements for Degrees 90
Courses in The College 104
Charles H. Babcock School of
Business Administration 180
Graduate School 189
School of Law 190
Bowman Gray School of Medicine 195
Summer Session 198
Degrees Conferred 201
Summaries , 218
Index 223
INTRODUCING THE UNIVERSITY
Location
Wake Forest University is located at Winston-Salem, North
Carolina, just off North Carolina Highway 67 (which follows
Reynolda Road at this point), on the western outskirts of the
city. The University consists of the following divisions: Wake
Forest College, the School of Law, the Charles H. Babcock
School of Business Administration, the Bowman Gray School
of Medicine, and the Graduate School.
Recognition
Wake Forest University is a member of the Southern Asso-
ciation of Colleges and Schools, the Southern University Con-
ference, and the Association of American Colleges. The Univer-
sity has chapters of the principal national social fraternities,
professional fraternities and honor societies, including Phi Beta
Kappa.
The School of Law is a member of the Association of Ameri-
can Law Schools, and is on the approved list of the Council on
Legal Education of the American Bar Association.
The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, a four-year medical
college, is a member of the Association of American Medical
Colleges, and is on the approved list of the Council on Medical
Education of the American Medical Association.
The Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration is
a member of the American Association of Collegiate Schools
of Business.
Although Wake Forest was primarily a college for men for
more than 100 years, women have been regularly admitted to
all classes and to the professional schools since 1942.
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Terms Expire December 31, 1970
Claude U. Broach, Charlotte C. C. Hope, Jr., Charlotte
Marion J. Davis, Winston-Salem Claude A. McNeill, Jr., Elkin
C. O. Greene, Lawndale James R. Nance, Fayetteville
John C. Hamrick, Shelby Robert Philpott, Lexington
James B. Turner, Raleigh
Terms Expire December 31, 1971
William L. Bingham, Lexington Riley M. Jordan, Raeford
Elmer Lee Cain, Winston-Salem J. Everette Miller, Raleigh
Thomas H. Davis, Winston-Salem Carlton S. Prickett, Burlington
Walter E. Greer, Jr., Greensboro Samuel C. Tatum, Greensboro
Lonnie Boyd Williams, Wilmington
Terms Expire December 31, 1972
J. Donald Bradsher, Roxboro J. Edwin Collette, Winston-Salem
Joseph Branch, Raleigh James Estes Cross, Jr., Burlington
Dewey Herbert Bridger, Bladenboro Egbert L. Davis, Jr., Winston-Salem
Jesse P. Chapman, Jr., Asheville Mrs. A. J. Lewis, Charlotte
William W. Staton, Sanford
Terms Expire December 31, 1973
A. Douglas Aldrich, Gastonia Mrs. George C. Mackie, Wake Forest
Henry L. Bridges, Raleigh W. Boyd Owen, Waynesville
Robert R. Forney, Shelby Mrs. Clifton Parker, Woodland
C. Maurice Hill, Drexel Edwin M. Stanley, Greensboro
Jerome Otis Williams, Concord
Officers
For One-Year Term Beginning January 1, 1970
Justice Joseph Branch, Raleigh, Chairman
C. C. Hope, Jr., Charlotte, Vice Chairman
Talcott W. Brewer, Box 267, Raleigh, Treasurer Emeritus
John G. Williard, Box 7354, Winston- Salem, Treasurer and Assistant
Secretary
Mrs. Elizabeth S. Drake, Box 7226, Winston- Salem, Secretary
Leslie E. Browder, Drawer 84, Winston- Salem, General Counsel
^ADMINISTRATION
James Ralph Scales (1967) President
B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; M.A., Ph.D., Oklahoma.
Edwin Graves Wilson (1946, 1951) Provost and Professor of English
B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard.
Thomas E. Mullen (1957) Dean of the College and
Associate Professor of History
B.A., Rollins; M.A., Ph.D., Emory University.
Robert Allen Dyer (1956) Assistant Dean of the College and
Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., Louisiana State; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary.
Thomas M. Elmore (1962) Dean of Students and Associate Professor
of Educational and Counseling Psychology
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., George Peabody; Ph.D., Ohio State.
Mark H. Reece (1956) Dean of Men
B.S., Wake Forest.
Lula M. Leake (1964) Dean of Women
B.A., Louisiana State; M.R.E., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary.
Robert S. Carlson (1969) Dean of the Charles H. Babcock School
of Business Administration and Professor
of Business Administration
S.B., M.I.T.; M.B.A., Ph.D., Stanford.
Jeanne Owen (1956) Director of the B.B.A. Program, Charles
H. Babcock School of Business Administration,
and Professor of Business Law
B.S., U.N.C.-Greensboro; M.C.S., Indiana; J.D., U.N.C.-Chapel Hill.
Carroll W. Weathers (1950) Dean of the School of Law
and Professor of Law
B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest.
Leon H. Corbett, Jr. (1968) Assistant to the Dean of the
School of Law and Associate Professor of Law
B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest.
Manson Meads (1947, 1963) Vice President for Medical Affairs,
Dean of the Bowman Gray School of
Medicine and Professor of Medicine
A.B., California; M.D., D.Sc., Temple.
Robert L. Tuttle (1948) Academic Dean of the Bowman Gray School
of Medicine and Associate Professor
of Microbiology and Immunology
B.S., New Hampshire; M.D., Rochester.
Nash Herndon (1942, 1966) Associate Dean (Research Development)
of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine
and Professor of Preventive Medicine
and Medical Genetics
A.B., Duke; M.D., Jefferson Medical College.
Clyde Hardy (1941) Associate Dean (Administration) of the
Bowman Gray School of Medicine
B.A., Richmond.
* Date following name indicates year of appointment. More than one date indicates
separate appointments.
Administration
C. Douglas Maynard (1966) Assistant Dean of the Bowman Gray
School of Medicine, Assistant Professor of Radiology
and Associate in Neurology
B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.
Percival Perry (1939, 1947) Dean of the Summer Session and
Professor of History
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Duke.
Dean of the Graduate School and
Professor of History
Henry Smith Stroupe (1937)
B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke.
Vice President for Business and Finance
Eugene T. Lucas (1967)
B.A., Phillips; M.A., Denver.
John G. Williard (1958)
B.S., North Carolina; C.P.A., North Carolina.
* Joseph O. Gilliam, Jr. (1967)
B.A., Elon.
Carlos O. Holder (1969)
B.B.A., Wake Forest.
Treasurer; Assistant Secretary
of the Board of Trustees
Assistant to the Treasurer
Assistant to the Treasurer
Harry O. Parker (1947)
B.S., University of North Carolina; C.P.A
Grady S. Patterson (1924)
B.A., Wake Forest.
Mrs. Margaret R. Perry (1947)
B.S., South Carolina
William G. Starling (1958)
B.B.A., Wake Forest.
Mrs. Shirley P. Hamrick (1957)
B.A., North Carolina.
William M. Mackie, Jr. (1964)
B.S., Wake Forest.
Ross A. Griffith (1966)
B.S., Wake Forest
Robert Clarence Beck (1959)
B.A., Ph.D., Illinois.
Russell H. Brantley, Jr. (1953)
B.A., Wake Forest.
George William Joyner, Jr. (1969)
B.A., Wake Forest.
Virgil L. McBride (1970)
B.A., Mississippi College; B.D.
Controller of the Bowman Gray School
of Medicine
North Carolina.
Registrar
Associate Registrar
Director of Admissions and
Financial Aid
Associate Director of Admissions
Associate Director of Admissions
and Financial Aid
Assistant Director of Admissions
Director of the Office for Research
and Professor of Psychology
Assistant to the President and
Director of Communications
Director of Alumni Affairs
Ralph A. Simpson (1969)
B.A., Wake Forest.
J. D. Wilson, Jr. (1969)
B.A., Wake Forest.
Development Officer
Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary
Editor of University Magazine
and Assistant in Communications
Director of Annual Giving and
Assistant in Alumni Affairs
Died, September 20, 1969
10
Administration
J. William Straughan, Jr. (1969) Assistant in Public Affairs
B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Union Theological Seminary.
Robert M. Allen (1966) Director of Printing Services
B.A., Vanderbilt.
Richard D. Barkley (1969) Director of Sports Publicity
Edgar D. Christman (1956, 1961) University Chaplain
B.A., IX. B., Wake Forest; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; S.T.M.,
Union Theological Seminary.
Richard W. McBride (1969) Assistant Chaplain and
Director of the Baptist Student Union
B.S. Ed., University of Virginia; B.D., Union Theological Seminary.
Andrew J. Crutchfield (1968) Consultant in Clinical Services
B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Virginia.
Howard A. Jemison, Jr. (1964) Medical Director
M.D., Bowman Gray.
Mary Ann Hampton Taylor (1961) Assistant Medical Director and
Assistant in Preventive Medicine
B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.
Merrill G. Berthrong (1964) Director of Libraries and Associate
Professor of History
B.A., Tufts; M.A., Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy; Ph.D., Pennsylvania.
Carlton P. West (1928) Librarian
B.A., Boston University; M.A., Yale; B.S. in L.S., North Carolina.
Mrs. Vivian Lunsford Wilson (1960) Law Librarian
A.B., Coker; B.S. in L.S., George Peabody.
Mrs. Erika Love (1967) Librarian of the Bowman Gray
School of Medicine
B.A., M.A. in L.S., Indiana.
Paul M. Gross, Jr. (1959) Coordinator of the Honors Program and
Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Duke; Ph.D., Brown.
John F. Reed (1963) Director of Placement
A.B., Pennsylvania State; M.A., Washington and Jefferson.
Charles M. Allen (1941) Director of Concerts and Lectures and
Professor of Biology
B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke.
Julius H. Corpening (1969) Director of Urban Affairs Institute
B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary.
G. Eugene Hooks (1956) Director of Athletics and Associate
Professor of Physical Education
B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina; Ed.D., George Peabody.
Jesse I. Haddock (1952, 1954) Assistant Director of Athletics
B.S., Wake Forest.
Richard T. Clay (1956) Manager of the College Book Store
B.B.A., Wake Forest.
Harold S. Moore (1953) Director of the Physical Plant
B.M.E., Virginia.
Royce R. Weatherly (1947) Superintendent of Buildings
Melvin Q. Layton (1951) Superintendent of Grounds
B.S., Wake Forest.
Thomas P. Griffin (1956) Director of Residences
11
^PROFESSORS EMERITI
CHARLES S. Black (1919-20; 1925-65) Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Virginia; Ph.D., Wisconsin.
IOra C. Bradbury (1925-1961) Professor Emeritus of Biology
B.S., Ottawa; M.A., Ph.D., Nebraska.
Coy C. Carpenter (1926-67) Vice President Emeritus for
Medical Affairs and Professor Emeritus of Pathology
B.A. in Medicine, Wake Forest; M.D., Syracuse University School of Medicine.
Forrest W. Clonts (1922-24; 1925-67) Professor Emeritus of History
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ohio State.
Mrs. Ethel T. Crittenden (1915-1946) Librarian Emerita
J. Allen Easley (1928-1963) Professor Emeritus of Religion
B.A., D.D., Furman; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary.
Edgar Estes Folk (1936-67) Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., Wake Forest; M.S., Columbia; Ph.D., George Peabody.
Ralph Cyrus Heath (1954-1969) Professor Emeritus of Marketing
Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration
A.B., Princeton; M.B.A., D.B.A., Indiana.
Owen F. Herring (1946-1963) Professor Emeritus of Religion
B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary;
D.D., Georgetown College.
Lois Johnson (1942-1962) Dean of Women Emerita
B.A., Meredith; M.A., North Carolina.
Hubert A. Jones (1908-1959) Professor Emeritus of Mathematics
B.A., M.A., LL.B., Wake Forest.
Henry Broadus Jones (1924-1959) Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago
Kenneth Tyson Raynor (1926-1961) Associate Professor Emeritus
of Mathematics
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Duke.
Albert C. Reid (1917-18; 1920-65) Professor Emeritus of Philosophy
B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Cornell.
Harold Wayland Tribble (1950-67) President Emeritus
B.A., Richmond; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.A., Louis-
ville; Ph.D., Edinburgh; D.D. Stetson; LL.D., Union University, Wake Forest,
Richmond, Duke, North Carolina.
* Dates following names indicate period of service.
t Died, September 2, 1969.
12
* INSTRUCTION
Charles M. Allen Professor of Biology and Director of
Concerts and Lectures
(See Administration)
Ralph D. Amen (1962) Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., M.A., Colorado State College; M.B.S., Ph.D., Colorado.
John Louis Andronica (1969) Assistant Professor of
Classical Languages
B.A., Holy Cross; M.A., Boston College; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins.
John William Angell (1955) Professor of Religion
B.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; S.T.M., Andover
Newton Theological School; Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary.
Andrew Lewis Aycock (1928) Associate Professor of English
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Tulane.
H. Wallace Baird (1963) Associate Professor of Chemistry
A.B., Berea; Ph.D., Wisconsin.
Eugene Pendleton Banks (1954) Professor of Sociology
and Anthropology
B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard.
James Pierce Barefield (1963) Assistant Professor of History
B.A., M.A., Rice; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins.
Richard Chambers Barnett (1961) Associate Professor of History
B.A., Wake Forest; M.Ed., Ph.D., North Carolina.
**Harold M. Barrow (1948) Professor of Physical Education
A.B., Westminster; M.A., Missouri; P.E.D., Indiana.
John V. Baxley (1968) Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., M.S., Georgia Tech.; Ph.D., Wisconsin.
Robert Clarence Beck Professor of Psychology and
Director of the Office for Research
(See Administration)
Veryl E. Becker (1969) Assistant Professor of Biology
B.S., Gustavus Adolphus; M.S., South Dakota State; Ph.D., Michigan State.
Richard Gordon Bell (1965) Professor of Law
B.A., Kentucky; LL.B., LL.M., Western Reserve.
Merrill' G. Berthrong Associate Professor of History and Director
of Libraries
(See Administration)
James Carey Blalock (1950) Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Florida.
Mrs. Kaye Shugart Bourquin (1967) Instructor in French
B.A., Salem; M.A., Trinity.
Sterling M. Boyd (1968) Associate Professor of Art History
B.A., Sewanee; M.A., Oberlin; Ph.D., Princeton.
Robert W. Brehme (1959) Professor of Physics
B.S., Roanoke; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina.
F. Dale Bridgewater (1966) Instructor in German
B.A., Wake Forest.
* Names are arranged alphabetically. Date following names indicates year of appoint-
ment. More than one date indicates separate appointments.
** Absent on leave, Fall 1969.
13
Faculty
Dalma Adolph Brown (1941) Associate Professor of English
B.A., M.A., North Carolina.
David B. Broyles (1966) Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., Chicago; B.A., Florida; M.A., Ph.D., UCLA.
George McLeod Bryan (1956) Professor of Religion
B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Ph.D., Yale.
Shasta M. Bryant (1966) Associate Professor of Spanish
A.B., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina
Raymond E. Burrell (1968) Major, Artillery, U.S. Army;
Assistant Professor of Military Science
B.A., Stetson.
Julian C. Burroughs, Jr. (1958) Associate Professor of Speech
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan.
William E. Cage (1967) Assistant Professor of Economics, Charles
H. Babcock School of Business Administration
B.A., Rockford; Ph.D., Virginia
Ruth F. Campbell (1962) Associate Professor of Spanish
B.A., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke.
Robert S. Carlson Professor of Business Administration
and Dean of the Charles H. Babcock School
of Business Administration
(See Administration)
John Archer Carter, Jr. (1961) Associate Professor of English
B.A., Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton.
Dorothy Casey (1949) Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.S., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., North Carolina.
David W. Catron (1963) Associate Professor of Psychology and
Associate Director of the Center for Psychological Services
B.A., Furman; Ph.D., Peabody.
John H. Clougherty (1969) Instructor in Physical Education
B.S., Youngstown State; M.Ed., Kent State.
Elton C. Cocke (1938) Professor of Biology
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia.
Leon P. Cook, Jr. (1957) Associate Professor of Accounting, Charles
H. Babcock School of Business Administration
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic; M.S. Tennessee; C.P.A., Arkansas.
Leon Henry Corbett, Jr. Associate Professor of Law
(See Administration)
Cyclone Covey (1968) Professor of History
B.A., Ph.D., Stanford
Penny Crawford (1969) Instructor in Art History
B.A., Appalachian; M.A., Florida State.
Marjorie Crisp (1947) Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.S., Appalachian State Teachers College; M.A., George Peabody.
Glenn A. Dawson (1966) Instructor in Physical Education
B.S., Lenoir Rhyne; M.A.T., North Carolina.
*Marcel E. Delgado (1947) Instructor in Spanish
B.A., Carson-Newman; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary.
John F. Dimmick (1961) Associate Professor of Biology
B.S., M.S., Western Illinois; Ph.D., Illinois.
Hugh William Divine (1954) Professor of Law
B.S., Georgia State College for Men; M.A., Louisiana State; J. D., Emory; LL.M.,
S.J.D., Michigan.
* Died, December 18, 1969.
14
Faculty
*N. Taylor Dodson (1957) Professor of Physical Education
B.S., M.A., North Carolina; Dir. P.E., P.E.D.. Indiana.
Justus C. Drake (1946) Assistant Professor of English
B.A., M.A., Wake Forest.
Robert H. Dufort (1961) Professor of Psychology
B.A., Ph.D., Duke.
Robert Allen Dyer Associate Professor of Religion and Assistant Dean
(See Administration)
John R. Earle (1963) Associate Professor of Sociology
and Anthropology
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina.
Cronje B. Earp (1940) Professor of Classical Languages
and Literature
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia.
Leo Ellison, Jr. (1957) Assistant Professor of Physical Education;
Swimming Coach
B.S., M.S., Northwestern State College.
Thomas M. Elmore Associate Professor of Educational and
Counseling Psychology and Dean of Students
(See Administration)
Gerald W. Esch (1965) Associate Professor of Biology
B.S., Colorado College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma.
David K. Evans (1966) Assistant Professor of Sociology and
Anthropology
B.S., Tulane; Ph.D., California.
Philippe R. Falkenberg (1969) Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., Queen's (Ontario); Ph.D., Duke.
Erson McGruder Faris, Jr. (1957, 1967) Professor of Law
B.A., LL.B., Washington and Lee; LL.M, Duke.
William D. Faulhaber (1969) Instructor in English
B.A., Montclair State; M.A., Virginia.
John W. Filler ( 1969) Instructor in Psychology
B.A., Randolph Macon; M.A., Wake Forest.
Jack D. Fleer (1964) Associate Professor of Political Science
A.B., Oklahoma Baptist; M.S., Florida State; Ph.D., North Carolina.
Walter S. Flory (1963) Babcock Professor of Botany; Director
of Reynolda Gardens
B.A., Bridgewater; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia; Sc.D., Bridgewater.
Doyle Richard Fosso (1964) Associate Professor of English
A.B., Harvard; M.A., Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard.
Ralph S. Fraser (1962) Professor of German
B.A., Boston; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Illinois.
Louisa Freeman (1968) Instructor in French
B.A., Salem; M.A., Emory.
Roland L. Gay (1933) Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., North Carolina State.
Ivey C. Gentry (1949) Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Wake Forest; B.S., New York University; M.A., Ph.D., Duke.
Christopher Giles (1951) Assistant Professor of Music
B.S., Florida Southern; M.A., George Peabody.
Balkrishna Govind Gokhale (1960) Professor of History and
Asian Studies
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Bombay.
* Died, August 13, 1969.
15
Faculty
Thomas Frank Gossett (1967) Professor of English
B.A., M.A., Southern Methodist; Ph.D., Minnesota.
George J. Griffin (1948) Professor of Religion
B.A., Wake Forest; Th.B., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; B.D., Yale; Ph.D.,
Edinburgh.
PAUL M. GROSS, Jr. Associate Professor of Chemistry
and Coordinator of The Honors Program
(See Administration)
William H. Gulley (1966) Associate Professor of Sociology
and Anthropology
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina.
David Warren Hadley (1966) Instructor in History
B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Harvard.
Jerry A. Hall (1958, 1961, 1967) Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ed.D., George Peabody.
Emmett Willard Hamrick (1952) Professor of Religion
A.B., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke.
Phillip J. Hamrick, Jr. (1956) Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Morris Harvey; Ph.D., Duke.
Carl V. Harris (1956) Professor of Classical Languages and Literature
B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., S.T.M., Yale; Ph.D., Duke.
Robert Wade Hash (1969) Assistant Professor
of Classical Languages
B.A., Richmond; Ph.D., Vanderbilt.
Ysbrand Haven (1965) Professor of Physics
Candidate, Doctorandus, Doctor, Groningen.
Merwyn A. Hayes Assistant Professor of Speech
B.A., Macalester; M.A., Oregon; Ph.D., Illinois.
Roger A. Hegstrom (1969) Assistant Professor of Chemistry
A.B., St. Olaf; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard.
Robert Meredith Helm (1940) Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke.
J. Edwin Hendricks (1961) Associate Professor of History
B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia.
Marcus B. Hester ( 1963) Associate Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt.
David Allen Hills (I960) Associate Professor of Psychology and
Director of the Center for Psychological Services
A.B., Kansas; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa.
Hugh K. HlMAN (1965) Assistant Professor of Econo?nics, Charles
H. Babcock School of Business Administration
B.A., M.A., Miami; Ph.D., Illinois.
Joseph H. Hoffman, Jr. (1969) Colonel, Infantry, U. S. Army;
Professor of Military Science
B.S., U. S. Military Academy.
Wesley D. Hood (1968) Assistant Professor of Education
B.S., Univ. of Washington; M.Ed., North Dakota; Ed.D., Ball State.
Herbert Horowitz Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., Brooklyn; M.S., New School for Social Research; M.A., Ph.D., Wisconsin.
Fredric T. Howard (1966) Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Duke.
16
Faculty
Calvin R. Huber (1962) Associate Professor of Music
B.M., M.M., Wisconsin; Ph.D., North Carolina.
Delmer P. Hylton (1949) Professor of Accounting, Charles H.
Babcock School of Business Administration
B.S., M.B.A., Indiana; C.P.A., Indiana.
Oliver B. Ingram, Jr. Captain, Infantry. U. S. Army;
Assistant Professor of Military Science
B.S., Auburn.
Chester O. Jackson (1969) Visiting Professor of Physical Education
B.S., A.M., Illinois; Ed.D., New York University.
Isabelle Jasson (1969) Visiting Lecturer in French
Licence, Strasbourg
Mrs. Patricia Adams Johnson (1969) Instructor in English
B.A., Winston-Salem State; M.A., Wake Forest.
Thomas L. Johnson (1968) Master Sergeant, U. S. Army;
Assistant in Military Science
Alonzo W. Kenion (1956) Associate Professor of English
A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Duke.
Harry Lee King, Jr. (1960) Professor of Spanish
B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina.
Raymond E. Kuhn (1968) Assistant Professor of Biology
B.S., Carson Newman; Ph.D., Tennessee.
Henry Conrad Lauerman (1963) Professor of Law
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy; LL.B., LL.M., Georgetown; LL.M., Duke.
Robert E. Lee (1946) Professor of Law
B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest; M.A. in Public Law, Columbia; LL.M., S.J.D., Duke.
Perry Lee R. Lefeavers (1969) Instructor in Physical Education
B.S., Catawba; M.A., North Carolina; P.E.D., Indiana.
Charles M. Lewis (1968) Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt; Th.M., Harvard.
Robert William Lovett (1962, 1968) Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Oglethorpe, M.A., Ph.D.. Emory.
William V. Luckie (1969) Instructor in Accounting,
Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration
B.S., Alabama; M.B.A., Mississippi.
Nancy Jane McCaskey (1969) Instructor in English
B.A., Marshall; M.A., North Carolina.
James C. McDonald (1960) Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Washington University, St. Louis; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri.
Thane McDonald (1941) Professor of Music
B.M., M.M., Michigan; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia.
John William McDonough Instructor in English
B.A., King's; M.A., North Carolina.
James G. McDowell (1965) Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Colgate; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins.
Kenneth A. McElhaney (1969) Sergeant, U. S. Army
Assistant in Military Science
3. Gaylord May (1961) Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia.
W. Graham May (1961) Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia.
Jasper L. Memory, Jr. (1929) Professor of Education
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Columbia.
Harry B. Miller (1947) Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Ph.D., North Carolina.
17
Faculty
Joseph O. Milner (1969) Instructor in English
B.A., Davidson; M.A., North Carolina.
Carlton T. Mitchell (1961) Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Yale; S.T.M., Union Theological Seminary, New York;
Ph.D., New York University.
John C. Moorhouse Assistant Professor of Economics,
Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration
•ujajsaMitfJOj^ '-a'Hd 'VIAI IqsBqn^ 'g'V
Carl C. Moses (1964) Associate Professor of Political Science
A.B., William and Mary; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina.
Thomas E. Mullen Associate Professor of History
and Dean of the College
(See Administration)
RONALD E. Noptle (1967) Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., New Hampshire; Ph.D., Washington.
Pavle Novosel (1970) Visiting Professor of Sociology and Anthropology
B.A., Ph.D., Zagreb.
JOHN W. Nowell (1945) Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Wake Forest; Ph.D., North Carolina.
* James C. O'Flaherty (1947) Professor of German
B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Kentucky; Ph.D., Chicago.
Aulsey Thomas Olive (1961) Associate Professor of Biology
B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Jeanne Owen Professor of Business Law,
and Director of the B.B.A. Program, Charles H.
Babcock School of Business Administration
(See Administration)
Harold Dawes Parcell (1935) Professor of French
B.A., North Carolina; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard.
John Ernest Parker, Jr. (1950) Professor of Romance Languages
and Education
B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Syracuse.
Clarence H. Patrick (1946) Professor of Sociology and Anthropology
B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Andover Newton; Ph.D., Duke.
Philip P. Perricone Instructor in Sociology and Anthropology
B.S., M.A., University of Florida.
Percival Perry Professor of History and Dean of the Summer Session
(See Administration)
Elizabeth Phillips (1957) Professor of English
A.B., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., State University of Iowa; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania.
M. Elizabeth Place (1969) Instructor in German
A.B., Duke; M.A., Vanderbilt.
Edward H. Platte (1968) Instructor in History
B.A., Princeton; M.A., Stanford.
Michael L. Pollock (1967) Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.S., Arizona; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois.
Joyce E. Potter (1969) Instructor in English
B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A., Tennessee.
Lee Harris Potter (1965) Associate Professor of English
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina.
Herman J. Preseren (1953) Professor of Education
B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pennsylvania; M.A., Teachers College,
Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina.
Absent on leave, Spring 1970.
18
Faculty
Gregory D. Pritchard (1968) Associate Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; B.D., Southern Baptist Theol. Seminary; Ph.D., Columbia.
Ray Prohaska (1969) Artist in Residence
Mrs. Beulah Lassiter Raynor (1946) Assistant Professor of English
B.A., East Carolina Teachers College; M.A., Wake Forest.
J. Don Reeves (1967) Associate Professor of Education
A.B., Mercer; B.D., Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ed.D., Columbia.
Jon M. Reinhardt (1964) Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., Birmingham-Southern; M.A., Ph.D., Tulane.
Karl D. Reyer (1969) Visiting Professor of Marketing,
Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State.
Harold C. Rhea (1968) Assistant Professor of Physical Education
and Cross Country and Track Coach
B.S., Midland Lutheran; M.A., Ed.D., Colorado State.
Claud Henry Richards, Jr. (1952) Professor of Political Science
B.A., Texas Christian; M.A., Ph.D., Duke.
Thomas C. Richardson, Jr. (1968) Major, Infantry, U. S. Army;
Assistant Professor of Military Science
B.S., North Georgia.
Charles L. Richman (1968) Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., Virginia; M.S., Yeshiva; Ph.D., Cincinnati.
Daniel J. Richman (1968) Instructor in Mathematics
B.A., Harvard; M.A., Wake Forest.
John C. Richowsky (1969) Instructor in English
B.A., Tulane; M.A., Duke.
John Ewing Roberts (1961, 1967) Instructor in Classical Languages
B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Yale Divinity School.
Mrs. Mary Frances McFeeters Robinson ( 1952) Professor of French
B.A., Wilson College; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse.
Paul S. Robinson (1952) Associate Professor of Music
B.A., Westminister College; Mus.B., Curtis Institute of Music; M.Sac. Mus., D.Sac.
Mus., School of Sacred Music, Union Theological Seminary.
Eva Maria Rodtwitt (1966) Visiting Lecturer in French
Cand. Philol., Oslo.
Wilmer D. Sanders (1954, 1964) Associate Professor of German
B.A., Muhlenberg; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana.
John W. Sawyer (1956) Professor of Mathematics
A.B., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri.
Donald O. Schoonmaker (1965) Assistant Professor of
Political Science
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton.
Frank L. Scott (1969) Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Tulane; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State.
Karl Myron Scott (1955) Professor of Management, Charles H.
Babcock School of Business Administration
B.A., Arkansas; M.S., Iowa State College; Ph.D., Illinois.
Richard D. Sears (1964) Assistant Professor of Political Science
A.B., Clark; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana.
Ben M. Seelbinder (1959) Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Mississippi Delta State College; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina.
Bynum Gillette Shaw (1965) Lecturer in Journalism
B.A., Wake Forest.
Howard William Shields (1958) Professor of Physics
B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Pennsylvania State; Ph.D., Duke.
Franklin R. Shirley (1948) Professor of Speech
B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., Florida.
19
Faculty
Edgar E. Shiver (1968) Sergeant First Class, U. S. Army,
Assistant in Military Science
Richard Lee Shoemaker (1950) Professor of Romance Languages
B.A., Colgate; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Virginia.
Robert N. Shorter (1958) Associate Professor of English
B.A., Union College; M.A., Ph.D., Duke.
Michael L. Sinclair (1968) Instructor in History
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Stanford.
James E. Sizemore (1953) Professor of Law
B.S., East Tennessee State; LL.B., Wake Forest; LL.M., New York University.
Mrs. Judy Jo Worley Small (1966) Instructor in English
B.A., Duke; M.A., Pennsylvania.
David L. Smiley (1950) Professor of History
B.A., M.A., Baylor; Ph.D. Wisconsin.
Charles W. Smith (1969) Instructor in Music
B.M., Wyoming; M.A., New York University.
J. Howell Smith (1965) Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Baylor; M.A., Tulane; Ph.D., Wisconsin.
Henry Lawrence Snuggs (1945) Professor of English
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke.
Guy E. Spear (1969) Instructor in English
B.A., M.A., Wyoming.
James A. Steintrager (1969) Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., Notre Dame; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago.
Henry Smith Stroupe Professor of History and
Dean of the Graduate School
(See Administration)
Robert L. Sullivan (1962) Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Delaware; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Samuel A. Syme, Jr. (1965) Associate Professor of Education
A.B., Washington and Lee; A.M., Ed.D., Duke.
Charles H. Talbert (1963) Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., Howard; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Vanderbilt.
E. Mowbray Tate (1967) Visiting Professor of Religion and History
B.A., Whitman; Ph.D., Columbia.
Harold C. Tedford (1965) Associate Professor of Speech
B.A., Ouachita; M.A., Arkansas; Ph.D., Louisiana State.
Stanton K. Tefft (1964) Associate Professor of Sociology
and Anthropology
B.A., Michigan State; M.S., Wisconsin; Ph.D., Minnesota.
Brenda Ann Templeton (1969) Instructor in Classical Languages
B.A., Wake Forest.
Neal B. Thornton (1967) Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., Ph.D., Virginia.
Mrs. Anne S. Tillett (1965) Associate Professor of Romance
Languages
B.A., Carson-Newman; M. A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Northwestern University.
Lowell R. Tillett (1956) Professor of History
B.A., Carson- Newman; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina.
David Tinga (1968) Master Sergeant, U. S. Army
Assistant in Military Science
Phyllis Lou Trible (1963) Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., Meredith; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, Columbia.
20
Faculty
Thomas J. Turner (1952) Professor of Physics
B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Clemson; Ph.D., Virginia.
Lorraine Van Meter (1968) Instructor in History
B.A., M.A., u.c.l.a.
Marcellus E. Waddill (1962) Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Hampden-Sydney; M.A., Ph.D., Pittsburgh.
J. Van Wagstaff (1964) Associate Professor of Economics,
Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration
B.A., Randolph-Macon; M.B.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Virginia.
Frances Day Wardlaw (1969) Instructor in Spanish
B.A., Wooster; M.A. Illinois.
Westford D. Warner (1968) Captain, Armor, U. S. Army;
Assistant Professor of Military Science
B.S., The Citadel.
Carroll W. Weathers Professor of Law and
Dean of the School of Law
(See Administration)
Herbert H. Webber (1968) Assistant Professor of Biology
B.S., Ph.D., British Columbia.
James A. Webster, Jr. (1951, 1954) Professor of Law
B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest; S.J.D., Harvard.
Peter D. Weigl (1968) Assistant Professor of Biology
A.B., Williams; Ph.D., Duke.
David Welker (1969) Professor of Speech
B.A., M.A., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
Larry E. West (1969) Assistant Professor of German
A.B., Berea; Ph.D., Vanderbilt.
George P. Williams, Jr. (1958) Professor of Physics
B.S., Richmond; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina.
*John Edwin Williams (1959) Professor of Psychology
B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa.
Sammy K. Williams (1969) Instructor in Religion
B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary.
Edwin Graves Wilson Professor of English and Provost
(See Administration)
Rolf Woldseth (1967) Assistant Professor of Physics
M.S., Technical University of Norway; Ph.D., Washington University of St. Louis.
Donald H. Wolfe (1968) Assistant Professor of Speech
B.S., M.S., Southern Illinois; Ph.D., Cornell.
J. Ned Woodall (1969) Assistant Professor of
Sociology and Anthropology
B.A., M.A., Texas; Ph.D., Southern Methodist.
John J. Woodmansee (1965) Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., Westminster; M.A., Denver; Ph.D., Colorado.
Raymond L. Wyatt (1956) Associate Professor of Biology
B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina.
Wilfred Buck Yearns, Jr. (1945) Professor of History
B.A., Duke; M.A., Georgia; Ph.D., North Carolina.
Richard L. Zuber (1962) Associate Professor of History
B.S., Appalachian; M.A., Emory; Ph.D. Duke.
* Absent on leave, Spring 1970.
21
PART TIME STAFF MEMBERS
Alfred T. Brauer (1965)
Ph.D., Berlin.
Visiting Professor of Mathematics
Visiting Professor of History
Frederick L. Bronner (1966)
B.S., Union College; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard.
J. Daniel Brown (1969) Visiting Lecturer in Religion
B.A., Lenoir Rhyne; B.D., Luthern Theological Seminary; Th.M., Princeton Theolog-
ical Seminary; Ph.D., Drew.
Mary Gwyn Cage (1969)
B.F.A., North Carolina School of the Arts
Sue N. Elkins (1967)
B.A., North Carolina; M.A., UNC-G.
Mrs. Marjorie Felmet (1964)
A.B., North Carolina; M.A., Eastman School of Music
Mrs. Caroline S. Fullerton (1969)
B.A. Rollins; M.A., Texas Tech. College
Mrs. Lucille S. Harris (1957)
B.A., B.M., Meredith.
Susan P. Harbin (1966)
B.A., M.A., Wake Forest.
Joseph B. Jowers (1970)
B.D., Drew; Ph.D., New School for Social Research
Mrs. Ethel Lashmit Kalter (1960)
Certificate, Westminster Choir College.
Instructor in Physical Education
Instructor in Speech
Visiting Teacher of Piano
Theatre Speech Consultant
Instructor in Piano
Instructor in Psychology
Lecturer in Sociology
Artist in Residence, Voice
Instructor in Speech
Brooks E. Neff, Jr. (1970)
B.A., M.S., University of Southern Mississippi.
Joe N. Norman (1970) Visiting Lecturer in Accounting
B.A., Philander Smith; M.B.A., C.P.A., Oklahoma.
Lecturer in Sociology and Anthropology
Norio Ohta (1969)
B.A., Maryville; M.A., Appalachian.
David H. Rose (1968) Visiting Lecturer in Religion
B.A., Cincinnati; B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union.
John W. Sanders (1968)
B.A., M.A., Georgia.
Martha Stark (1969)
B.S., Illinois State Normal.
Jeannette Stone (1967)
B.A., Wake Forest.
Lecturer in Sociology
Instructor in Physical Education
Visiting Teacher of Voice
22
THE BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
^PROFESSORS EMERITI
**Camillo Artom (1939-1963) Professor Emeritus of Biochemistry
M.D., Padua; Ph.D., Messina; Ph.D., Palermo, Italy.
Coy C. Carpenter (1926-1967) Vice President Emeritus for Medical
Affairs and Professor Emeritus of Pathology
B.A., Wake Forest; M.D., Syracuse University School of Medicine.
Fred K. Garvey (1941-1969) Professor Emeritus of Urology
M.D., University of Cincinnati School of Medicine.
Robert A. Moore (1941-1953) Associate Professor Emeritus
of Orthopedic Surgery
M.D., North Carolina Medical College.
William H. Sprunt, Jr. (1941-1963) Professor Emeritus
of Clinical Surgery
B.S., Davidson; M.D., University of Pennsylvania.
ROSCOE L. Wall (1942-1956) Professor Emeritus
of Anesthesiology
B.S., Wake Forest, M.D., Jefferson Medical College.
* Dates following names indicate period of service.
'* Died, February 3, 1970.
23
FACULTY
THE BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
* INSTRUCTION
Jean Dofflemoyer Acton (1964)
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Virginia.
Eben Alexander, Jr. (1949)
A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard.
Katherine H. Anderson (1969)
B.S., Carnegie; M.D., Cornell.
John R. Ausband (1952)
B.A., Asbury; M.D., Bowman Gray.
Ernest A. Austin (1969)
B.S., St. John's; M.D., Howard.
Ralph W. Barnes (1969)
Assistant Professor of Microbiology
Professor of Neurosurgery
Associate Professor of Pediatrics
Professor of Otolaryngology
Assistant Professor of Surgery
Research Instructor in Neurology
B.S.E.E., Duke; M.S.E., Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Duke
David L. Beavers (1955) Assistant Professor of Dental Surgery
B.S., Wake Forest; D.D.S., Northwestern.
David Merrill Biddulph (1970)
B.S., Utah; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois.
Edward D. Bird (1968)
M.B., B.S., London; CM., Canada.
Damon D. Blake (1956)
B.S., Washington; M.D., Columbia.
Walter J. Bo (1960)
B.S., M.S., Marquette; Ph.D., Cincinnati.
Robert F. Bond (1965)
B.S., Ursinus; M.S., Ph.D., Temple.
William H. Boyce (1952)
B.S., Davidson; M.D., Vanderbilt.
Assistant Professor of Anatomy
Associate Professor of Medicine
Associate in Pharmacology
Professor of Radiology
Professor of Anatomy
Assistant Professor of Physiology
Professor of Urology
Robert G. Brame (1967)
B.S., M.D., North Carolina.
Billy C. Bullock (1965)
D.V.M., Texas A & M.
Richard L. Burt (1949)
Assistant Professor of Obstetrics
and Gynecology; Associate in Pharmacology
Assistant Professor of
Laboratory Animal Medicine
Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology
B.S., Springfield, M.S., Ph.D., Brown; M.D., Harvard.
Instructor in Pharmacology
Yi-Chi Chang (1969)
B.S., Southeast Missouri; Ph.D., Connecticut
Kenneth P. Chepenik (1968)
B.S., Ph.D., Florida.
Instructor in Anatomy
'■'■■ Names are arranged alphabetically. Date following names indicates year of appointment.
More than one date indicates separate appointments. Only full-time members of the faculty
are included.
24
Faculty
THOMAS B. Clarkson, Jr. (1957) Professor of Laboratory
Animal Medicine
D.V.M., Georgia.
Carl M. Cochrane (1967) Professor of Psychology (Psychiatry)
B.A., Guilford; Ph.D., North Carolina.
Monroe Cole (1965) Associate Professor of Neurology
Associate in Anatomy
B.A., Amherst; M.D., Georgetown.
Robert H. Coombs (1966) Associate Professor of Sociology
(Obstetrics and Gynecology)
B.S., M.S., Utah; Ph.D., Washington State.
M. Robert Cooper (1967) Assistant Professor of Medicine
B.S., North Carolina State; M.D., Bowman Gray.
A. Robert Cordell (1957) Associate Professor of Surgery
Associate in Physiology
B.S., North Carolina; M.D., Johns Hopkins.
Robert W. Cowgill (1962) Professor of Biochemistry
B.A., Kansas; M.S., Rensselaer; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins.
Clair E. Cox, II (1963) Associate Professor of Urology
M.D., Michigan.
Patrick M. Cunningham (1967) Instructor in Psychiatric Social Work
B.S., Utah; M.S.W., Fordham.
IVAN W. F. Davidson (1961) Associate Professor of Pharmacology
Associate in Physiology
B.S., Manitoba; M.A., Ph.D., Toronto.
Courtland H. Davis, Jr. (1952) Professor of Neurosurgery
A.B., George Washington; M.D., Virginia.
Lawrence R. DeChatelet (1969) Assistant Professor of Biochemistry
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Loyola.
Adam B. Denison (1951) Associate Professor of Physiology
B.S., Hamilton; M.D., Western Reserve.
Robert E. Dinker (1968) Instructor in Radiology
B.S., M.D., Maryland.
Henry Drexler (1964) Associate Professor of Microbiology
B.S., Pennsylvania State; Ph.D., Rochester.
John H. Felts (1955) Associate Professor of Medicine
B.S., Wofiord; M.D., South Carolina.
H. Francis Forsyth (1946) Professor of Orthopedics
A.B., M.D., Michigan.
J. H. Smith Foushee, Jr. (1954) Associate Professor of Pathology
M.D., Jefferson.
Fleetus L. Gobble, Jr. (1966) Assistant Professor of Obstetrics
and Gynecology
A.B., Duke; M.D., Bowman Gray.
Harold O. Goodman (1958) Professor of Medical Genetics
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Minnesota.
Harold D. Green (1945) Gordon Gray Professor of Physiology
Associate in Pharmacology
Associate in Medicine
B.S., D.Sc, Wooster; M.D., Western Reserve.
25
Faculty
FRANK C. Greiss, Jr. (1960) Associate Professor of
Obstetrics and Gynecology
A.B., M.D., Pennsylvania.
David L. Groves (1969) Assistant Professor of Microbiology
B.S., Marietta; M.S., Ph.D., Wisconsin.
Marcus M. Gulley (1959) Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.
John P. Gusdon, Jr. (1967) Assistant Professor of
Obstetrics and Gynecology
Associate in Microbiology
B.A., M.D., Virginia.
C. Allen Haney (1968) Assistant Professor of Sociology (Pediatrics)
B.S., Jacksonville; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State.
James A. Harrill (1941) Professor of Otolaryngology
B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania.
Donald M. Hayes (1959) Associate Professor of Medicine
Associate in Preventive Medicine
B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.
John T. Hayes (1966) Professor of Orthopedics
B.S., M.D., Michigan.
Robert N. Headley (1963) Associate Professor of Medicine
B.S., M.D., Maryland.
Leo J. Heaphy, Jr. (1965) Assistant Professor of Medicine
Associate in Physiology
A.B., Canisius; M.D., Buffalo.
Eugene R. Heise (1969) Assistant Professor of Microbiology
Associate in Surgery
B.S., Wittenberg; M.S., Iowa; Ph.D., Wake Forest.
C. NASH Herndon (1942) Professor of Preventive Medicine
and Medical Genetics; Associate in Medicine
Associate Dean for Research Development
(See Administration)
Felda Hightower ( 1944) Professor of Surgery
B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania.
Alanson HlNMAN (1952) Associate Professor of Pediatric-N eurology
A.B., Stanford; M.D., Johns Hopkins.
Ivan L. Holleman, Jr. (1960) Associate Professor of Pathology
B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.
Stephen H. Homer (1967) Assistant Professor of Orthopedics
B.A., M.D., Pennsylvania.
Charles M. Howell, Jr. (1954) Professor of Medicine (Dermatology
and Allergy); Associate in Pathology
B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania.
Julius A. Howell (1957) Associate Professor of Surgery
(Plastic Surgery); Lecturer in Medical Jurisprudence
LL.B., B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Pennsylvania.
A. Sherrill Hudspeth (1963) Associate Professor of Surgery
M.D., Bowman Gray.
Frank H. Hulcher (1958) Associate Professor of Biochemistry
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic.
26
Faculty
Carolyn C. Huntley (1957)
A.B., Mount Holyoke; M.D., Duke.
LUCILE W. HUTAFF (1948)
B.S., Wisconsin; M.D., Rochester.
Thomas H. Irving (1967)
B.A., Pennsylvania State; M.D., Hahnemann.
Francis M. James, III (1968) Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology
B.S., Swarthmore; M.D., Hahnemann
Professor of Pediatrics
Professor of Preventive Medicine
Assistant Professor of Medicine
Professor of Anesthesiology
Associate in Pharmacology
Paul Marshall James, Jr. (1970)
A.B., Swarthmore; M.D., Hahnemann.
Richard Janeway (1966)
B.A., Colgate; M.D., Pennsylvania.
Frank R. Johnston (1950)
B.S., Presbyterian; M.D., Duke.
Zelma A. Kalnins (1956)
M.D., University of Latvia.
David L. Kelly, Jr. (1965)
M.D., North Carolina.
Assistant Professor of Surgery
Assistant Professor of Neurology
Professor of Surgery
Associate Professor of Clinical Cytology
Assistant Professor of Neurosurgery
Professor of Pediatrics
Weston M. Kelsey (1946)
B.S., Hamilton; M.D., Johns Hopkins.
Richard A. Kemp (1967)
M.D., Michigan.
Robert M. Kerr (1966)
B.S., Bucknell; M.D., Cornell.
Bok Soo Kim (1969)
M.D., M.S., Yonsei University, Korea.
J. Stanton King, Jr. (1959)
B.S., Chicago; Ph.D., Tennessee.
Bill J. Kittrell (1969)
A.B., California at Berkeley; M.D., Bowman Gray.
Mariano La Via (1968)
M.D., University of Messina, Italy.
Eva S. Leake (1963) Research Assistant Professor of Microbiology
B.S., Universidad Autonoma de Mexico; M.S., Instituto Politecnico, Mexico, D. F.
Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology
Associate in Pharmacology
Assistant Professor of Medicine
Instructor in Pathology
Research Associate Professor of
Urology (Biochemistry)
Instructor in Otolaryngology
Professor of Pathology
Norman H. Leake (1959)
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia.
Noel D. M. Lehner (1966)
B.S., D.V.M., Illinois.
Laurence B. Leinbach (1957)
A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard.
Research Associate Professor of
Reproductive Biology (Organic Chemistry)
Associate in Pharmacology
Thomas A. Lesh (1969)
B.S., Michigan State; Ph.D.
Indiana.
Edward M. Lieberman (1968)
B.S., Tufts; M.A., Massachusetts; Ph.D., Florida.
Assistant Professor of Laboratory
Animal Medicine
Associate Professor of Radiology
Instructor in Physiology
Assistant Professor of Physiology
27
Faculty
J. Maxwell Little (1941) Professor of Pharmacology
Associate in Physiology
B.A., M.S., Emory; Ph.D., Vanderbilt.
Frank R. Lock (1941) Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology
A.B., Cornell; M.D., Tulane.
Hugh B Lofland, Jr. (1952) Professor of Pathology (Biochemistry)
Associate in Biochemistry
B.S., M.S., Texas A & M; Ph.D., Purdue.
Samuel H. Love (1955) Associate Professor of Microbiology
B.A., Virginia; M.S., Miami, Ohio; Ph.D., Pennsylvania.
George C. Lynch (1954) Professor of Medical Illustrations
David R. Mace (1967) Professor of Family Sociology
(Preventive Medicine)
B.S., London; B.A., M.A., Cambridge; Ph.D., Manchester.
George S. Malindzak, Jr. (1962) Associate Professor of Physiology
A.B., Western Reserve; M.S., Ph.D., Ohio State.
James F. Martin (1950) Professor of Radiology
A.B., Marietta; M.D., Western Reserve.
Edwin H. Martinat (1963) Associate Professor of Orthopedics
Associate Professor of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation
M.D., Bowman Gray.
C. Douglas Maynard (1966) Assistant Professor of Radiology
Associate in Neurology, and Assistant Dean
(See Administration)
Charles E. McCall (1968) Assistant Professor of Medicine
Associate in Pharmacology
B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.
Charles E. McCreight (1954) Associate Professor of Anatomy
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., George Washington.
William M. McKinney (1963) Assistant Professor of Neurology
Research Associate in Radiology
B.A., North Carolina; M.D., Virginia.
Robert C McKone (1961) Associate Professor of Pediatrics
B.S., North Dakota; M.D., Bowman Gray.
William T. McLean, Jr. (1966) Associate Professor of Pediatrics
Associate in Neurology
B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.
Manson Meads (1947) Professor of Medicine and Vice President
for Medical Affairs and Dean
(See Administration)
Jesse H. Meredith (1958) Associate Professor of Surgery
M.D., Western Reserve; A.B., Elon.
Isadore Meschan (1955) Professor of Radiology
B.A., M.A., M.D., Western Reserve.
Emery C. Miller, Jr. (1955) Associate Professor of Medicine
Associate in Physiology
B.A., North Carolina; M.D., Johns Hopkins.
Henry S. Miller, Jr. (1960) Associate Professor of Medicine
Associate in Physiology
M.D., Bowman Gray.
28
Faculty
William G. Montgomery (1964) Assistant Professor of Urology
B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.
John Moossy (1967) Professor of Pathology (Neuropathology)
Associate in Neurology
M.D., Tulane.
Robert P. Morehead (1936) Professor of Pathology
B.S., M.A., B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Jefferson.
Richard T. Myers (1950) Professor of Surgery
A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Pennsylvania.
Quentin N. Myrvik (1963) Professor of Microbiology
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Washington.
Thomas F. O'Brien, Jr. (1961) Associate Professor of Medicine
B.A., Princeton; M.D., Yale.
Virginia O'Connell (1966) Instructor in Psychiatric Social Work
B.S., Alabama State Teachers; M.A., Chicago.
Ruth O'Neal (1969) Assistant Professor of Pediatrics
A.B., Transylvania; M.D., Medical College of Virginia; M.S., Minnesota.
Charles E. Parkin (1967) Assistant Professor of Anesthesiology
B.S., Memphis State; M.D., Tennessee.
Richard B. Patterson (1961) Associate Professor of Pediatrics
B.S., Davidson; M.D., Bowman Gray.
Larry A. Pearce (1969) Assistant Professor of Neurology
Associate in Pharmacology
B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.
William S. Pearson (1966) Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
Associate in Obstetrics and Gynecology
B.S., M.D., North Carolina.
Timothy C. Pennell (1966) Assistant Professor of Surgery
B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.
John M. Pixley (1961) Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
B.A., Denison; M.D., Ohio State.
Donald J. Pizzarello (1960) Associate Professor of Radiology
(Radiation Biology)
B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Fordham.
Leland E. Powers (1968) Professor of Preventive Medicine
M.D., Iowa; M.S.P.H., Michigan.
Robert W. Prichard (1951) Professor of Pathology
M.D., George Washington.
Richard C. Proctor (1950) Professor of Psychiatry
B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.
William W. Quivers (1968) Associate Professor of Pediatrics
B.S., Hampton Institute; M.D., Meharry.
Angus C. Randolph (1948) Associate Professor of Psychiatry
B.A., Princeton; M.D., Virginia.
Carlos E. Rapela (1959) Professor of Physiology
Associate in Pharmacology
M.D., Faculty of Medical Sciences of the University of Buenos Aires.
Charles N. Remy (1962) Professor of Biochemistry
B.S., Syracuse; Ph.D., New York Upstate Medical Center.
29
Faculty
A. Leonard Rhyne (1964) Assistant Professor of Biostatistics
B.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., North Carolina State.
Stephen H. Richardson (1963) Associate Professor of Microbiology
B.A., California; M.S., Ph.D., Southern California.
R. Winston Roberts (1947)
M.D., Duke.
Robert E. Robinson, III (1967)
B.S., George Washington; M.D., Virginia.
Jack M. Rogers (1970)
B.S., Alabama; M.D., Bowman Gray
Richard W. St. Clair (1967)
B.S., Ph.D., Colorado State.
Professor of Ophthalmology
Research Instructor in Medicine
Assistant Professor of Psychiatry
Assistant Professor of Pathology
(Physiology)
Assistant Professor of Pediatrics
Instructor in Anesthesiology
Professor of Medicine
Assistant Professor of Pathology
Associate Professor of Physiology
Professor of Surgery
Instructor in Biochemistry
Assistant Professor of Medicine
Professor of Medicine
Assistant Professor of Ophthalmology
Doris Y. Sanders (1966)
B.A., Austin Peay State; M.D., Vanderbilt
Robert T. Savage (1970)
B.S., M.D., North Carolina
C. Glenn Sawyer (1952)
M.D., Bowman Gray.
Modesto Scharyj (1962)
B.A., Cracow; M.D., Vienna, Austria.
Herman E. Schmid, Jr. (1960)
B.S., M.S., M.D., Illinois.
Louis deS. Shaffner (1951)
A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Harvard.
Jerry Sipe (1969)
B.S., Lenoir Rhyne; Ph.D., Wake Forest.
William J. Spencer (1967)
M.D., Bowman Gray.
Charles L. Spurr (1957)
B.S., Bucknell; M.S., M.D., Rochester.
John Allen Stanley (1967)
A.B., Dartmouth; M.D., Harvard.
Cornelius F. Strittmatter, IV (1961)
B.S., Juniata; Ph.D., Harvard.
Norman M. Sulkin (1952)
B.A., M.A., Alabama; Ph.D., Iowa.
* James F. Toole (1962) Walter C. Teagle Professor of Neurology
B.A., Princeton; M.D., Cornell; LL.B., La Salle.
Walter H. Traub (1968)
M.D., Munich; M.S., Rochester.
Odus M. Mull Professor of
Biochemistry
William Neal Reynolds Professor
of Anatomy
B. Lionel Truscott (1968)
Assistant Professor of Microbiology
and Pathology
Professor of Neurology
B.A., Drew; M.A., Syracuse; M.S., Ph.D., M.D., Yale.
Henry C. Turner (1967) Instructor in Anesthesiology
A.B., M.D., North Carolina.
* Absent on leave, August 1969 — June 1970.
30
Faculty
Robert L. Tuttle (1950)
(See Administration)
John P. Umberger ( 1958)
B.A., Roanoke; M.A., Iowa.
Henry L. Valk (1950)
A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Duke.
Clark E. Vincent (1964)
A.B., M.A., Ph.D., California at Berkeley.
Arthur Wainer (1962)
B.S., Miami; Ph.D., Florida.
B. MOSELEY WAITE (1967)
B.S., Rollins; Ph.D., Duke.
Associate Professor of Microbiology
and Academic Dean
Instructor in Psychiatry (Psychology)
Professor of Medicine
Professor of Sociology
(Obstetrics and Gynecology)
Associate Professor of Biochemistry
Assistant Professor of Biochemistry
Walter A. Ward (1967)
B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.
L. David Waterbury (1969)
B.S., Michigan; Ph.D., Vermont.
Finley C. Watts (1967)
B.S., Wake Forest.
Lester Earl Watts (1965)
M.D., Bowman Gray.
Richard G. Weaver (1954)
M.D., Washington.
Joseph E. Whitley (1960)
B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray.
Nancy O'N. Whitley (1969)
M.D., Bowman Gray.
Howard M. Wisotzkey (1969)
B.A., Dartmouth; M.D., Maryland.
Richard L. Witcofski (1961)
Assistant Professor of Otolaryngology
Assistant Professor of Pharmacology
Research Instructor in Radiology
(Health Physics)
Assistant Professor of Medicine
Associate in Preventive Medicine
Professor of Ophthalmology
Professor of Radiology
Instructor in Radiology
(Diagnostic Radiology)
Assistant Professor of Pathology-
N europathology
Assistant Professor of Radiology
(Radiological Physics)
Associate in Neurology
B.S., Lynchburg; M.S., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Wake Forest.
Ernest H. Yount (1948)
A.B., North Carolina; M.D., Vanderbilt.
Professor of Medicine
31
STAFFS OF THE LIBRARIES
Merrill G. Berthrong, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Director of Libraries
The Z. Smith Reynolds Library
(General Library)
Carlton P. West, A.B., A.M., B.S. in L.S., Librarian
Mrs. Anne M. Nicholson, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Technical Services
Librarian.
Minnie S. Kallam, B.A., B.S., in L.S., Reference Librarian
Mrs. Dorothy M. Rowley, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Periodicals Librarian
Mrs. Mary H. Day, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Circulation Librarian
Richard J. Murdoch, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Rare Books Librarian
William K. Ach, A.B., B.S., in L.S., Microtext Librarian
Mrs. Jeanette M. Smith, B.A., M.A. in L.S., Acquisitions Librarian
Minnie M. Huggins, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Documents Librarian
John R. Woodard, Jr., B.A., Director of the Baptist Collection
James M. Nicholson, M.A., M.S. in L.S., Assistant Catalog Librarian
Mrs. Margaret V. Shoemaker, B.S., A.B. in L.S., Assistant Catalog
Librarian
Mrs. Janet L. Flowers, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Assistant Reference Librarian
Library of the School of Law
Mrs. Vivian L. Wilson, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Librarian
Bowman Gray School of Medicine
Main Library and Allied Health Library
Mrs. Erika Love, B.A., M.A. in L.S., Librarian
Mrs. Jean Beavers, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Public Services Librarian
Mrs. Diane Butzin, B.S., M.S. in L.S., Special Projects Librarian
Mrs. Barbara DeWeerd, A.B., M.S. in L.S., Interloan Librarian .- .,
Mg> SvC L&B tt 3 ■ H5 .V (1.3, ctt.rzf- CffJ ffLBOr y* bfc &-&■( j* u
Mrs. Yvonne Moossy, B.S., M.S. in L.S., Special Services Librarian
Patricia Orrok, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Allied Health Librarian
32
COACHING STAFF
G. Eugene Hooks (1956) Director of Athletics
B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed, North Carolina; Ed.D., George Peabody.
Jessie I. Haddock (1954) Associate Director of Athletics and Golf Coach
B.S., Wake Forest.
Calvin C. Stoll (1969)
B.A., Minnesota.
John W. McCloskey (1966)
B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania.
Neil Johnston ( 1966)
B.S., Ohio State.
Harold C. Rhea (1968)
Football Coach
Basketball Coach
Baseball Coach, Asst. Basketball Coach
Track Coach; Instructor in
Physical Education
B.S., Midland Lutheran; M.A., Ed.D., Colorado State.
Leo Ellison, Jr. (1957)
B.S., M.S., Northwestern State College.
Thomas F. Harper (1969)
B.A., M.A., Kentucky.
Ronald Mills Stark (1969)
B.S., M.A., Missouri State.
Thomas Y. Moore (1969)
B.A., Iowa State; M.S., Dayton.
William J. Lewis (1969)
B.S., East Stroudsburg State.
Oval Lee Jaynes (1969)
B.S., Appalachian.
William Beattie Feathers (1961)
B.S., Tennessee.
Theodore Guthard (1969)
B.S., M.A., Michigan State.
Norman Parker (1969)
B.S., M.A., Eastern Michigan.
William A. Packer (1965)
B.A., Wake Forest.
James H. Leighton, Jr. (1962)
A.B., Presbyterian College.
Robert T. Bartholomew (1969)
B.A., Wake Forest.
Lewis Martin (1958)
Keith Tester (1969)
B.S., Arkansas.
Dal Lynch (1966)
Swimming Coach; Instructor in
Physical Education
Assistant Football Coach
Assistant Football Coach
Assistant Football Coach
Assistant Football Coach
Assistant Football Coach
Assistant Football Coach
Assistant Football Coach
Freshman Football Coach
Assistant Basketball Coach
Tennis Coach
Director of Deacon Club
Trainer
Business Manager of Athletics
Athletic Equipment Manager-
33
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
1970-71
Effective September 1, 1970
The terms of members, except where otherwise shown, expire on Au-
gust 31 of the year indicated. Each committee selects its own chairman
except where the chairman is designated. All members of a committee
vote except as otherwise indicated.
Admissions
Non-voting. Director of Admissions, Assistant Dean of the College, Dean
of Women.
Voting. 1973 Noftle, Phillips; 1972 Olive, J. H. Smith; 1971 Earle, Hills.
Advisory Council to Lower Division
Waddill, Chairman; Angell, Baird, Barefield, Brehme, Broyles, Cage,
Catron, Cook, Dimmick, Earle, Evans, Gossett, Hadley, C. V. Harris,
Hayes, Hester, Himan, Hood, McDowell, J. G. May, W. G. May, Mit-
chell, Noftle, Olive, Parker, Pollock, L. H. Potter, Raynor, Reeves,
Roberts, P. S. Robinson, Sanders, Sears, Sinclair, J. H. Smith, Sullivan,
Syme, Tefft, Trible, Webber, G. P. Williams, Wolfe, Woodmansee, Wyatt.
Athletics
Administrative: Vice President for Business and Finance, Dean of the
College, Faculty Representative to ACC; 1975 Bryant, Christman, 1974
Drake, Gay; 1973 Ellison, C. Richman; 1972 Burroughs, Hylton; 1971
Catron, Yearns.
Buildings and Grounds
Administrative: Provost, Dean of the College, Treasurer, Registrar, Di-
rector of the Physical Plant; 1975 Seelbinder, 1974 Cook, 1973 Tedford,
1972 Allen, 1971 Angell.
Curriculum
Provost, Dean of the College, Dean of the School of Business, Registrar,
and the chairman of each department of Wake Forest College as follows:
Art, Biology, Business and Accountancy, Chemistry, Classical Languages,
Economics, Education, English, German, History, Mathematics, Military
Science, Music, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics, Political
Science, Psychology, Religion, Romance Languages, Sociology and An-
thropology, Speech.
34
Committees
Executive
Non-Voting. Provost, Assistant Dean of the College, Dean of Students,
Dean of Men, and Dean of Women.
Voting. Dean of the College, Dean of the School of Business, and the fol-
lowing faculty members: 1973, Brehme, Shaw; 1972 Fraser, Gossett; 1971
Miller, Mitchell.
Faculty Marshals
1973 Pollock, 1972 Olive, 1971 Huber
Graduate Council
Dean of the Graduate School, Chairman; Provost, Coordinator of Grad-
uate Studies of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine; 1974 Fosso, 1973
Trible; 1972 Barnett; 1971 Cowgill, G. P. Williams; 1970 Beck.
Honors
Dean of the College, Coordinator of the Honors Program, 1974 Beck, 1973
Fosso, 1972 Fleer, 1971 Waddill.
Library Planning
Regular. Director of Libraries, Librarian, 1973 Shorter, A. S. Tillett; 1972
Covey, Talbert; 1971 Dimmick, PoUock.
Occasional. Provost, Dean of the Graduate School, Dean of the College,
Dean of the School of Business, Chairmen of all departments (as under
Curriculum Committee above).
Men's Judicial Board
Non-voting. Dean of Students (or his designated representative) as secre-
tary.
Voting. 1973 Baxley, Helm; 1972 Hall, Woodmansee; 1971 Broyles; Fleer;
and six students in Wake Forest College.
Nominations
1973 Brown, Cage; 1972 Preseren, Shields; 1971 Shirley, Smiley.
Orientation
Chairman of the Advisory Council to the Lower Division, Chairman;
Dean of the College, Dean of Students, Dean of Men, Dean of Women,
President of the Student Government.
Publications
Dean of the College, Treasurer, Director of Communications; Faculty ad-
visers of Old Gold and Black, Howler, and Student; 1973 Kenion, 1972
Barefield, 1971 L. H. Potter.
35
Committees
ROTC Board
Coordinator Helm, Professor of Military Science, 1973 Falkenberg, 1972
Zuber, 1971 Hester.
Scholarship and Student Aid
Director of Admissions and Financial Aid, Assistant Dean of the College,
Dean of Women and the following faculty members: 1973 McDowell,
Richards; 1972 Hayes, Syme; 1971 Owen, G. P. Williams.
Student Life
Non-Voting. Provost, Dean of the College, Dean of Students, Dean of
Women, Dean of Men, Chaplain.
Voting. 1973 Moorhouse, Sanders, Sullivan; 1972 Crisp, Reeves, Rein-
hardt; 1971 Himan, Wolfe, Zuber, and six students in Wake Forest
College.
Teacher Education
Chairman of the Department of Education, Dean of the Graduate School,
Dean of the College; 1973 Raynor, Rhea; 1972 Campbell, W. G. May;
1971 Hendricks, J. C. McDonald.
Traffic Commission
Director of the Physical Plant; 1973 Andronica, Olive; 1972 Gulley, E. W.
Hamrick; 1971 Barrow, Howard, and six students in Wake Forest College.
University Senate
President, Provost, Vice President for Business and Finance, Dean of the
College, Dean of the School of Law, Dean of the Bowman Gray School
of Medicine, Dean of the Charles H. Babcock School of Business Admin-
istration, Dean of the Graduate School, Director of Libraries, Director
of Development, and the following:
Representatives of Wake Forest College: 1973 Banks, Schoonmaker; 1972
Barnett, Hills; 1971 Carter, Nowell; 1970 Turner, J. E. Williams.
Representatives of the School of Law: 1973 Webster; 1971 Lee.
Representatives of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine: 1973 Rapela;
1972 Prichard; 1971 Bo; 1970 Hayes.
Representatives of the School of Business Administration: 1973 Hylton;
1971 Scott.
Representatives of the Graduate School: 1973 L. R. Tillett; 1972 Shields;
1971 Flory; 1970 Sulkin.
36
THE UNIVERSITY AND ITS EQUIPMENT
Historical Sketch
Historical Background. The history of the founding of Wake
Forest College is inseparable from the history of the formation
of the Baptist State Convention. One of the two main purposes
which led to the organization of the convention in 1830 was to
establish an educational institution that would give training
under Christian influences and provide educated ministers and
laymen.
Immediately after the formation of the Baptist State Con-
vention, Dr. Samuel Wait, serving as agent for the Convention,
began an intensive four-year educational campaign among the
Baptists of the State. Two years later, in 1832, the Convention
purchased from Dr. Calvin Jones a 600-acre farm sixteen miles
north of Raleigh, to be used as a site for the proposed school.
Wake Forest Institute. Under the authorization of a charter
granted by the State Legislature in December 1833, the school
was opened as Wake Forest Institute on February 3, 1834, with
Dr. Wait as principal. Although the primary purpose was to
give collegiate instruction in the arts and sciences, for five
years the Wake Forest Institute operated as a manual labor
school, attracting liberal patronage from the large planters of
the State, who wished their sons to receive practical training in
agriculture, along with education in the liberal arts. In 1836
the enrollment had increased from the original 16 to 141.
The College. The manual labor feature was abandoned at the
close of the year 1838, and the institution was rechartered in
December 1838 as Wake Forest College.
With teachers who were graduates of Columbia College,
Brown University, and Dartmouth College, and with a liberal
arts curriculum that was standard for the time, Wake Forest
College conferred the degree of Bachelor of Arts upon four
young men in June 1839.
From 1839 to 1894 the College operated exclusively as a
college of liberal arts; the School of Law was established in
June 1894, the School of Medicine in May 1902, the School of
Business Administration in 1948, the Division of Evening
Classes in 1957,* and the Division of Graduate Studies (now
the Graduate School) in 1961. In 1942 the College became co-
educational.
* This Division was discontinued June 30, 1964.
37
Historical Sketch
The College has given instruction to many thousands of stu-
dents and has sent them into varied fields of service. Among
these have been a large number of ministers, missionaries,
lawyers, physicians, educators, writers, scientists, businessmen,
farmers, and influential leaders in governmental affairs. From
the beginning the College has made marked contributions to
Christianity, to culture, and to a higher type of citizenship
generally, in accordance with the original purpose of the found-
ers of the institution.
In 1946 the Trustees of the College and the Baptist State
Convention accepted an offer made by the Z. Smith Reynolds
Foundation to give the College $350,000 annually in perpetuity
for operation of the school on condition that it be moved to
Winston-Salem and that other friends of the College provide a
campus site and buildings. This decision was made three years
after the College had undertaken an Enlargement Program to
provide much needed buildings and other physical facilities on
the old campus.
The late Charles H. Babcock and his wife, the late Mary
Reynolds Babcock, contributed a part of the beautiful Reynolda
Estate for the new campus. Groundbreaking ceremonies were
held on October 15, 1951, with the President of the United
States delivering the principal address. The following spring
actual construction began. Accompanying the construction was
intensive fund-raising. In 1955 the Z. Smith Reynolds Founda-
tion increased its annual payments to the College to $500,000.
The actual move from Wake Forest to Winston-Salem took
place in May and June of 1956. The Bowman Gray School of
Medicine of the College had been moved to Winston-Salem
in 1941 when it received the resources of the Bowman Gray
Foundation.
Summer School opened on the new campus on June 18, 1956,
the fall term on September 11 and formal dedication exercises
were held on October 18. The old campus and buildings at Wake
Forest were sold to the Southern Baptist Convention for use
of the Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary which now
occupies the campus.
The University
By reason of the growth and development of the College,
and because of the expansion of its program not only in its
38
Historical Sketch
professional and graduate schools but also in the College of
Arts and Sciences, the name of the College was changed to Wake
Forest University, effective June 12, 1967.
Administration and Instruction. The University is governed
by a Board of Trustees which is elected by the North Carolina
Baptist Convention. The Board has thiry-six members who
serve four-year terms, with nine being chosen each year at the
annual convention.
During its history of 136 years the College has been headed by
a total of eleven presidents, the administrations of four of these
(Dr. Washington Manly Wingate, Dr. Charles E. Taylor, Dr.
William Louis Poteat and Dr. Thurman D. Kitchin) covering
a total of 88 years. The complete list of presidents,* with the
dates of their administrations, follows:
Samuel Wait, D.D 1834-45
William Hooper, D.D., LL.D 1845-49
John Brown White, M.A 1849-54
Washington Manly Wingate, D.D 1854-79
Thomas Henderson Pritchard, D.D 1879-82
Charles Elisha Taylor, D.D., LL.D 1884-1905
William Louis Poteat, LL.D., Litt.D 1905-27
Francis Pendleton Gaines, Ph.D., Litt.D., LL.D 1927-30
Thurman D. Kitchin, M.D., LL.D., F.A.C.P 1930-50
Harold Wayland Tribble, M.A., Th.M., Th.D.,
Ph.D., D.D., LL.D 1950-67
James Ralph Scales, M.A., Ph.D 1967-
The growth and progress of the College are due in no small
degree to the leadership of its presidents! and to the faculty
of instruction, many of whom have rendered distinguished ser-
vice for 30 years or more. These include: Dr. William Bailey
Royall, professor of Greek, 62 years; Dr. William Louis Poteat,
Biology, 55 years; Dr. Benjamin F. Sledd, English, 50 years;
Prof. Edgar W. Timberlake, Law, 50 years; Dr. J. Hendren
Gorrell, Modem Languages, 45 years; Dr. Hubert McNeill
Poteat, Latin, 44 years; Dr. Needham Y. Gulley, Law, 44 years;
Dr. George W. Paschal, Classical Languages, 43 years; Dr. W.
R. Cullom, Religion, 42 years; Dr. Ora C. Bradbury, Biology, 36
* During the years 1882-84, William Bailey Royall, B.A., M.A., D.D. (Professor of
Greek) , served as chairman of the Faculty.
t Those interested in more specific information are referred to the three-volume History
of Wake Forest College by Dr. George W. Paschal.
39
Purposes and Objectives
years. Dr. D. B. Bryan served as Professor of Education for 36
years and Dean of the College for 34 years. Mr. Elliott B. Earn-
shaw served as Bursar for 45 years. Of the present faculty, seven-
teen have served more than thirty years, including the following
who became emeriti after serving thirty-five years or more: Prof.
Hubert A. Jones taught Mathematics for 51 years; Dr. Henry
Broadus Jones, English, 35 years; Dr. J. Allen Easley, Religion,
35 years; Prof. Kenneth T. Raynor, Mathematics, 35 years; Dr.
A. C. Reid, Philosophy, 46 years; Dr. Charles S. Black, Chem-
istry, 41 years; Prof. Forrest W. Clonts, History, 44 years; and
Dr. Coy C. Carpenter, Medicine, 41 years. Mrs. Ethel Taylor
Crittenden retired in 1946 after 31 years as Librarian. In a
word, the University has enlisted and retained throughout their
teaching careers men who have devoted themselves to the Uni-
versity and to its ideals of culture and Christian leadership.
Purposes and Objectives
As an institution founded by the Baptist State Convention
of North Carolina, Wake Forest University seeks to shape its
goals, policies, and practices by Christian ideals. It seeks to
help its students become mature, well-informed and responsible
persons. It seeks to introduce its students to the cultural
heritage of our times, through a broad study of the humanities,
the natural and social sciences and mathematics, and through
a concentration in at least one academic discipline. It seeks to
develop in its students the ability to think honestly and clearly,
to use the English language correctly, and to use at least one
foreign language effectively. It seeks to assist its students in
building a system of values which takes full account of the
things of the spirit as well as things material that they may
become constructive and useful members of society. Finally,
it seeks to aid its students in achieving for themselves a vital
and relevant faith.
These purposes underlie the total academic program of the
University. Through them the University seeks to prepare its
students for careers in teaching, the ministry, law, medicine,
business, research, and other professions.
40
Endowment
Religious Program
Wake Forest was founded as a result of a religious concern for
education and missions. That same concern means in part that
the University undertakes to help individual students become
authentic, whole persons.
The religious program seeks to clarify the Christian style of
life and indicate its cohesion with academic excellence. There
are twice-weekly worship services, student meetings, and lec-
tures by faculty and visiting speakers. All such programs, in-
cluding the weekly worship services, are voluntary. These pro-
grams are planned by the faculty convocation committee and co-
ordinated by the Chaplain's office.
The Chaplain coordinates denominational and interdenomi-
national programs including discussions and projects designed
to provide specific opportunities for students to express their
religious concerns. The year's activities begin with a pre-school
retreat for all students under the guidance of campus ministers
who represent the major denominations. Whereas some of them
have responsibilities at other colleges in Winston-Salem, all of
them undertake a personal ministry to Wake Forest students
and encourage them to take advantage of the religious oppor-
tunities provided by churches in Winston-Salem.
The Wake Forest Baptist Church is at worship each Sunday
in Wait Chapel. Its constituency embraces students, faculty, ad-
ministration, and people from the city of Winston-Salem. This
relationship between the University and the campus church has
existed for many years. Although planted in the soil of Baptist
tradition and associated with larger Baptist bodies, the Wake
Forest Church has embraced and contributed to the growing
ecumenism of the University. Its membership and mission are
open to all who may seek its ministry and may wish to use it as
an instrument for their mission to the world.
Endowment, Trust Funds and Foundations
In 1865 the endowment fund of Wake Forest University
was $11,700, the remnant from the wreck of war. Under the
terms of the will of Mr. Jabez A. Bostwick, the endowment
was increased, in 1923, by stock valued at about $1,500,000.
41
Endowment
On August 3, 1939, the resources of the Bowman Gray Founda-
tion were awarded to Wake Forest College, to be used exclu-
sively by the School of Medicine.
Under the terms of the will of Colonel George Foster Hankins
of Lexington, North Carolina, who died in 1954, the George
Foster Hankins Foundation was established, the income to be
used for scholarships. The assets of the Foundation on June 30,
1969, were approximately $1,500,000.
The Ford Foundation in 1956 made two gifts to the endow-
ment of the College, the sum of $680,500 for the School of Arts
and Sciences and $1,600,000 for the Bowman Gray School of
Medicine.
The Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation made gifts, in 1958
and 1962, of the Reynolda Gardens and an endowment with the
total value of approximately $1,500,000. In 1965 the College
received an additional gift of land on which a plant of the
Western Electric Company is located. This gift, valued at
$3,500,000, is to be used for the support of the Library and the
Chair of Botany. In December, 1969, an endowment in the
amount of $2,000,000 was received from the Foundation for the
use and benefit of the Charles H. Babcock School of Business
Administration.
In 1965, 1966, and 1967 a gift totaling $1,000,000, the income
from which is to be used to support the Library, was received
from Mrs. Nancy Reynolds.
From the estate of the late Guy T. Carswell, who died in
1966, the University received the Guy T. and Clara H. Carswell
Scholarship Fund. Investments in this fund were approximately
$2,000,000 at June 30, 1969.
On June 30, 1969 all endowment funds controlled by the
University had a book value of $22,484,000 and market value
of $40,083,000.
In addition to the endowment funds controlled by the
Trustees, various trust funds are held by banks for the benefit
of the University. Among these are the James A. Gray Trust
Fund, the Mary K. Fassett Trust Fund, and the Lucy Teague
Fassett Memorial Trust Fund.
42
Academic Buildings
The Trustees of The Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation, Inc.
and The Trustees of Wake Forest College entered into a con-
tract on November 16, 1946, whereby the Foundation made
available to the College income of the Foundation up to
$350,000 per year in perpetuity, this sum being increased to
$500,000 in 1955. In 1965, the Foundation announced a match-
ing grant of $3,000,000 for a period of four years. Upon reaching
this goal, the Foundation increased the annual grant to $620,000
in 1968, and also announced an additional $150,000 per year
for five years.
Buildings and Grounds
Wake Forest University is situated on approximately 320
acres of land, and the physical plant consists of 30 buildings,
including 12 apartment buildings for faculty and married stu-
dents. The property was given to the University by the Mary
Reynolds Babcock Foundation and Mr. Charles H. Babcock,
and construction of the new campus was begun in 1952. It
was occupied for the first time during the 1956 summer session.
The buildings are of modified Georgian architecture and con-
structed of Old Virginia brick trimmed in granite and limestone.
Situated on beautifully landscaped hills, the campus is one
of the most attractive in the South.
The Reynolda Gardens annex, consisting of 148 acres and
including Reynolda Woods, Reynolda Village, and Reynolda
Gardens, is adjacent to the campus on the south. This tract
includes a formal garden, greenhouses, parking areas, a lake,
and a wooded area with trails. The formal garden features one
of the finest collections of Japanese cherry trees in the United
States. This area of natural beauty was a gift to the College
from the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation through transfers
made in 1958, 1961, and 1963.
Academic Buildings
Wait Chapel. Named in memory of the first President of
Wake Forest College, Wait Chapel faces toward the south over-
looking the plaza, with Reynolda Hall in the foreground and
men's dormitories at right and left.
Wingate Hall. This building is attached to Wait Chapel and
is used by the Departments of Music and Religion and Wake
Forest Baptist Church. Wingate Hall is named in honor of
43
Academic Buildings
Washington Manly Wingate, President of Wake Forest College,
1854-1879.
Reynolda Hall. This building serves both as an administra-
tion building and a student center. Food services are centralized
in Reynolda Hall and consist of a cafeteria, snack shop, banquet
room, the Magnolia Room, and other smaller dining rooms. The
University Computer Center is located in the basement.
The Z. Smith Reynolds Library. Situated at the center of
the academic campus, this building contains space for eight
tiers of book stacks, with a capacity of about one million
volumes. Surrounding the book stacks are four floors of rooms
for reading, reference, and various other uses of a modern
library. The University Theatre is located on the top level of
the Library.
Salem Hall. Directly west of the Library, this three-story
building contains laboratories, classrooms, and offices for the
Departments of Chemistry and Physics.
Winston Hall. Located just west of Salem Hall, this building
was occupied in September 1961. It provides instructional and
office space for the Departments of Biology and Psychology.
The W. N. Reynolds Gymnasium. Located just east of Rey-
nolda Hall, this building is equipped with classrooms for
instruction in physical education, courts for basketball and
other indoor sports, a swimming pool, and offices for the Depart-
ment of Physical Education and the Department of Athletics.
Surrounding the Gymnasium are sports fields and courts for
tennis, track, soccer, football, and field hockey. Memorial Coli-
seum is used for intercollegiate basketball games. The Depart-
ment of Military Science is also housed in this building.
Law Building. This is a four-story structure which contains
classrooms, offices, a moot court, an assembly room, a library,
a student lounge, and other specific use rooms.
Harold W. Tribble Hall. This building accommodates the
social sciences and the humanities and contains instructional
and office space, a small projection theatre, the philosophy
library, a curriculum materials center, the Honors seminar room,
and a main lecture room which seats 200.
44
Student Residences
Charles H. Babcock Business Building. Occupied in Septem-
ber 1969, this building contains offices and classrooms for the
Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration and the
Department of Mathematics. This building contains a variety
of instructional spaces, including amphitheatres, seminar rooms,
a reading room, and a faculty seminar lounge. All classrooms are
equipped for full audio-visual use.
Student Residences
Housing for Men. Bordering the plaza are four quadrangles
of houses for men with accommodations for 1500 students. The
houses are named in honor of Charles Elisha Taylor, William
Louis Poteat, and Thurman Delna Kitchin, former Presidents
of Wake Forest College, and Egbert Lawrence Davis, a bene-
factor of the College. Connecting Poteat and Taylor Houses
with the Chapel are Efird Hall and Huffman Hall, named in
honor of J. B. Efird of Charlotte, and Frank Huffman of Mor-
ganton, respectively. Facing the plaza are a number of com-
mercial shops, including a branch post office and the College
Book Store.
Dormitories for Women. Three dormitories for women are
located on the south end of the campus facing Reynolda Hall.
These are named in honor of Jabez A. Bostwick, one of the
early benefactors of the College, Miss Lois Johnson, first Dean
of Women, and Mary Reynolds Babcock. Mrs. Babcock and her
husband, the late Charles H. Babcock, were among the chief
benefactors of the College.
The Power Plant. This building is located on a lower level
northwest of the athletic fields and is connected by tunnels
with all buildings on the campus. Modern in design, it furnishes
heat and hot water for all buildings and is the basis for the air
conditioning system installed in several facilities.
The Maintenance Building. Located next to the Power Plant,
this houses offices and equipment for buildings, grounds, and
maintenance.
45
Libraries
Libraries
In its libraries the University holds 368,273 printed volumes,
distributed as follows: the Z. Smith Reynolds Library (general),
276,039; the Library of the School of Law, 38,556; and the
Libraries of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, 53,678. In-
cluded are 39,932 volumes of United States Government docu-
ments, the Z. Smith Reynolds Library being an official, although
selective, depository. A rapidly growing microtext collection is
maintained: there are 10,618 reels of microfilm, including runs
of local, national, and foreign newspapers; and 98,478 pieces
of microprint, which include substantial items like the British
Parliamentary Papers and the Human Relations Area File.
The Z. Smith Reynolds Library provides adequate support
for a liberal arts curriculum and a limited, although expanding,
graduate program. Moderate emphasis has been placed on North
Carolina and Southeastern materials; and a Baptist Collection,
now containing more than 7,000 items which include files of
Baptist serials and individual church records, is maintained.
The Library enjoys the income from an endowment fund of
about $4,500,000, the result of two major gifts: a donation of
assets worth $3,500,000 by the Mary Reynolds Babcock Founda-
tion in 1965; and a gift of $1,000,000 made in 1967 by Mrs.
Nancy Reynolds. The income is applied more particularly to the
expansion of the book stock as a support for graduate studies,
although a part was used initially for certain changes and addi-
tions in the Library building.
The Z. Smith Reynolds Library is in the later stages of
reclassifying its collection according to the Library of Congress
schedules, a change which is producing a better arrangement
of books and an acceleration of book processing. An open-stack
policy enables users to consult books directly at the shelves,
and copying facilities are available at nominal cost. Current
issues and bound volumes of periodicals in chemistry and
physics are shelved in Salem Hall for convenience in laboratory
research.
Other gifts have enriched the University library collections.
Mr. Tracy McGregor provided a collection of valuable titles on
46
Libraries
the colonial and early national periods of American history.
To acquire important editions of Edmund Spenser and related
background material, a contribution was made by Dr. Charles
G. Smith of Baylor University in honor of his wife, Cornelia
Marschall Smith. Dr. Herman Harrell Home established a fund
for the purchase of titles of a general nature.
Dr. Charles Lee Smith of Raleigh bequeathed to the Univer-
sity his personal library of about 7,000 volumes, rich in first
editions; while a bequest from his brother, Oscar T. Smith of
Baltimore, affords additional purchases of similar volumes.
The Paschal Collection was established Christmas 1950 by
Dr. George W. Paschal Jr., 1927, Raleigh surgeon, in recogni-
tion of the interest in the Library manifested by his father,
George Washington Paschal, and also in memory of his father's
twin brother, Robert Lee Paschal. The Collection is regularly
enlarged and, although heterogeneous in nature, primarily con-
tains material relating to the humanities. The aim of the founder
of the Collection is to add to the working efficiency of the
Library. While this collection is principally supported by the
donor, it has also received and welcomes contributions from
interested friends. A special bookplate is used for items acquired
for the Collection.
The Library of the School of Law contains 38,556 volumes,
including the reports, digests, and statutes required by the
American Association of Law Schools, together with the leading
periodicals, encyclopedias, and textbooks.
The Library of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine is a
collection of 53,678 volumes containing the periodicals, texts,
and monographs necessary to instruction and research in
medical theory and practice.
The Spilman Philosophy Seminar houses carefully selected
books for the use of advanced students in philosophy. Although
not supported by library funds, but by an endowment given
by Dr. B. W. Spilman and by the A. C. Reid Philosophy Fund,
it forms a valuable part of the book resources of the University.
The Library of the Military Science Department, located in
the Gymnasium, has available for student use over 2,000 books
and periodicals. In addition to major military conflicts involving
47
The Piedmont University Center
the United States, the material covers such subjects as com-
munism, the "Cold War", counterinsurgency, and anti-guerrilla
warfare, as well as foreign policy, nuclear warfare, and space
activities.
Art Museum
The Museum of Art is made up mainly of the T. J. Simmons
Collection, presented to the College by the late Dr. Thomas
Jackson Simmons of Gainesville, Ga., and formally opened to
the public on June 2, 1941. Including some additions, there
are about sixty paintings, thirty-five etchings and lithographs,
five pieces of sculpture, and several other art objects in the
collection.
The Museum was enriched in 1957 by three paintings from
the Hammer Galleries given by Mr. Arnold Kirkeby, and in
1960 by two paintings given by Mr. Clark Hartwell and three
by Mrs. April Ruth Akston. Nearly all of the paintings are
hung in public areas of various buildings on the campus.
The Piedmont University Center
Wake Forest University is a member of the Piedmont Uni-
versity Center of North Carolina, Incorporated, founded in
March 1963 as a coordinating agency in the field of higher
education. Center membership includes twenty liberal arts
colleges and universities located chiefly in the Piedmont area
of North Carolina. From the first months of its existence the
Center's headquarters have been located at Reynolda House
in Winston-Salem. The Center is headed by an Executive Direc-
tor, and its Board of Directors consists of the Presidents of the
twenty member institutions.
Through programs of interinstitutional cooperation, the Cen-
ter seeks to assist its member colleges (a) to enrich and expand
their present educational programs; (b) to increase the effec-
tiveness of certain services, such as library and audio-visual, and
(c) to achieve greater economy in the total business operation.
48
ADMISSION
A candidate for undergraduate admission to Wake Forest
University must furnish testimonials of good moral character,
must present evidences of educational achievement represented
by graduation from an accredited public high school or an
accredited private secondary school, and must present a score
(senior year preferred) on the Scholastic Aptitude (Morning)
Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. The record of
the work done by the applicant in high school or in a private
secondary school and the recommendations of the school official
must be sent direct to the Director of Admissions of Wake
Forest College (division of arts and sciences) by an official of
the school, and the test scores must be sent from the test
center. They may not be submitted by the applicant.
Information about the times and places at which the College
Board test may be taken and an application for taking the test
may be secured from the high school or from College Entrance
Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey 08540.
Careful consideration will be given to the applicant's academic
records, scores on tests, and evidences of character, purpose in
life, and general fitness for college life. The University reserves
the right to reject any application without explanation.
An applicant for admission who has attended another college
must be a graduate of a standard junior college or must furnish
a certificate of honorable dismissal stating that the applicant is
eligible in all respects to re-enter the college last attended, and
must have an overall average of at least C on all college work
attempted.* These are minimum requirements for consideration.
The applicant should fill out and return as early as practical
the student's part of the application, and should then give to
the high school principal, superintendent, or other appropriate
school official the other parts to be completed and sent to the
Director of Admissions of Wake Forest College for the attention
of the Committee on Admissions.
An application fee of $10.00 to cover the cost of processing
the application is required. This should accompany the appli-
cation and will not be applied to later charges or refunded, in
- Please see academic requirements for graduation, especially for one who has attended
more than one college before applying for admission to Wake Forest College.
49
Admission
the event of failure to be admitted or of cancellation of the
application.
If possible, the completed application should be sent at least
eight months prior to the date on which the applicant hopes to
enroll in Wake Forest College, but not before September 15
of the applicant's senior year in high school. Except in case
of emergency, the final date for making application for the
spring semester is January 15; for the fall semester, August 15.
The minimum prescribed requirements for admission to all
degrees are as follows:
English 4 units
One Foreign Language 2 units
History (Social Studies) 2 units
Mathematics:
Algebra IV2 or 2 units
Geometry 1 unit
Electives to bring the total to 16 units
A student who is admitted from another college before fully
meeting the minimum prescribed requirements outlined above
for entering freshmen must remove the entrance conditions
during the first year at Wake Forest.
When an applicant has received notice of acceptance for
admission or readmission to Wake Forest College, an admis-
sion deposit of $50.00 must be sent to the Director of Admissions
of Wake Forest College not later than three weeks after the
notice of acceptance is mailed. (Make checks payable to Wake
Forest University.) Failure to pay this deposit within three
weeks will be considered as indicating that the applicant does
not intend to enter Wake Forest College. This deposit will be
credited toward the applicant's college fees. It will be refunded,
if the application for admission or re-admission is cancelled by
the applicant and a written request for refund is received by
the Director of Admissions of Wake Forest College not later
than June 1 for the fall semester or November 1 for the spring
semester. Refunds will not be made after these dates.
If a student is accepted for admission or re-admission after
June 1 for the fall semester or after November 1 for the spring
semester, the admission deposit is due within two weeks of the
date of acceptance. Deposits made after June 1 and November
1 are not refundable.
50
Advanced Placement
No deposit is required of a student who expects to enroll
for the summer session only.
The Early Decision Plan
This plan is available to well qualified high school students
who at the close of their junior years have definitely decided
that their first choice college is Wake Forest. An Early Decision
Agreement is required with each application.
The application for early decision must be filed by October
1 of the applicant's senior year in high school. It must include
the high school record through the junior year, scores on the
Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination
Board and scores on three achievement tests: (1) English Com-
position, (2) Mathematics or foreign language, (3) one to be
chosen by the applicant. Preferably, these tests should be taken
in March or May of the junior year.
In early November, the Committee on Admissions will make
decisions on completed applications. If an applicant is accepted,
the required deposit must be paid not later than January 1.
Those not admitted by early decision will be asked to submit a
senior year Scholastic Aptitude Test score and the first semes-
ter's grades of their senior year, or they will be advised to apply
elsewhere.
Advanced Placement
Wake Forest University recognizes college-level work done
in high school by giving credit and placement on the basis of
Advanced Placement Examinations of the College Entrance
Examination Board and such pertinent supplementary infor-
mation as may be available.
Exceptionally qualified applicants for advanced standing may
receive exemption from some basic courses with credit on the
authorization of the department concerned. For the purposes
of computing quality point ratios, etc., credit gained by ad-
vanced standing examination is treated as credit transferred to
Wake Forest College from another college.
Admission to Advanced Standing
Courses satisfactorily completed in other accredited colleges
are accepted under the regulations that have been adopted by
51
Advanced Standing
the faculty for the approval of such courses. In general, how-
ever, no credit is allowed for courses not found in the curriculum
of Wake Forest College. All credits allowed for advanced stand-
ing are held in suspense until the candidate has spent one term
in residence. The minimum residence requirement for a bacca-
laureate degree is two academic years — the senior year and
one other.
52
UNIVERSITY CHARGES AND FINANCIAL
ARRANGEMENTS
Statements in this Bulletin concerning expenses are not to be
regarded as forming an irrevocable contract between the student
and the University. The University reserves the right to change
without notice the cost of instruction at any time within the
student's term of residence.
Charges are due in full not later than the date of registration.
Information concerning payment will be sent to all students
prior to the beginning of each semester.
Faculty regulations require that a student's University ac-
count must be settled in full before he is entitled to receive his
grades, a transcript of his record, a diploma, or to register for
the succeeding semester.
Wake Forest College and School of Business
Administration
Charges for the Regular School Year
MEN Per Semester Per Year
Tuition $775 $1,550
Activity Fee1 75 150
Dormitory Room Rental
(double room each)2 130- 155 260- 310
$980-$l,030 $l,960-$2,060
WOMEN Per Semester Per Year
Tuition $775 $1,550
Activity Fee1 75 150
Dormitory Room Rental
(double room each)2 140- 165 280- 330
$990-$l,040 $l,980-$2,080
Deduct admission and reservation deposit from above charges. See
pages 54 and 55.
1 Part-time students (those enrolled for fewer than 12 semester hours) are charged $60.00
per semester hour, but do not pay the activity fee. Part-time students are not entitled to
claim the designated scholarships listed on page 65, nor are they granted free admission to
athletic contests, free receipt of publications or infirmary services.
2 In addition to the double rooms, there are a limited number of single rooms that rent
for $25.00 more a semester and a limited number of triple rooms for men that rent for
$35.00 less than a double room.
53
Charges
The activity fee covers such items as would normally require
the payment of a fee, namely, libraries, laboratories, admission
to all intercollegiate athletic contests at Wake Forest Univer-
sity, and to certain student activities, including religious and
dramatic organizations, the College Union, cost of student pub-
lications, Old Gold and Black, The Student, and The Howler.
It further provides for the attendance of the University phy-
sician and nurses in the University hospital.
A cafeteria, soda shop, and table service dining room are
located in Reynolda Hall. Meals may be purchased individually
or under an optional board plan. The approximate yearly cost
individually is $600-$700. Contractual board plan reduces cost
by about one-third.
Books and supplies are available at the College Book Store,
located on the campus. The approximate yearly cost is $100.
Laundry is arranged for privately. A laundry operated by a
Winston-Salem firm is located on campus.
Other College Charges
Admission Application Fee. Required with each application
for admission to cover cost of processing. Non-refundable.
$10.00.
Admission Deposit. Required of each student entering for
the first time, or re-entering after a period of non-attendance.
Must be sent to the Director of Admissions within three weeks
after acceptance for admission or re-admission. The deposit is
credited to the student's University charges for the semester for
which he has been accepted for admission. It is refunded if the
Director of Admissions is notified in writing prior to June 1 for
the fall semester and November 1 for the spring semester, of
cancellation of plans to enter. $50.00.
Applied Music. Required in addition to tuition of students
enrolling for individual or class study in applied music as de-
scribed in the offering of the Department of Music. Payable in
the Treasurer's office. Fees per semester range from $30.00 to
$80.00 for class instruction of one hour per week. Practice fees
are from $5.00 to $14.00.
54
Charges
Dormitory Damages and Repairs. The student is charged for
damages to his room or university property in accordance with
Dormitory Rule 4. Appeal may be made to the Board of Dormi-
tory Damage Appeals.
Graduation Fee. Required of all students who are candidates
for degrees. $15.00.
Hospital Bed and Board Charge. The student is charged when
confined to the University Hospital. An additional charge is
made for special services and expensive drugs. University Hos-
pital charges range from $20.00 to $30.00 a day.
Since most insurance companies do not cover admissions to a
university hospital or infirmary, students are urged to arrange
for the student insurance which covers these charges. The stu-
dent insurance premium is usually under $35.00 per year.
Key Deposit. Required for each key issued to a dormitory
room. Refunded when key is returned. $3.00.
Late Registration Fee. Charged to students registering after
the dates set by the faculty. $10.00.
Library Fines. Charges for overdue and lost books and for
violation of other Library regulations. Payable in the Library.
Reservation Deposit. Students enrolled in the spring semester
who expect to return for the next regular session beginning in
September are required to pay a reservation deposit at a date
set by the Treasurer. It is credited to the student's University
charges and will be refunded under the same conditions specified
for the admission deposit, except that refunds will be made if
requested prior to June 30. $50.00.
Room Change Fees. $5.00 is charged for authorized room
changes made after October 1 in the fall semester, after Feb-
ruary 15 in the spring semester. The fine is $20.00 for any un-
authorized change.
ROTC Deposit. Required of each student enrolled in ROTC
before equipment may be issued to him. Refunded at the end of
the school year, less any loss or damage, fair wear and tear
excepted, and a $2.00 assessment for the Military Ball. $20.00.
Special Examination. Required for each special examination
taken to remove a course condition. $2.50.
55
Charges
Student Apartment Rental. Paid monthly at $60.00 per
month.
Traffic Fines. Assessed against students violating parking
regulations, copies of which are obtainable from the Traffic office.
May be appealed to the Board of Traffic Appeals. Vehicle
Registration $10.00. Illegal parking $2.00 each violation.
Trailer Park Rental. Paid each semester at the rate of $30.00.
record are issued for him.
Transcripts. Copies of a student's record a
irst copy free, additional copies $1.00 each.
Charges for the Summer Session
A bulletin of the Summer Session is published in March of
each year and may be obtained by writing the Dean of the
Summer Session, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, N. C.
27109. This bulletin should be consulted for detailed infor-
mation. All charges are due and payable at registration.
First Second
Session Session Total
Summer School Fee1 $120.002 $120.002 $240.00
Dormitory Room Rental 30.00 30.00 60.00
TOTAL $150.00 $150.00 $300.00
Law, Medicine and Graduate Schools
Bulletins for these schools should be consulted for informa-
tion as to expenses. Requests for the bulletins should be ad-
dressed to the appropriate Dean, Wake Forest University, Win-
ston-Salem, N. C.
1 Part-time students (those enrolled for 3 semester hours or less) pay a flat charge of
$20.00 per semester hour plus a $5.00 registration fee.
2 No scholarships are available in the summer session, except that the charge to public
school teachers is $95.00 per session when duly "authorized by the Dean of the Summer
Session.
56
Housing
Withdrawal
Students withdrawing must follow the procedure set forth
on page 81 and must present their identification cards to the
Treasurer before any claim for refund may be considered. No
refund of dormitory room rent is made. Refund of tuition and
activity fee is made according to the following table:
Percentage of Total Tuition
Number of Weeks and Activity Fee
Attendance* to be Refunded
1 Total tuition less $50
2 85%
3 70%
4 55%
5 40%
6 25%
7 10%
Food Services
Four types of food service are available to students at Wake
Forest University — cafeteria, grill, table service, and special
dining service for small parties. The cafeteria menus feature
multiple choices planned and supervised by a trained home
economist. The grill, located adjacent to the east lounge, oper-
ates until 10:30 p.m., and is a favorite spot for students to
gather. Table service is provided in the Magnolia Room and
gives the students a quiet place to enjoy eating with a menu of
greater variety, as well as foods prepared to order. Buffets are
served in the Magnolia Room each Wednesday noon, Thurs-
day evening, and Sunday noon.
Housing
All unmarried undergraduate students who do not live in or
near Winston-Salem with their parents must live in University
residences unless off-campus permission is given in writing by
the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women.
Housing for Married Students
An apartment building containing 56 apartments is located
* Counting from the first day of registration and fractions of a week to count as a full
week.
57
Housing Regulations
oh the northwest edge of the campus. A trailer park containing
55 spaces is located on the east side of the campus. Apartments
and trailer spaces are available only to bona fide students of
Wake Forest University.
Applications for either apartments or trailer spaces should be
directed to the Director of Residences. Assignments are made
on the basis of priorities established by the date of application,
and a lease is executed by the student and the University.
Housing for Men1
The semestral charge for double occupancy is $155.00 per
student, due and payable at registration and may not be de-
ferred. The charge for a single room is $180.00 per semester
and for a double room occupied as a single room $205.00 per
semester. When three persons occupy a room, the charge is
$120.00 per person per semester. Room rental is not refunded
upon withdrawal. Room assignments are made by the Dean
of Men.
Housing for Women1
Married women students are not ordinarily permitted to live
in the dormitories. Single women students in the professional
school may live in quarters approved by the Dean of Women.
The assignment of rooms is made to women students after
admission requirements have been satisfied. Notification of
assignments is made in the summer preceding the opening of
the session in September.
The semester charge is $165.00 per student, due and payable
at registration and may not be deferred. The charge for a
single room is $190.00 per semester and for a double room
occupied as a single room $215.00 per semester. Room rental
is not refunded upon withdrawal.
Housing Regulations
Details of regulations and conditions governing occupancy of
University housing are found in the Student Handbook.
1 See footnote number 2 on page 53.
58
SCHOLARSHIPS, LOAN FUNDS
AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
By regulation of the Board of Trustees, all financial aid must
be approved by the Committee on Scholarships and Student
Aid of Wake Forest College (division of arts and sciences).
The Committee requires that applications for financial aid be
made on forms obtainable by addressing the Committee at
Box 7305, Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109.
Scholarships supported by funds of the College are not
granted to students enrolled in the professional schools of law
and medicine.
To receive consideration for a scholarship the applicant must
either be a registered, fulltime student in Wake Forest College
or have been accepted for admission.
Need is a factor in the award of virtually all financial aid,
and each applicant must file a financial statement as part
of his application for financial aid.
The Committee reserves the right to revoke any financial aid
for unworthy achievement.
No financial aid is automatically renewable. Application must
be made each year.
Applicants should submit applications sufficiently early so
that final action will have been taken before the beginning of
the school year.
Special regulations govern the use of the Ministerial Aid
Fund.
Scholarships
The Alpha Phi Omega Scholarship. Established by the Kappa
Theta Chapter of Alpha Phi Omega, National Service Fratern-
ity, this scholarship is available to a male freshman student
who presents evidence of need and an excellent high school
record. A minimum of $200.00 is available.
Eliza Pratt Brown Scholarship. Donated by the late Junius
Calvin Brown of Madison, North Carolina, in honor of his wife,
Eliza Pratt Brown, the fund shall be used to assist needy,
worthy, and deserving students from North Carolina, with pre-
ference being given to students from the town of Madison and
Rockingham County. The maximum value is $1,200.
59
Scholarships
Burlington Industries Scholarship. Donated by Burlington
Industries Foundation, this scholarship is available to one
who has junior standing, has done all previous work at Wake
Forest and has an average of 3.0 or better. Leadership, scholar-
ship, and need are considered in making the award. The value
of the scholarship is $1,000.00, with half of this amount avail-
able in each of the junior and senior years.
The J. G.i. Carroll Memorial Athletic Scholarship. A fund
donated in memory of Professor J. G. Carroll, former Associate
Professor of Mathematics. The award will be made to some
deserving athlete who is not on a regular athletic scholarship.
The value of this scholarship is approximately $100.
Guy T. Carswell Scholarships. This scholarship program was
made possible by and established in honor of the late Guy T.
Carswell and his wife, Mrs. Clara Carswell of Charlotte, North
Carolina. The scholarships carry an annual value ranging from
a minimum stipend of $1,000 to a maximum stipend of $3,200.
Awards for more than $1,000 will be determined on the basis of
need. A Carswell scholar may be any student applying to Wake
Forest College who possesses outstanding qualities of intel-
lect and leadership. Up to twenty-five scholars will be selected
by the Committee annually.
College Scholarships. These scholarships, in the amounts of
$100 to $1,550 each, are available to freshmen and upperclass-
men presenting satisfactory academic records and evidence of
need.
Devotion Foundation Scholarship. Donated by the Devotion
Foundation, this scholarship is to be used for those needy stu-
dents who have a keen interest in and high aptitude for the
subject of mathematics and its related interests. The value of
this scholarship is up to $2,000.
Educational Opportunity Grants. These scholarships are
available to a limited number of undergraduate students with
exceptional financial need who require these grants to attend
college. To be eligible, the student must also show academic
or creative promise. Grants will range from $200 to $1000 a
year, and can be no more than one-half of the total assistance
given the student. The amount of financial assistance a student
60
Scholarships
may receive depends upon his need — taking into account his
financial resources, those of his parents, and the cost of attend-
ing the college of his choice.
Ernst & Ernst Scholarship. Ernst & Ernst, Certified Public
Accountants, present to an outstanding accounting major an
Accounting Achievement Award. The award is in the amount of
$500. The recipient for this award will be designated by the ac-
counting faculty.
The Lecausey P. and Lula H. Freeman Scholarship. Donated
by Mr. and Mrs. G. H. Singleton, Raleigh, North Carolina, in
memory of the parents of Mrs. Singleton. One scholarship is
available to a student who may be a freshman, sophomore, or
junior, and whose home is within the West Chowan Baptist
Association of North Carolina with preference to Bertie County
students, on the basis of need and ability. If no qualified appli-
cant appears from the West Chowan Association, then residents
of the Roanoke Association may be considered. The scholarship
is renewable on the basis of need and ability for all school years
except the senior year. The value of this scholarship is approxi-
mately $200.
James W. Gill Scholarship. Donated by Mrs. Ruth R. Gill in
memory of her husband, James W. Gill. The fund provides a
scholarship for a deserving student, with preference to students
from Montgomery and Prince George's Counties, Maryland.
The value of this scholarship is approximately $600.
Fuller Hamrick Scholarship. Created under the will of the
late Everett C. Snyder of Wake Forest, North Carolina, in
memory of Fuller Hamrick. The income from this fund shall
be used to educate boys and girls from The Mills Home in
Thomasville, North Carolina. Value of this scholarship is ap-
proximately $500.
George Foster Hankins Scholarships — Freshmen. These
scholarships were made possible by the late Colonel George
Foster Hankins of Lexington, N. C. Applicants must be residents
of North Carolina or children of Wake Forest alumni residing
in other states. Preference will be given to residents of Davidson
County, North Carolina. Only high school seniors are eligible
to compete and must request the necessary application forms
before December 1 of their senior year. The value of these
scholarships will range up to $2,700.
61
Scholarships
George Foster Hankins Scholarships — Upperclassmen. Up-
perclassmen are eligible for Hankins Scholarships. However,
they must have been enrolled in Wake Forest College for at
least one semester before they may apply as upperclassmen.
Applications must be on file with the Scholarships Committee
no later than May 1 of each year for the following school year,
and preference will be given to applicants from Davidson
County, North Carolina. The amount of the award will vary
according to the student's need as determined from the financial
statement required to be submitted with his application.
Frank P. Hob good Scholarship. This scholarship, donated by
Mrs. Kate H. Hobgood of Reidsville, North Carolina, in memory
of her husband, is available to those who qualify on "the basis
of character, purpose, intelligence, and need, with preference
being given to those who plan to enter the ministry, do religious
work, become teachers, or become lawyers, the perference being
in the order named." Applicants must be legal residents of the
city of Reidsville or live within 10 miles of that city and must
be recommended by the deacons of the First Baptist Church of
Reidsville. The value of this scholarship is $500.
Junior College Scholarships. One scholarship is available each
year to a graduate of each of the junior colleges of the North
Carolina Baptist State Convention, in the amount of $150.
The recipient must rank in the upper one-fourth of the junior
college graduating class. Awarded only on the recommendation
of the president of the junior college.
Thurman D. Kitchin Scholarship. Donated by the Interfra-
ternity Council in memory of the late Thurman D. Kitchin,
President of Wake Forest College from 1930 to 1950, it is avail-
able to a male freshman student presenting a high school record
of superior grade and evidence of need. The value of this scholar-
ship is approximately $300.
Marie Dayton McDonald Scholarship. Donated by Dr. Thane
McDonald and friends in memory of his wife. The income from
this fund is available to a deserving and qualified music student.
The value is approximately $125.00 per year.
Norfleet Scholarship. Donated by Mrs. Eustace Norfleet of
Wilmington, North Carolina, in memory of his parents, John
A. and Mary Pope Norfleet, five scholarships are available in
62
Scholarships
the amount of $200 each to "deserving and promising students
desiring to attend Wake Forest College and needing financial
assistance."
Benjamin Wingate Parham Scholarship. This fund was
donated by Mrs. Kate J. Parham of Oxford, North Carolina, in
memory of her husband. One full scholarship shall be awarded
in each school year on the basis of both ability and need. It
may be renewed for succeeding years.
Thomas F. Pettus Scholarships. Administered by the North
Carolina Baptist Foundation, Inc., under the terms of the will
of the late Thomas F. Pettus of Wilson County, North Carolina,
this fund make two or more scholarships available each year in
memory of Mr. Pettus. These scholarships are to be awarded
by the college on the basis of merit and need with preference
to North Carolina Baptist students.
William Louis Poteat Scholarships. Five scholarships will be
awarded annually to the graduates of the Baptist junior colleges
in North Carolina. Each scholarship will range up to $500
depending on need as determined from a financial statement
submitted by each applicant with the application. It may be
remewed for the senior year.
Oliver D. and Caroline E. Revell Memorial Scholarship Fund.
Created under the will of the late Oliver D. Revell of Buncombe
County, North Carolina, this fund makes available $100 per
year to one person preparing for the ministry or full-time
religious work.
Kate B. Reynolds Memorial Scholarships. Donated in memory
of the late Mrs. Kate B. Reynolds. Applicants must be residents
of Forsyth County, North Carolina, who without financial aid
would be unable to obtain education beyond high school. Pref-
erence will be given to men. Four scholarships of $500 each are
awarded.
A. M. Pullen and Company Scholarship. The A. M. Pullen
and Company, Certified Public Accountants, grants to an out-
standing upper division accounting major an annual tuition
scholarship of $600. The recipient, to be designated by the ac-
counting faculty, is selected on the basis of merit, financial need,
and interest in public accounting.
63
Scholarships
ROTC Scholarship. Two, three and four-year ROTC scholar-
ships are available to students who are motivated toward the
Army. Applications for four-year scholarships are submitted by
high school seniors in the late fall to the Commanding General
of their respective Army area. ROTC freshmen and sophomores
at the University apply to the Professor of Military Science for
two-year and three-year scholarships. Each scholarship recipient
commits himself by contract to a special military obligation and
receives full tuition, fees, books and classroom materials for the
regular school year, and a subsistence allowance of $50 per
month for the period that the scholarship is in effect. Once
awarded, scholarships remain in effect throughout the contract
period subject to satisfactory academic and ROTC performance.
The Saddye Stephenson and Benjamin Louis Sykes Scholar-
ship. Donated by Dr. Charles L. Sykes and Dr. Ralph J. Sykes
in memory of their father and mother. One scholarship will
be awarded each year on the basis of Christian character,
academic proficiency, and financial need. Preference will be
given to freshmen from the State of North Carolina. It may be
renewable each year. The value of this scholarship is approxi-
mately $400.
Western Electric Scholarship. Donated by the Western Elec-
tric Fund, this scholarship may be awarded to an undergraduate
on the basis of leadership, scholastic attainment, and financial
need. Value, up to $1,200.
Jesse A. Williams Scholarships. Created under the will of the
late Jesse A. Williams of Union County, North Carolina, this
fund provides scholarships in amounts of up to $1,200 per year.
Preference will be given to deserving students of Union County.
Charles Littell Wilson Scholarship. Created under the will of
Mrs. Jennie Mayes Wilson in memory of her husband, the late
Charles Littell Wilson, this fund makes available one freshman
scholarship each year ranging from $200 to $600.
William Luther Wyatt, III, Scholarship Trust. This fund
was donated by Mr. and Mrs. William L. Wyatt, Jr., of Raleigh,
North Carolina, in memory of their late son, William Luther
Wyatt, III. The purpose of this fund is to award one or more
scholarships in each school year to a student, preferably to a
64
Loan Funds
male student entering the junior year, who has shown an
interest and an ability in the field of biology. The award shall
be based on both the need and the ability of the student. The
value of this scholarship is approximately $500.
Designated Scholarships for:
Ministerial Students. Granted on the following conditions:
(1) Written recommendation or license to preach authorized
by the applicant's own church body and (2) signature by the
applicant of an agreement to pay the amount of the scholarship,
with interest, in the event that he does not serve five years
in the pastoral ministry within twevle years from the last date
of attendance at Wake Forest, subject to cancellation in the
event of death. Value, up to $300.00.
Children of Ministers. Awards to those whose fathers make
their living chiefly by the ministry. Value, up to $150.00.
Rehabilitation Students. Awarded to physically handicapped
students who have (1) secured the necessary letter of approval
from the North Carolina Division of Vocational Rehibilitation,
Raleigh, and (2) filed application for the scholarship. Value,
up to $300.00.
Students' Wives. Awarded to wives of students in Wake
Forest University for not more than four school years or the
equivalent. Becomes void if the husband ceases to be enrolled.
Value, up to $150.00.
Loan Funds
James E. and Mary Z. Bryan Foundation Student Loan Plan.
Established by Mary Z. Bryan, in 1953, as a memorial to her
husband and administered by the College Foundation, Inc., in
Raleigh. North Carolina students may borrow up to $1,000.00
per academic year.
Bushnell Baptist Church Loan Fund. Established in 1945
with funds supplied by the Bushnell Baptist Church of Fontana
Dam, North Carolina, for needy students.
Council Fund. Established in 1935 by Mr. C. T. Council of
Durham, North Carolina, for the aid of senior students.
65
Loan Funds
James W. Denmark Loan Fund. This fund was originated
by the late James William Denmark of Dudley, North Carolina,
in 1875, and is available to qualified students after at least one
semester's work in the University. Preference is given to stu-
dents from North Carolina. The amount available does not
exceed $800 each year and $2,400 during the entire period of
enrollment.
Olivia Dunn Student Loan Fund. Established under the will
of Miss Birdie Dunn of Wake County, North Carolina, in
memory of her mother, to be used as a loan fund for worthy
students.
Duplin County Loan Fund. This loan fund was donated in
1942 by friends of the College who wish to remain anonymous
and is limited to students from Duplin County, North Carolina.
Elliott B. Earnshaw Loan Fund. Established by the Board
of Trustees of Wake Forest College as a memorial to the late
E. B. Earnshaw, Bursar of Wake Forest College.
Friendly Student Loan Fund. This fund was established in
1948 by Miss Nell E. Stinson of Raleigh, North Carolina, in
memory of her sister, Mary Belle Stinson Michael, for the
benefit of worthy students who need financial aid.
Grover Carroll Loan Fund. Donated by Lt. Col. and Mrs.
Robert C. Wells in memory of the late James Grover Carroll,
Associate Professor of Mathematics at Wake Forest College,
the sum of $1,000 is available, the principal and interest of
which may be loaned at 4% interest to worthy students who
would otherwise be unable to completely finance a college
education.
George Foster Hankins Loan Fund. Established under the
will of the late Colonel George Foster Hankins of Lexington,
North Carolina, with preference to be given to applicants from
Davidson County, North CaroJina.
Harris Memorial Loan Fund. Established by the late J. P.
Harris of Bethel, North Carolina, in memory of his first wife,
Lucy Shearon Harris, and his second wife, Lucy Jones Harris,
for students who have demonstrated ability to apply educa-
tional advantages to the rendition of enriched and greater
66
Loan Funds
Christian service in life and whose circumstances require
financial assistance in order to prevent disruption in their edu-
cational program.
Thomas M. Hunter, Jr., Memorial Scholarship. Established
in 1948 by Mr. and Mrs. Thomas M. Hunter of Fayetteville,
North Carolina, as a loan scholarship in memory of their son.
The loan scholarship is available for students enrolled in the
Bowman Gray School of Medicine who are preparing to become
medical missionaries.
Edna Tyner Langston Fund. This fund, established in 1942
by Dr. Henry J. Langston of Danville, Virginia, in memory
of his wife, is available to a student agreed upon by the donor
and the college.
The National Defense Student Loan Program. This fund,
created under the National Defense Education Act of 1958,
makes available loans up to $1500 per year for students in need
of financial assistance. The law further provides that special
consideration in the selection of loan recipients be given to all
students with a superior academic background.
North Carolina Bankers Student Loan Plan. Established by
the North Carolina Bankers Association, in 1962, at the request
of Governor Terry Sanford and administered by the College
Foundation, Inc., in Raleigh. North Carolina students may
borrow up to $500.00 per academic year.
Watts Norton Loan Fund. Established in 1949 by Mr.
L. Watts Norton of Durham, North Carolina. For the benefit
of worthy young people attending the School of Religion who
need financial assistance.
The Powers Fund. This fund was endowed by Dr. Frank P.
Powers of Raleigh, North Carolina, in 1944 as a memorial to
his parents, Frank P. and Effie Reade Powers, and is for the
benefit of needy students, with preference given to orphans.
Grover and Addy Raby Loan Fund. Established in 1945 by
Dr. J. G. Raby of Tarboro, North Carolina, in memory of his
parents. Preference is given to applicants from the First Baptist
Church of Tarboro.
67
Spanish Exchange Scholarship
James F. Slate Loan Fund. Established in 1908 by the late
J. F. Slate of Stokes County, North Carolina, and is available
for ministerial students who have been licensed to preach.
Ministerial Aid Fund
The Ministerial Aid Fund was established in 1897 through a
bequest from the estate of the late J. A. Melke and has been
added to from time to time.
Funds are available to ministerial students on either a loan
or a grant basis. Written application must be made to the
Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid on form obtainable
from that committee. Awards are made on the basis of merit
and need, and particularly in the case of grants, academic
achievement. Five annual grants in the amount of $200 each
are regularly available, in addition to such others as the
Committee may award.
German Exchange Scholarship
In 1959 a student exchange program was established between
Wake Forest and the Free University of Berlin. At present
one scholarship is available to an eligible Wake Forest Univer-
sity student. It provides (1) 400 German marks a month
for ten months at the Free University of Berlin; (2) remission
of all registration and insurance fees; (3) 200 German marks
a semester for the purchase of books; (4) Free accommodation
in the Studentendorf (student village) comprising a single
room, use of kitchen, bath, electric light and linen. Candidates
must have had at least two years of German at the college level
or equivalent and must have acquired junior standing by the
end of the semester in which they apply. Candidates may major
in any of the fields offered at Wake Forest University with the
permission of the chairman of the department in question.
Spanish Exchange Scholarship
In 1964 a student exchange program was established between
Wake Forest University and the University of the Andes, at
Bogota, Colombia. At present the scholarships available to
eligible Wake Forest students are: two scholarships of one
semester's study each; or, one scholarship of two consecutive
68
Student Employment
semesters. It is left to the discretion of Wake Forest University
whether one or two students are selected annually to study
during any given academic year at the University of the Andes.
The scholarships provide: (1) remission of tuition and fees;
(2) board and lodging; (3) textbooks. Candidates must have
had at least two years of Spanish at the college level or the
equivalent. Candidates may pursue studies in any of the fields
offered at Wake Forest University with the permission of the
department in question.
Church Choir Work Grants
These work grants are given by Wake Forest University and
Wake Forest Baptist Church in order to encourage outstanding
voice and University Choir students to participate in the Church
Choir program. They are awarded on the basis of talent, relia-
bility, and interest in the Church. The selection of recipients is
made upon the joint recommendation of the Music Committee
of the Church and the Department of Music of the University.
There are 15 awards, each values at $300.
Student/ Student Wife Employment
The Personnel Office assists students to locate either on- or
off-campus, part-time employment. A maximum of 20 hours
work per week is suggested for full-time students. Applications
for part-time employment, as well as for summer jobs, may be
obtained in Room 120, Reynolda Hall. Wives of University
students may be referred by the Personnel Office to on-campus
jobs or employment opportunities in the community.
69
ACTIVITIES
Student Government
The two chief agencies of student government are the Student
Legislature and the Student Honor Council.
The Student Legislature is composed of thirty-six represen-
tatives of the four classes, the vice-president of the student
body serving as Speaker. It is the duty of the Student Legisla-
ture to perform all acts necessary in the exercise of its powers
as the legislative branch of student government. The Legislature
also sets up student committees to work parallel with faculty
committees on matters concerning students.
The Student Honor Council, which tries violators of the
Honor System, is composed of sixteen members from the senior,
junior, and sophomore classes.
The Honor System
The Honor System is an expression of the concern of Wake
Forest University that its students shall be dominated by ideals
of honor and integrity. The Honor System is an integral part
of the Student Government of the College as adopted by the
students and approved by the Administration. The essence of
the Honor System is that each student's word can be trusted
implicitly and that any violation of a student's word is an
offense against the whole student community. The Honor Sys-
tem binds the student in such matters as the following: he
must neither give nor receive aid upon any examination, quiz or
other pledge work, he must have complete respect for the prop-
erty rights of others; he must not give false testimony or pass
a worthless check knowing it to be such; he must report to
the Honor Council any violation of the Honor System that
comes under his observation.
A student accused of violating the Honor System will be
given a hearing before the Honor Council. If he is found guilty
of cheating, he may be suspended from the College. Such stu-
dent shall be re-admitted to the College only on the approval
of the Faculty or its Executive Committee, and during the
period of suspension his record shall not be subject to transfer
to another college without a notation of his suspension. The
penalty for stealing, giving false testimony, or knowingly pass-
70
Forensic Activities
ing a worthless check may also be suspension. The penalty for
failing to report to the Honor Council all violations of the Honor
System which may come to a student's knowledge shall be in
the discretion of the Honor Council.
Any student who has been convicted of violation of the
Honor Code is ineligible to represent the University in any
manner whatsoever until the period of his punishment, be it
suspension, probation, or any other form, is completed and
the student is returned to good standing.
Students in enforcing the Honor System are protecting the
integrity of their student community and their own individual
rights and reputation. They thereby enjoy the confidence of
one another, the Faculty, the Administration and the public.
Men's Judicial Board
The Men's Judicial Board, a student-faculty committee, rules
on violations of the conduct regulations listed in Statute II of
the Constitution of the Student Body (see the student hand-
book) and those conduct regulations established by the faculty
which are included in this catalog. A student who violates one
of these regulations or who behaves in such a way as to bring
reproach upon himself or upon the University is subject to
whatever penalty the Board deems appropriate.
Senior Orations
On the second Monday in April the faculty selects four
members of the senior class as speakers for commencement
day. The nominations are made by the Student Affairs Com-
mittee of the faculty after consultation with the Department
of Speech. The speakers selected are required to present their
commencement addresses, limited to one thousand words, to
the committee for approval before May 16.
Forensic Activities
Wake Forest has always stressed participation in debating
and allied speech activities, and the University holds member-
ship in a number of state and national speech organizations,
including Delta Sigma Rho-Tau Kappa Alpha, national hon-
orary forensic fraternity. Representatives of the University
71
Speech Institute
engage in state, regional, and national tournaments, and take
part in debates, oratorical contests, and many other forms of
competitive speaking.
All undergraduate students in good standing are eligible to
participate in forensics and to represent the University in inter-
collegiate competition.
Debate and Speech Tournaments
A. Novice Tournament
In the fall of each year the University sponsors a debate
tournament to which are invited college novice debaters.
Awards are given to the winning schools at the end of the
tournament. The tournament is open to college students who
have never previously participated in intercollegiate debating.
B. Dixie Classic Varsity Tournament
In the late fall, the University sponsors a national debate
tournament to which are invited colleges and universities who
excel in debate. Trophies are given to the winning schools.
C. High School Invitational Tournament
In the winter of each year, the University chapter of DSR-
TKA, a national debate honorary, sponsors a high school de-
bate tournament to which are invited high school debaters
from throughout the Southeast. Awards are given to the win-
ning schools.
D. Wake Forest University Speech Festival for
High School Students
In the spring of each year, the University sponsors a speech
festival, to which are invited the high schools of North Caro-
lina. Awards are given to the winning schools and individuals
in oral interpretation, radio announcing, extemporaneous
speaking, oratory, after-dinner speaking and duet acting.
Speech Institute
High school students are invited to participate in the Summer
Speech Institute, which is held for four weeks during the regular
summer session, and which is open to students from all states.
72
University Radio Station
Specialized training in debate, public speaking, theatre, oral
interpretation and radio is offered, and students are given an
opportunity to debate the National Forensic League query in
advance of the regular debate season.
University Theatre
The Wake Forest University Theatre, located on the 7th
and 8th levels of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, presents four
major productions annually. The University Theatre offers a
meaningful, creative outlet for all students at the University.
Any student enrolled in the University is eligible to try out
for the casts and to work with the production staffs.
The Wake Forest Chapter of the National Collegiate Players,
honorary dramatic fraternity, was formed in the Spring of 1963.
Eligibility for membership is determined by a student's scholas-
tic average and an accumulation of points acquired through
participation in University Theatre activities.
Readers' Theatre
The theatre program recently expanded its scope to provide
an opportunity for more students to participate on another
level. The Readers' Theatre presents programs with selections
from prose and poetry and rarely performed dramas. It is an
opportunity for students to expand literary and artistic horizons
as either participants or members of an audience.
University Radio Station — WFDD-FM
The University Radio Station, WFDD-FM, broadcasts year-
round to the campus and throughout Piedmont North Carolina.
The station is fully licensed by the Federal Communications
Commission. Programs include music, news, sports, lectures, dis-
cussions, interviews, documentaries and drama. The station pro-
vides an opportunity for students to learn all phases of radio
production while actually participating as announcers, inter-
viewers, directors, newscasters, sportscasters, actors, and writers.
Participation is open to all students. Several financial assis-
tantships, as well as summer jobs, are available each year for
qualified students.
73
Medals and Other Awards
Publications
The Student, a literary magazine, Old Gold and Black, a
weekly newspaper, and The Howler, the University annual, are
published by the students.
Medals and Other Awards
The A. D. Ward Medal is awarded annually to the senior
making the best address on commencement day.
The Lura Baker Paden Medal, established in 1922 by Dean
S. Paden (B.A., 1918), is awarded annually to the senior who
has obtained the highest average grade on the courses taken
by him in the School of Business Administration.
The F. B. Currin Medal is awarded annually for the best
oration on the general topic of Christ in Modern Life.
The Carolina Award is presented to the major in Biology
who writes the best paper on a subject selected by the National
Biology Society. Given by the Carolina Biological Supply Com-
pany of Elon College, N. C.
The Biology Research Award is presented to the major in
Biology who does the best piece of original research during
the year. Given by the Beta Rho Chapter of Beta Beta Beta
of Wake Forest University.
The Poteat Award is presented to the student in Biology
111-112 who is adjudged the most outstanding, and plans to
major in the department. Given by the Will Corporation of
Georgia, and sponsored by Beta Beta Beta.
The William E. Speas Memorial Award is presented each year
to the outstanding graduating senior in the Department of
Physics.
The Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key is presented to the
graduating senior in the School of Business Administration who
has earned the highest average during the seven semesters prior
to the semester in which graduation occurs.
The Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key is awarded annually
during the graduation exercises to the graduating senior in the
74
Fraternities
School of Business Administration who has the highest average
for the first three years.
The A. M. Pullen and Company Medal is presented each year
during commencement to the graduating accounting major who
has reached the highest achievement in accounting studies.
The North Carolina Association of Certified Public Account-
ants Medal is awarded each spring to the outstanding senior
accounting major.
The Wall Street Journal Medal and one year's subscription
to the Journal are received each year by the graduating senior
who has been most outstanding in finance courses.
The Tom Baker Award In Debate is given to the senior who
has made the most outstanding contribution in the field of inter-
collegiate debating.
The Tom Baker Award In Publications is given to the senior
who has made the most outstanding contribution in the field of
student publications.
The Claud H. Richards Award in Political Science is pre-
sented annually to the outstanding graduating senior in the De-
partment of Political Science.
Fraternities
The following social fraternities have been established : Alpha
Sigma Phi, Delta Sigma Phi, Kappa Alpha, Kappa Sigma,
Lambda Chi Alpha, Pi Kappa Alpha, Sigma Chi, Sigma Phi
Epsilon, Sigma Pi, Theta Chi.
The Interfraternity Council, under the supervision of the
Faculty Committee on Student Affairs, is the governing body
of the social fraternities. The Council endeavors to maintain a
high standard of conduct and scholarship. The Council offers
a cup to the fraternity whose members made the highest class
grades. By order of the faculty, students who are on probation
for any reason may not be initiated into any fraternity until
the end of their probationary period.
The following professional fraternities have been established:
Alpha Kappa Psi (business), Delta Sigma Pi (business), Phi
Alpha Delta (law), Phi Delta Phi (law), Phi Epsilon Kappa
(physical education) and Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia (Music).
There is also a chapter of Alpha Phi Omega, national service
fraternity.
75
Honor Societies
Honor Societies
The following honor societies have been established: Alpha
Epsilon Delta (pre-medicine), Beta Beta Beta (biology), Delta
Kappa Alpha (ministry), Delta Phi Alpha (German), Delta
Sigma Rho-Tau Kappa Alpha (forensic), Eta Sigma Phi
(classics), Gamma Sigma Epsilon (chemistry), Kappa Mu
Epsilon (mathematics), National Collegiate Players (drama-
tics), Pershing Rifles (military), Phi Alpha Theta (history),
Phi Sigma Iota (Romance languages), Pi Gamma Mu (social
science), Rho Tau Sigma (radio), Scabbard and Blade (mili-
tary), Phi Beta Kappa, Omicron Delta Kappa, and Tassels.
There is also a Wake Forest University Student Section of the
American Institute of Physics.
Phi Beta Kappa, an honor society founded at the College of
William and Mary in 1776 and having chapters in many Amer-
ican colleges and universities, each year invites to membership
a limited number of students who have displayed personal quali-
ties of high character and who particularly have distinguished
themselves in fields of liberal scholarship.
Outstanding junior and senior students enrolled in the Charles
H. Babcock School of Business Administration may be elected
to membership in Beta Gamma Sigma, the national honorary
society in business.
Omicron Delta Kappa, an intercollegiate honor society which
has as its purpose the recognition and encouragement "of intel-
ligent, democratic leadership among college men," elects semi-
annually on the basis of character and eminence in one or
more of the following five phases of campus life: "scholarship;
athletics; student government, social and religious activities;
publications; and forensic, dramatic, musical and other cultural
activities."
Mortar Board is an intercollegiate honor society for women.
Its purpose is "to advance the spirit of service and fellowship
among university women, to promote and maintain a high stand-
ard of scholarship and to recognize and encourage leadership,
and to stimulate and develop a finer type of college woman."
Membership is based on service, scholarship, and leadership.
76
Intercollegiate Athletics
Recreational Activities
Recognizing the importance of physical recreation in main-
taining the well-being of students, the University provides
extensive athletic and recreational facilities and a faculty of
trained supervisors to direct activities in these fields. Each
student is given the opportunity to develop his individual
interest and skill in physical education and recreational classes.
In addition to these classes, the Department of Physical Educa-
tion undertakes a broad intramural sports program consisting
of tournaments and organized club activities.
In order to provide for a recreational program for all students,
the University maintains athletic fields, tennis courts, and a
combination athletic, physical education and recreation building
which includes a swimming pool, handball and squash racquet
courts, rhythm studio, recreational area, corrective rooms, a
gymnastic and wrestling room, and four separate gymnasiums
including a women's gym, a varsity basketball gym, and two
men's intramural gyms.
The College Union
The College Union at Wake Forest College is a union of all
the students. Its purpose is to coordinate, increase and develop
social, recreational, and educational activities available to Wake
Forest College students, both on and off campus.
Students who pay the activities fee are members of the Col-
lege Union. All others must pay $10.00 per year to join.
The program of the College Union can best be presented by
listing its eight committees: (1) Lecture Committee, (2) Rec-
reation Committee, (3) Small Socials Committee, (4) Major
Functions Committee, (5) Publicity Committee, (6) Movies
Committee, (7) Travel Committee, (8) Arts Committee.
Intercollegiate Athletics
The Director of Athletics has general supervision of intercol-
legiate athletic activities.
The University is a member of the National Collegiate
Athletic Association and the Atlantic Coast Conference. Rules
and Regulations of the N.C.A.A., of the Conference, and of the
University apply to all intercollegiate sports and eligibility of
players.
77
GENERAL INFORMATION
Classification
The requirements for classification after the freshman year
are as follows:
Sophomore — the removal of all entrance conditions and the
completion of not fewer than 25 hours of work toward a degree,
with a minimum of 50 quality points; Junior — the completion
of not fewer than 54 hours of work toward a degree, with a
minimum of 108 quality points; Senior — not fewer than 95
hours of work toward a degree, with a minimum of 190 quality
points.
Registration After the Freshman Year
An undergraduate student who fails to pay the $50 reser-
vation deposit at the required time (see Calendar on page 4)
during the spring semester shall not be eligible to register for
the next fall semester.
Procedure in Registering
There are five steps in registration: (1) Securing from the
Registrar's Office a permit to register and a summary of prior
record; (2) the payment of fees to the Treasurer; (3) consul-
tation with an adviser, who gives such assistance as may be
necessary in regard to the program of work; (4) sectioning of
classes by departmental representatives; (5) appearance before
the Registrar for approval of program and assignment to classes.
No student is allowed to enter any class until he has com-
pleted his registration.
Recitations per Week: Maximum and Minimum
Requirements
Sixteen credit hours a week, counting two hours of laboratory
or field work as equal to one hour of recitation, are the maximum
normally allowed freshmen. Seventeen credit hours a week are
the maximum which sophomores, juniors and seniors may nor-
mally take. A student may register for as much as nineteen
credit hours per semester provided that the additional hours
over the normal maximum include only hours in the following
78
Enforcement of Regulations
courses: a one-hour physical education course, one music
ensemble course, and Military Science. Additional work over
the maximum is not otherwise allowed except by permission of
the Dean of the College, and then only to students whose
records are superior.
The minimum number of hours for which a student may
register is twelve for the term unless he is given special per-
mission because of exceptional conditions or because he is doing
outside work to support himself in college. Twelve hours consti-
tute full-time status.
Auditing of Classes
A student regularly enrolled on a full-time basis may audit
classes without charge, provided that the permission of the in-
structor is obtained. A person other than a regularly enrolled
full-time student may audit classes at a charge of $10.00 per
hour with the permission of the dean of the appropriate school
and the instructor. An auditor is listed on the class roll as such
and is subject to the usual attendance regulations and to what-
ever additional requirements the instructor may impose. If
these conditions are properly fulfilled, a notation "audit" is
entered in lieu of a grade on the instructor's final grade report.
For the regularly enrolled student, this notation is also entered
on his permanent record card. An auditor may receive no grade
or credit for the course.
Each instructor shall report to the Registrar the presence of
any student not registered regularly or as an auditor.
An audit course may not be changed to a credit course, and
a credit course may not be changed to an audit course.
Enforcement of Regulations
The enforcement of all regulations pertaining to academic
matters is regarded as a function of the faculty, or representa-
tives of the faculty. A well-organized Student Government
assumes responsibility, in co-operation with the Office of the
Dean, for the regulations of the honor system and various other
matters involving personal conduct. In general, the regulations
of the University are adapted to and intended for those who
have reached such maturity that they may exercise self-control.
79
Class Attendance Regulations
All students are expected to be faithful in work, to be prompt
and regular in attendance upon all their college duties, and to
refrain from practices injurious to others. Those who neglect
their work, or engage in conduct that brings reproach upon
themselves and upon the University, or disregard the rights
and the welfare of their fellow students are required to with-
draw from the University.
Class Attendance Regulations
The attendance regulations specifically place the responsi-
bility for class attendance upon the individual student. He is
expected to attend classes regularly and punctually. A student
should recognize that one of the most vital aspects of a resi-
dential college experience is attendance in the classroom and
that the value of this academic experience cannot be fully
measured by testing procedures alone.
The members of the student body are considered sufficiently
mature to appreciate the necessity of regular attendance, to
accept this personal responsibility, and to demonstrate the kind
of self-discipline essential for such performance and, conversely,
to recognize and accept the consequences of failure to attend.
An instructor is privileged to refer to the Office of the Dean
of the College for suitable action students who in his opinion
are causing their work or that of the class to suffer because
of absences or latenesses. Any student who does not attend
classes regularly, or who demonstrates other evidence of
academic irresponsibility, is subject to such disciplinary action
as the Executive Committee may prescribe, including immediate
suspension from the College.
The Office of the Dean of the College maintains a list of
students who have been absent from class (1) because of illness
(when certified by the University Health Service) or other
extenuating circumstances or (2) as authorized representatives
of the University (when their names have been submitted by
appropriate University officials forty-eight hours in advance of
the hour when the absences are to commence). Such absences
are considered "excused," and a record of them is available
to the student's instructors upon request. An instructor deter-
mines whether work the student has missed (including quizzes)
may be made up.
80
Minimum Academic Requirements
Course Drops
The last day for dropping a class without the grade of F is
listed in the College calendar on page 3 of this Catalog. A
student who wishes to drop any course before this date must
consult the Registrar and his faculty adviser. After this date,
if he wishes to drop a course, he must consult his faculty adviser
and either the Dean of the College or the Director of the B.B.A.
Program, as appropriate. If the Dean approves the request, he
authorizes the student to discontinue the course. Except in the
case of an emergency, the grade in the course will be recorded as
F.
If, at any time, a student shall drop any course without
prior, written approval of the Dean, a grade of F for that course
shall be reported by the instructor to the Registrar, and the
student will be subject to academic probation for the following
semester or to such other penalties as the Executive Com-
mittee of the faculty may impose.
Withdrawal from College
A student who finds it necessary to withdraw from the College
is required to do so through the Office of the Dean of the College.
If in the judgment of the dean the withdrawal is justified and
the student is otherwise in good academic standing, no grades
will be recorded on the student's permanent record for that
semester. However, the student's standing in his courses at the
time of withdrawal will be taken into consideration should he
at a later date seek readmission to the College. If the with-
drawal is for academic reasons, failing grades may be assigned
in all courses in which the student is not doing satisfactory work.
If a student leaves the College without officially withdrawing,
he will be assigned failing grades in all his current courses and
his unofficial withdrawal will be indicated on his record.
Minimum Academic Requirements for Continuation
Each student enrolled in the College is expected to be aware
at all times of his academic status and to be responsible for
knowing whether he has failed to meet the College's minimum
academic requirements for continuation as outlined below.
81
Minimum Academic Requirements
On the basis of their cumulative records at the end of the
spring term, the following students are academically ineligible
to enroll for the following fall term:
(1) Those students who, having attempted 47 or fewer
semester hours in all colleges attended, have an over-all
quality point ratio* of less than 1.35 on work attempted
at Wake Forest.
(2) Those students who, having attempted no fewer than
48 and no more than 87 semester hours in all colleges
attended, have an over-all quality point ratio of less than
1.65 on work attempted at Wake Forest.
(3) Those students who, having attempted no fewer than
88 and no more than 119 semester hours in all colleges
attended, have an over-all quality point ratio of less than 1.85
on work attempted at Wake Forest.
(4) Those students who, having attempted 120 or more
semester hours in all colleges attended, have an over-all
quality point ratio of less than 1.90 on work attempted at
Wake Forest.
In the determination of the quality point ratio, non-credit
courses are not counted.
Any student who is ineligible under the minimum require-
ments above may attend the first summer term at Wake Forest;
if he is successful in raising his over-all quality point ratio on
work attempted at Wake Forest to the required minimum, he
may enroll for the fall semester. If he is unsuccessful by the
end of the first summer term, he may attend the second term
in Wake Forest; if he is successful then in raising his quality
point ratio to the required minimum, he may apply for re-
admission no earlier than for the following spring semester.
If he is unsuccessful in meeting the minimum requirements by
the end of the second summer term, he may apply for readmis-
sion no earlier than for the following summer session.
Requirements for continuation are to be determined by the
catalog under which the student expects to be graduated.
* The quality point ratio is obtained by dividing .the net quality points earned by the
number of hours carried (whether passed or failed) .
82
Probation
Under exceptionally extenuating circumstances beyond the
control of the student, and after consultation with the student's
dean, an appeal from the foregoing eligibility requirements may
be considered by the Executive Committee of the faculty.
The Executive Committee of the faculty may also suspend
from college at the end of any term any student whose record
for that term has been unsatisfactory, particularly with regard
to the number of courses passed and failed, or who has not
attended class regularly or has otherwise ignored the rules and
regulations of the College.
Requirements for Readmission
Any student seeking readmission to Wake Forest University
must meet the minimum academic requirements for contin-
uation for students in his category of hours attempted (see
page 82, except that
(1) a student who has not met these requirements may
apply for admission to the summer school only;
(2) a student may apply for readmission if he has been
away from Wake Forest continuously for at least a year and
a half and has spent that time constructively;
(3) a student may apply for readmission after less than the
year and a half if he has been enrolled in another college or
if his failure to have the required average at the time of
his suspension was due to exceptionally extenuating circum-
stances beyond his control.
It should be understood by the student and his parents
that meeting the requirements set forth above does not insure
that the student will be readmitted to the University.
Probation
A student is responsible at all times for knowing his academic
standing.
Any student who at the end of the fall semester does not
have the grade average which he will be required to have at
the end of the spring semester will be automatically on academic
probation.
83
Grade of E
Any student who is placed on probation because of honor
code or conduct code violations shall also be placed on such
special academic probation as the Executive Committee of
the faculty shall impose. In addition, the Executive Committee
may at any time place on probation any student whose academic
performance or social behavior is inconsistent with what the
Committee deems to be the best interests of the student or
the University.
Examinations and Grades
All examinations are conducted in accordance with the honor
system adopted by the students and approved by the Faculty.
Under this system the student is expected not only to refrain
from unfairness in any form but also to report to the Honor
Council anyone whom he knows to be guilty of cheating. Exam-
ination papers are accompanied by a signed statement that no
aid has been given or received.
Grades in each course are assigned by the instructor as
follows: A, exceptionally high achievement; B, superior; C, satis-
factory; D, passing but unsatisfactory; E, conditional failure;
F, failure.
Grades are assigned quality points as follows: for each
semester hour of A, 4 points; of B, 3 points; of C, 2 points;
of D, 1 point; and of E and F, no points. The quality point
ratio is calculated by dividing the total number of quality points
earned by the total number of semester hours attempted,
whether passed or not.
Grade of I
The grade of I (incomplete) may be assigned only when
on account of illness or some other emergency a student does
not complete the work of his course. If the work recorded as I
is not completed within thirty days after the student enters
for his next semester, the grade automatically becomes F.
Grade of E
A student who makes a grade of E on any course may be
re-examined at any regular examination period within a year,
or during the first week of the fall semester. The re-examination
84
Senior Conditions
permit is secured from the Registrar's Office a few days in
advance. No grade higher than D may be assigned as a result
of a re-examination. A student who does not remove a con-
ditional failure by one re-examination must repeat the course
to secure credit.
Pass-Fail Grades
A student during his junior and senior years is permitted to
elect up to 4 courses (but no more than one course in a given
term), with the stipulation that grades for these courses will
be recorded as Pass (P) or Fail (F) only and that these grades
will not be counted in computing the student's quality point
ratio. A grade of Pass carries full academic credit; a grade of
Fail carries no academic credit. A student must indicate at the
time of registration that he is choosing to take a course under
this arrangement, and he may not change it to a letter-grade
basis after the first two weeks of classes. In preparing his class
roll the instructor will indicate which students are registered
on a Pass-Fail basis.
Courses selected for Pass-Fail grades must be other than
those submitted by the student to satisfy the basic course
requirements or those in the student's major.
Repetition of Courses
A student may not repeat for credit a course on which
he has already received a grade of C or higher.
Senior Conditions
A candidate for graduation in his final semester who receives
a grade of E at the close of the previous semester may apply
to the Registrar for re-examination 30 days after the opening
of the final semester and not less than 30 days before its close.
Such examination will be regarded as a special examination
and will entail a fee of $2.50.
All conditions must be removed 30 days before the end of
the last term of the student's graduation year. The name of a
candidate for graduation who has a condition after that date
is dropped from the roll of the class.
85
Transcripts of Student Records
If a student receives a grade of E in a course in the final
term of his graduation year, he is not allowed a re-examination
before the next examination period.
Reports
A mid-term report is given to the student and a copy is sent
to the parent or guardian of each student who is doing unsatis-
factory work. At the end of each term a final report of grades
and attendance is given to the student, and a copy is sent to
the parent or guardian. A report of the progress of each fresh-
man is sent to the high school or preparatory school from
which he was admitted.
The Dean's List
The Dean's List will be issued at the end of each semester
by the Dean of the College and the Dean of the Charles H.
Babcock School of Business Administration and will include
all full-time students who have made a quality point ratio of
3.0 for the semester. Grades earned during a summer session
are not considered in the preparation of the List.
Graduation Distinctions
Under the quality point system, graduation distinctions are
determined as follows:
A candidate for a baccalaureate degree who is credited with
quality points which give him a ratio of not less than 3.80,
in relation to the total semester hours attempted, shall be
graduated with the distinction summa cum laude; not less than
3.50, magna cum laude; not less than 3.00, cum laude. The
entire record of a student is considered, with the understanding
that a transfer student may receive no distinction which requires
a quality point ratio greater than that earned in Wake Forest
University.
Transcripts of Student Records
The first copy of a student's record is issued for him without
charge. Requests for subsequent copies should be made to the
Registrar, and should be accompanied by a remittance of one
dollar for each copy desired. No transcript will be issued without
the authorization of the owner of the record.
86
Experiment in International Living
Summer Session Elsewhere
A student who desires to attend summer session in another
college must secure the advance approval of the Registrar and
the chairman of the department concerned.
A transcript of the record is required for posting at the
close of the summer session.
Study Abroad
To be granted the privilege of studying abroad a student
who plans to return to Wake Forest must plan a program of
study relevant to his degree program at the University and
must secure in advance the approval of the chairman of his
major department and the dean of the school in which he is
enrolled. He must then file an approved Study Abroad Appli-
cation with the Registrar.
Maximum credit for a full year program (32 semester hours)
may be granted upon evidence of a satisfactory evaluation by
the University of the work taken.
Students are encouraged to study under one of the established
programs sponsored by American colleges and universities. In
some cases independent study at foreign universities may be
approved. A transcript of the record is required for posting
after completion of approved foreign study.
Experiment in International Living
The Independent Study Program of The Experiment in
International Living, Putney, Vermont 05346, is recognized by
the University. This is a semester program, available in any
one of several countries either semester. To participate in this
program, a student must be a regularly enrolled student plan-
ning to return to the University upon completion of the semester
abroad. The program of study must be approved in advance by
the chairman of the student's major department, the chair-
man of such other departments as may be involved and the
dean of the school in which the student is enrolled. The
program carries a maximum of twelve semester hours credit
upon satisfactory completion.
87
The Church and Industry, Institute
Center for Psychological Services
The Center provides specialized services in educational-
vocational testing and counseling, and in personal adjustment
counseling. These services provide evidence of the student's
aptitudes, interest, and achievements and assist him in making
the most of his opportunities for academic and personal develop-
ment while in college. The Center, with offices in Efird Hall,
is staffed by professionally trained psychologists. There is no
charge to the full-time student for Center services.
Wake Forest University Student Health Service
The Student Health Service provides those services necessary
to students in the maintenance of their health. Utilizing the
medical report from a student's family physician, the Health
Service physicians evaluate the student's health status when
he is admitted. Any health problems present then, or arising
later, are treated in the University Clinic and Hospital. The
facilities and personnel of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine,
the North Carolina Baptist Hospital, and the Forsyth Memorial
Hospital are also used if needed. The Health Service also works
closely with the Center for Psychological Services on mental
health problems.
In the Clinic a minimum charge is made for medications and
laboratory tests, but none for office visits. When it becomes
necessary to refer patients to specialists or for studies elsewhere,
all costs must be assumed by the student.
The Church and Industry Institute
The Church and Industry Institute provides learning oppor-
tunities for clergy of all religious groups to understand industry.
Since its establishment in 1966, it has placed clergy in educa-
tional centers operated by industry and in continuing educa-
tion centers operated by universities for industry and has con-
ducted summer programs for seminarians in industry. In addi-
tion to consulting services, it also designs conferences for de-
nominational groups and seminaries. The Institute publishes a
quarterly of reprints for clergy.
88
Veterans
Placement Office Services
The Placement Office arranges on-campus, career interviews
with business firms, government agencies, school systems, and
other organizations, for graduating students at Wake Forest
University. Career information may be found in the Placement
Office, Room 118, Reynolda Hall. The Director of Placement
is available during regular office hours for consultation on
career matters.
Navy ROC Program
The United States Navy offers a Reserve Officer Candidate
(ROC) program whereby a Wake Forest student may complete
his military requirements for a commission as Ensign in the
United States Naval Reserve by attending weekly drills (op-
tional) at the Winston-Salem Naval Reserve Training Center,
930 Brookstown Avenue, and by attending ROC schools during
the summers following his junior and senior years (required).
Further information is available through the Commanding Offi-
cer of the Training Center or Dr. Carlton Mitchell of the Wake
Forest faculty.
Veterans
Applicants who need information concerning educational
benefits for veterans and children of veterans should consult
the nearest regional office of the Veterans Administration. This
office for North Carolina is located at Wachovia Building, Win-
ston-Salem, North Carolina.
89
REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES
The degrees conferred are Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of
Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Master of Arts,
Juris Doctor; and Doctor of Medicine, Master of Science and
Doctor of Philosophy in Bowman Gray School of Medicine.
The general requirements for the Bachelor of Arts and the
Bachelor of Science degrees are the same, with the following
exceptions: (1) for the degree of Bachelor of Arts a student
must complete a foreign language through courses numbered
211, 212, making a total of from 6 to 18 hours of languages*;
(2) for the degree of Bachelor of Science a student must com-
plete a foreign language through courses numbered 211, 212, or
eight hours in a second natural science or six additional hours in
mathematics or six hours in accountancy.**
The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred only upon
those students who (1) complete a major in Accountancy,***
Biology, Business,*** Chemistry, Mathematics, Physical Educa-
tion, Physics, or Education with State teacher's certification in
Mathematics or Science; (2) complete the degree requirements
in Medical Technology or Medical Record Administration or the
Physician Assistant Program; or (3) complete the requirements
for the combined degree in Medical Sciences, Dentistry, Engi-
neering, or Forestry.
The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred upon those stu-
dents who (1) complete a major in other departments in Wake
Forest College, or (2) complete the requirements for the com-
bined degree in Law.
Each student is responsible for acquainting himself with the
requirements for graduation, and for meeting the requirements
as stated.
A student who has been graduated from Wake Forest Uni-
versity with the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of
Science may not thereafter receive the other of these two
degrees.
* The candidate for the combined degree in Law may substitute for Language 211, 212
eight hours in a second natural science, six additional hours in mathematics, or six hours
in the principles of economics.
** The accountancy option is available only to students majoring in Business or Account-
ancy.
*** To be awarded after 1971. Students graduating in 1972 or 1973 may elect to satisfy the
requirements for either the B.B.A. or the B.S. degree. In the absence of extenuating cir-
cumstances, the B.B.A. will not be awarded after June 1973.
90
Basic Course Requirements
Academic Requirements
For the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science the
student must complete (1) the basic course requirements,
(2) a course of study approved by his major department, and
(3) elective courses to make a total of 128 credit hours. He
must complete at least 64 hours, including the work of the
senior year, in Wake Forest College.*
In addition to the above requirements for graduation, the
student must present at least 256 quality points and a quality
point ratio of at least 2.0 on all hours attempted. The quality
point ratio is calculated by dividing the total number of quality
points earned by the total number of semester hours attempted,
whether passed or not.
A student who transfers from another institution or takes
any work in other institutions must earn at least a 2.0 quality
point ratio on all hours attempted in Wake Forest College and
have at least a 2.0 quality point ratio on the total number of
hours attempted at all colleges.
A student has the privilege of graduating under the provisions
of the catalog under which he enters provided that he completes
his course within six years; after the interval of six years he
is expected to conform to the requirements specified for the
class with which he is graduated.
Basic Course Requirements
All undergraduate students in Wake Forest University are
enrolled in the College during their freshman and sophomore
years. A student is not admitted as a candidate for a degree in
any school except the College until the end of his sophomore
year and the completion of the entrance requirements of the
school to which application is made.
All students enrolled in the College must take certain required
basic courses. These requirements apply uniformly to all under-
graduate degrees and all combined degrees, except as other-
wise noted.
For exceptions in combined degree programs, see pages 97-103 of this catalog.
91
Basic Course Requirements
These basic course requirements are as follows:
English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours)
Religion (6 hours) selected as follows: 3 hours from courses 111, 112,
153, 155, 157, and 3 hours from courses 231, 256, 261, 264, 271.
Philosophy 111 (3 hours)
History 111, 112 (6 hours)
Social Science, one of the following three:
Economics 151, 152 (6 hours)1
Political Science 151 and normally one of the following: 152, 230, 251,
260 (6 hours).2
Sociology 151 (3 hours) and one of the following:
Sociology 152 or Anthropology 162 (freshmen and sophomores only),
or any course from Sociology 323 through 359 or any course from
Anthropology 351 through 373.
Natural Science, one of the following three:
Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (8 hours)
Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116 (8 hours)
Physics 111, 112 (8 hours)
Mathematics (3 hours)
(A student who anticipates a degree or major requiring additional
mathematics should continue mathematics through the freshman
year.)
Physical Education (2 hours)
Language:3 0 to 18 hours depending on the following 3 factors:
1. Requirements for the different degrees:
a) Bachelor of Arts: candidate completes courses 211, 212, or their
equivalents.
b) Bachelor of Science: candidate completes course 152 (or Greek
112) and one of the following:
Language courses 211, 212 (6 hours)
A second natural science (8 hours)
Mathematics beyond the basic 3-hour requirement (6 hours)
Accountancy 111, 112 (6 hours)4
c) Combined degree in Law: candidate completes course 152 (or
Greek 112) and one of the following:
Language courses 211, 212 (6 hours)
A second natural science (8 hours)
Mathematics beyond the basic 3-hour requirement (6 hours)
Economics 151, 152 (6 hours)
d) Bachelor of Business Administration: candidate completes course
152, or may substitute Speech 151 and Mathematics 162 (6
hours), and also completes Economics 151, 152 (6 hours).
1 Except for students taking B.B.A.
- Any other course numbered 211 to 266 may be elected with the permission of the
department.
3 A student who plans graduate study or medical study should consult his adviser about
additional foreign language study in his undergraduate program.
4 This option is available only to students majoring in Business or Accountancy.
92
Committee on Open Curriculum
2. Evaluation of high school units.
One unit of high school language is considered the equivalent of one
semester course of college language. Thus, if a student has had
1 high school unit, he would normally enter course 112
2 high school units, he would normally enter course 151
3 high school units, he would normally enter course 152
4 high school units, he would normally enter course 211
3. Evaluation by testing and regulations concerning credit.
A placement test is given to assist in proper placement of students.
A student who finds it necessary to repeat in college the equivalent
of any modern foreign language taken in high school receives no col-
lege credit for the course repeated. A student who repeats in college
a classical language taken in high school may receive credit. (A stu-
dent who offers 2 high school units of one foreign language may
commence a second foreign language with credit.)
The basic course requirements are to be completed, where
possible, by the end of the sophomore year. Some students will
find it necessary to postpone some of the basic courses until
the junior year in order to make room for certain courses
necessary to the work in the major field; but a minimum of
twelve hours from among the basic courses must appear on
every student's program each semester until these courses are
completed, except that after the freshman year a minimum of
nine hours each semester may be considered sufficient if other
courses necessary to work in the major field must be taken.
No student, except by a specific vote of the College faculty
in regular session, may set aside, or substitute another course
or other courses for, any of the basic course requirements.*
For further details about course requirements for the degree
of Bachelor of Business Administration, consult the section of
the catalog dealing with the Charles H. Babcock School of
Business Administration.
Committee on Open Curriculum
On November 10, 1969, the undergraduate faculties of Wake
Forest College passed the following resolution :
That the faculty establish a Committee on Open Curriculum
to oversee an open curriculum program wherein superior stu-
* See, however, the statement below concerning the Committee on Open Curriculum and
the statement on page 105 concerning Special Experimental Courses for 1970-71.
93
Upper Division
dents may be permitted to waive the usual curricular require-
ments in the lower division;
That the functions of the Committee on Open Curriculum be
(a) to select superior students for the program, (b) to confer
with these students and advise them about their program of
study, enrolling them in some but perhaps not all of the basic
courses, and (c) to make periodic reports to the faculty on its
actions;
That the membership of the Committee on Open Curriculum
be eight members of the faculty plus an administrative repre-
sentative, ex officio, and that the faculty membership be two
members elected from each of the following groups:
Group A: Classical Languages, English, German, Romance
Languages, Speech.
Group B: Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Physical Edu-
cation, Physics.
Group C: Art, History, Music, Philosophy, Religion.
Group D: Business and Accountancy, Economics, Education,
Political Science, Psychology, Sociology and An-
thropology.
That during the academic year 1970-71 the number of stu-
dents selected for the open curriculum program would not ex-
ceed 3-10% of the freshman class and that selection of students
would be made either before or during their freshman year; and
That the Committee on Open Curriculum work under the basic
principle that a liberal education entails work in a number of
areas representing the humanities, the sciences, and the social
sciences.
Admission to the Upper Division
The work in the lower division, as specified in the preceding
pages of this section, is intended to give the student an intro-
duction to the various fields of knowledge and to lay the founda-
tion for concentration in a major subject and related fields
during the junior and senior years.
94
Upper Division
Before applying for admission to the upper division and
beginning work on the major subject, a student should have
64 credit hours and 128 quality points in the lower division. In
no case will a student be admitted to the upper division with
fewer than 54 hours of credit and 108 quality points.
All students at the end of the sophomore year or at the
beginning of the junior year are required to pass a proficiency
test in the use of the English language.
Course of Study for the Upper Division
Thirty days before the end of his sophomore year each
student is required to indicate to the Registrar and to the
department or school concerned his selection of a major subject
in which he wishes to concentrate during his junior and senior
years. Before this selection is formally approved by the
Registrar, however, the student must present to him a written
statement from the authorized representative of the depart-
ment or school in which he wishes to major that he has received
the permission of that department or school. The student will
also at this time be assigned a specific adviser from the depart-
ment or school to assist him in planning his work for the
junior and senior years.
A department which rejects a student as a major will file with
the Dean of the College a written statement including the
reason (s) for the rejection.
After the beginning of the junior year a student may not
change from one major to another without the approval of the
departments concerned.
The student's course of study for the junior and senior years
includes the minimum requirements for the departmental major
(see the table below), together with such other courses as he
shall select and his adviser shall approve — the latter courses
to be sufficiently related to the student's major to justify their
inclusion in his program. This course of study must include
a minimum of 42 hours in the student's field of concentration
(that is, his major and related courses) beyond the basic course
requirements as outlined on pages 92-93.
Students preparing for the ministry are advised to elect twelve
95
Majors
additional hours in religion beyond the six hours included in
the basic requirements.
The following list indicates the number of hours required
in the departmental majors:
Department Major
Accountancy 28
Anthropology 30
Biology 36
Business 30
Chemistry 37
Economics 30
Education 18
English 30
French 30
German 30
Greek 30
History 30
Latin 30
Mathematics 33
Music 36
Philosophy 24
Physical Education 35
Physics 33
Political Science 30
Psychology 30
Religion 30
Religious Education 30
Sociology 30
Spanish 30
Speech 30
At least half of the major must be completed in Wake Forest
College.
Beyond the basic course requirements and the approved
course of study in his field of concentration, the student will
elect other courses up to a minimum of 128 hours.
Not more than 40 hours of the 128 hours required for gradu-
ation may be taken in a single field of study. For the purposes
of this regulation, the following fields of study are recognized:
Accountancy, Biology, Business, Chemistry, Economics, Educa-
tion, English, French, German, Greek, History, Latin, Mathe-
matics, Music, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics, Poli-
tical Science, Psychology, Religion, Sociology and Anthropology,
Spanish, Speech.
96
Law
Senior Testing Program
All seniors are required to participate in a testing program
designed to provide objective evidence of educational develop-
ment while in college. The program will employ measures of
academic achievement such as selected portions of the Graduate
Record Examination and/or other tests deemed appropriate
by the Executive Committee of the faculty. The tests are given
in late spring, and relevant results are made available to the
student for his information. The primary purpose of the pro-
gram, however, is to provide the college with information that
will facilitate the assessment of the total educational process.
(This program does not supplant the regular administrations
of the Graduate Record Examination for those students apply-
ing for admission to graduate schools.)
Degrees in the School of Law
A combined course makes it possible for a student in Wake
Forest University to receive the two degrees of Bachelor of Arts
and Juris Doctor in six academic years or their equivalent
instead of seven years which are required if the two curricula
are pursued independently. The first three years of the combined
course are in Wake Forest College and the last three are in
the School of Law.
Under this plan the student must first complete three years
(96 semester hours) of academic work as follows:
English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours)
Language 111, 112, 151, 152 (0-12 hours) [see pages 92-93]
Religion' (6 hours) [see page 92]
History 111, 112 (6 hours)
Mathematics (3 hours)
Science, one of the following:
Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (8 hours)
Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116 (8 hours)
Physics 111, 112 (8 hours)
Philosophy 111 (3 hours)
Economics 151, 152 or Political Science or Sociology and Anthropology
(6 hours) [see page 92]
Physical Education (2 hours)
One of the following:
Language 211, 212 (6 hours)
A second natural science (8 hours)
Economics 151, 152 (6 hours)
Additional mathematics (6 hours)
*Electives (to make a total of 96 hours)
Selected carefully in consultation with Law School adviser.
97
Medical Sciences
The requirement of a major subject for the academic degree
is considered as satisfied by one year (29 semester hours) of
Law. The details of the plan are as follows:
One who completes the above specified 96 semester hours
of work in Wake Forest College with a minimum average of C
(or two quality points for each semester hour undertaken) and
the first full year (29 semester hours) of Law in the Wake
Forest University School of Law with an average sufficient for
him to remain in the School of Law, will be awarded the Bach-
elor of Arts degree.
The Juris Doctor degree will be awarded the student upon
the completion of two additional years in the School of Law
and upon fulfillment of the requirements for that degree as
described on page 193.
At least one year of the required academic work must be
taken at Wake Forest College. A student who transfers from
another institution at the end of his first or second year must
maintain a minimum average grade of C on all academic work
undertaken during his residence at Wake Forest College.
The quantitative and qualitative academic requirements set
forth herein are minimum requirements and do not necessarily
entitle an applicant to admission to the School of Law. Admis-
sion requirements are given in detail on pages 191-193 and in
the Bulletin of the School of Law.
Degrees in Medical Sciences
A limited number of students, by taking advantage of the
special arrangement explained here, may receive the B.S. degree
with a major in Medical Sciences.
Under this plan the student fulfills the requirements for the
degree by completing three years of work in Wake Forest Col-
lege with a minimum average grade of C, and by satisfac-
torily completing the first full year of Medicine (at least 30
semester hours) as outlined by the faculty of the Bowman
Gray School of Medicine, with a record entitling him to promo-
tion to the Second Year Class. At least one year (32 semester
98
Medical Technology
hours) of the required academic work must be completed in
Wake Forest College.
Candidates for the B.S. degree with a major in Medical
Sciences must complete the following courses in Wake Forest
College before entering the School of Medicine for their fourth
year of work : *
Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (8 hours)
Biology (8 hours) selected from the following: 220, 226, 260, 309, 311,
321, 350, 372.
Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116 (8 hours)
Chemistry 131 (4 hours)
Chemistry 221 (4 hours)
English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours)
Language 111, 112, 151, 152 (0-12 hours) [see pages 92-93]
Mathematics (6 hours)
Physics 111, 112 (8 hours)
Philosophy 111 (3 hours)
Religion (6 hours) [see page 92]
History 111, 112 (6 hours)
Economics 151, 152 or Political Science or Sociology and Anthropology
(6 hours), [see page 92]
Physical Education (2 hours)
Electives (to make a total of 96 hours)
The completion of the prescribed academic subjects does
not necessarily admit any student to the School of Medicine.
All other factors being equal, applicants who have done all their
college work in Wake Forest College are given preference.
Degree in Medical Technology
Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in
Medical Technology by completion of the academic require-
ments outlined below with a minimum average grade of C, and
by satisfactory completion of the full program in Medical Tech-
nology offered by the Division of Allied Health Programs of
Bowman Gray School of Medicine with at least a grade of C in
all courses taken in the program of Medical Technology. At least
one year (32 semester hours) of the required academic work
must be completed in Wake Forest College. Candidates for the
degree must complete the following three-year course at Wake
Forest before beginning study in the D ivision of Allied Health
Programs, f
Biology 111, 112 (8 hours)
Biology 151, 152 (8 hours)
* See pages 196-197 and the special bulletin of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine for
further information.
t For further information write to the Division of Allied Health Programs of the Bow-
man Gray School of Medicine.
99
Physician Assistant Program
Biology 226 (4 hours)
Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116 (8 hours)
Chemistry 221, 222, 223, 224 (8 hours)
English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours)
Language 111, 112, 151, 152 (0-12 hours) [see pages 92-93]
Mathematics (3 hours)
Philosophy 111 (3 hours)
Religion (6 hours) [see page 92]
History 111, 112 (6 hours)
Economics 151, 152 or Political Science or Sociology and Anthropology
(6 hours), [see page 92]
Physical Education 111, 112 (2 hours)
Electives (to make a total of 96 hours)
Degree in Medical Record Administration
Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in
Medical Record Administration by completion of three years (96
semester hours) in college with a minimum average grade of C
and by satisfactory completion of the full twelve-months course
in Medical Record Administration offered by the Division of
Allied Health Programs of the Bowman Gray School of Medi-
cine. At least one year (32 semester hours) of the required
academic work must be completed in Wake Forest College.
Candidates for the degree must complete the basic course re-
quirements outlined on pages 92-93 of the current catalog. They
must take at least 16 hours of lecture-and-laboratory courses in
biology, including 8 hours in anatomy and physiology, and at
least 15 hours in the social sciences (sociology, psychology, and
economics are recommended). A course in statistics is also rec-
ommended.
Degree in the Physician Assistant Program
Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in
the Physician Assistant Program by completion of three years
(96 semester hours) in college with a minimum average grade
of C and by satisfactory completion of the full 24-months
course in the Physician Assistant Program offered by the
Division of Allied Health Programs of the Bowman Gray School
of Medicine. At least one year (32 semester hours) of the re-
quired academic work must be completed in Wake Forest Col-
lege. Candidates for the degree must complete the basic course
requirements outlined on pages 92-93 of the current catalog.
They must take at least 16 hours of lecture-and-laboratory
100
Engineering
courses in biology, including one course in bacteriology, and at
least 15 hours in the social sciences (sociology, psychology, and
economics are recommended). A course in statistics and four to
eight hours in chemistry are also recommended.
Degree With Major in Dentistry
A student may fulfill the requirements for a B.S. degree with
a major in Dentistry by completing three years of work in Wake
Forest College with a minimum average grade of C, and by satis-
factorily completing the first two years of work in one of certain
approved dental schools designated by Wake Forest University,
with a record entitling him to advancement to the Third Year
Class.
For this degree the requirements in Wake Forest College are
the same as outlined above for the B.S. degree with a major in
Medical Sciences.
Degrees in Engineering
The 3-2 Engineering Program
Wake Forest University now cooperates with North Carolina
State University in offering a broad course of study in the arts
and sciences combined with specialized training in engineering.
The program, for outstanding students, covers five years of
study including three initial years on the campus of Wake
Forest University and two full years of technical training at one
of the schools of engineering. Depending upon the school and
field of engineering chosen, it may be necessary for a student
to take an additional summer's work in engineering.
Upon successful completion of the five years of study the
student will receive the degree of Bachelor of Science from
Wake Forest University and the degree of Bachelor of Science
in one of the specialized engineering fields from the engineering
school of his choice.
By obtaining the first degree from Wake Forest University
and the second from an engineering college, the graduate will
be well suited for positions of higher responsibility where public
relations and technical knowledge are combined. This combina-
tion plan is recognized by nationally known educators as a wise
program in allowing the student a broad background in the
101
Forestry
liberal arts in addition to the specialized and technical training
involved in the engineering degree.
The curriculum for the first three years must include all the
basic course requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree,
as outlined on pages 92-93 of this catalog. A suggested program
follows :
Freshman Sophomore Junior
English 111, 112 English 153, 156 Math 311
Physics 111, 112 History 111, 112 Philosophy 111
Math 111, 112 Physics 151, 152 tMath Elective
F. Lang. 151, 152 Chem. Ill, 112, tScience Elective
*Religion 115, 116 Humanities Elective
Physical Ed. Ill, 112 Math 113, 251 ISocial Science
This is a vigorous curriculum averaging 17 hours per semester,
or 18 if ROTC is elected. It is demanding even for students with
an aptitude for science and mathematics. The electives are
chosen in consultation with the engineering advisor in the De-
partment of Physics.
Degrees in Forestry
Wake Forest University now cooperates with Duke University
in an academic forestry training program. A student in this
program devotes three years to study in the arts and sciences
at Wake Forest University. (At least two years (64 semester
hours) must be completed in Wake Forest College.) He spends
the summer between his junior and senior years and the two
following years in the Duke University School of Forestry.
Upon the successful completion of this five-year course of study
he receives the degree of Bachelor of Science from Wake Forest
University and the degree of Master of Forestry from the Duke
School of Forestry.
A student who wishes to qualify for this program must make
formal application for admission to the Duke School of Forestry
not later than the end of the first semester of his third year
in college. To qualify for admission he must have followed a
planned course of study as outlined below, must have the official
recommendation of Wake Forest University, and must have an
over-all quality point ratio of at least 2.5.
* See page 92.
t Depending upon Engineering Specialty.
+ See page 92.
102
Forestry
Candidates for the degrees in forestry must complete the fol-
lowing three-year course before beginning study in the Duke
School of Forestry:
Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (8 hours)
Economics 151, 152 (6 hours)
Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116 (8 hours)
English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours)
Language 111, 112, 151, 152 (0-12 hours) [see pages 92-93]
Mathematics 111, 112 (6 hours)
Physics 111, 112 (8 hours)
Philosophy 111 (3 hours)
Religion (6 hours) [see page 92]
History 111, 112 (6 hours)
Physical Education (2 hours)
Six hours beyond the first year introductory courses in any one of
the biological, physical, or social sciences.
Electives (to make a total of 96 hours)
(Suggested electives: Biology, Chemistry, Logic, Mathematics,
Speech)
Students in this program will be advised in the Department
of Biology.
103
COURSES IN THE COLLEGE
Course Numbers
The numbers of the courses offered by the various depart-
ments are explained as follows: courses 1-99 carry no credit;
courses 101-199 are primarily for freshmen and sophomores;
courses 201-299, primarily for juniors and seniors; courses
301-399, for juniors, seniors and graduate students; and
courses 401-499, for graduate students. The letter S used as
a prefix to a course number indicates that the course is offered
during the summer session only.
Courses with odd numbers are regularly given in the fall
term; courses with even numbers, in the spring term. However,
introductory or basic courses in many departments will be
offered every term so that students may arrange their work in
regular sequence, according to the time of entrance. Accord-
ingly, revised class schedules will be distributed each term,
containing the name of each instructor and the time and
location of each class.
Credit Hours Defined
All credit hours are based upon the semester, or half of an
academic year of nine months. In the departments which follow,
in alphabetical order, the credit hours for each course are indi-
cated by the number in parentheses following the course title.
For courses including laboratory work, recitation and laboratory
hours are given after the course description as, for example
(3-4), 3 recitation hours, 4 laboratory hours.
Both in the summer term and in the fall and spring terms,
the credit for any course is the same, generally three hours
based on 48 class periods, or the equivalent in laboratory work.
Prerequisites and Corequisites
The prerequisite for a course is indicated, for example, as
P-153, meaning that course 153 in the department under con-
sideration will be required for admittance to the desired course.
When a prerequisite is in another department, the name of
the department is given. A corequisite is indicated, for example,
as C-151.
104
Honors Program
Special Experimental Courses for 1970-71
During the 1970-71 academic year several new courses will be
added to the curriculum on a pilot basis for one year. These pro-
grams will be of an experimental nature and will attempt either
to accelerate the student's progress through the basic curriculum
or to broaden his education by introducing him in a single course
to two or more of the various disciplines within a given broad
division of the curriculum (e.g. natural sciences, social sciences,
arts, etc.). Some of these courses may be substituted for basic
requirements; others will be electives. The exact details of these
pilot programs will be available before registration each semester.
Interdisciplinary Honors Program
Wake Forest University offers an interdisciplinary honors
program for a limited number of highly qualified students.
Participation is with the approval of the Faculty Committee
on Honors.
During their first three years in college, participants will
schedule at least three interdisciplinary honors seminars (a total
of nine semester hours, normally including 6 hours in the Lower
Division and 3 hours in the Upper Division.) Many students will
probably not participate formally in the interdisciplinary pro-
gram beyond the third year, but will choose instead to concen-
trate on departmental honors work in their major fields. Stu-
dents, however, who are not candidates for departmental honors
and who have completed four interdisciplinary seminars with a
superior record may elect Honors 281 (directed study culmi-
nating in an honors paper and an oral examination). Those
whose work in this course is superior and who have achieved
an over-all quality point ratio of at least 3.0 in all college work
will be graduated "with Honors in the Arts and Sciences."
Those students, on the other hand, who have chosen to be
candidates for departmental honors may not also be candidates
for "Honors in the Arts and Sciences."
The courses described below (except for Honors 281) are
designed to supplement the usual general education of the fresh-
man and sophomore years and the more specialized work of the
105
Honors Program
junior year. Honors 281 will normally be scheduled in the first
semester of the senior year.
The Honors program is supervised by a Faculty Committee
on Honors. Faculty participants in the interdisciplinary courses
are drawn from various academic departments of the College.
Honors 131, 132. Approaches to Human Experience (I). An inquiry
into the nature and interrelationships of several approaches to man's
experience, represented by the work of three such men as Leonardo da
Vinci, St. Augustine, Dante, Newton, Gandhi, Confucius, Dostoyevsky,
Mozart, Jefferson, and Einstein. Seminar discussion based on primary
and secondary sources, including musical works and paintings. Written
reports and a term paper required.
(Offered in alternate years) 3 hours credit each semester
Honors 133, 134. Approaches to Human Experience (II). A parallel
course to Honors 131, 132, concentrating on the work of a different set
of figures such as Buddha, Galileo, Tolstoy, Pascal, Camus, Picasso,
Tagore, Sophocles, and Bach.
(Offered in alternate years) 3 hours credit each semester
Honors 233. Darwinism and the Modern World. A study of the Dar-
winian theory of evolution and the impact of evolutionary thought on
fields such as economics, politics, psychology, literature and the other
arts, and philosophy.
(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours
Honors 235. The Ideal Society. Man's effort to establish or imagine the
ideal community, state or society, principles of political and social organi-
zation, changing goals and values. Study of historical communities such
as those of the pre-Christian Essenes, Geneva under John Calvin,
Fourierite and Owenite communities of the 19th century. Reading in
such works as Plato's Republic, Augustine's The City of God, More's
Utopia, Bacon's The New Atlantis, Rousseau's Emile, Orwell's 1984, and
Skinner's Walden Two.
(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours
Honors 237. The Scientific Outlook. An exploration into the origins and
development of the scientific method and into some of its contemporary
applications in the natural and social sciences and the humanities.
(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours
Honors 238. Romanticism. Romanticism as a recurrent characteristic
of mind and art and as a specific historical movement in Europe and
America in the late 18th and 19th centuries. Emphasis upon primary
materials in such fields as philosophy, history, literature, music and
painting.
(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours
Honors 239. Man and the Irrational. The phenomenon of the irrational,
106
Art
with emphasis on its 20th century manifestations but with attention also
to its presence in centuries and cultures other than our own. Such areas
as philosophy, religion, literature, and psychology, politics and the arts
will be explored.
(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours
Honors 242. The Comic View. The theory of comedy in ancient and
modern times; the expression of the comic spirit in literature, art, music,
the theater and the motion picture.
(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours
Honors 244. Man and the Structure of the Universe. An investigation of
various conceptions of the universe and of their implications for man.
Study will not necessarily be limited to the cosmologies of Ptolemy,
Copernicus, and their modern successors, but may also include theories
like the Babylonian, Mayan, and Taoist.
(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours
Honors 281. Directed Study. Readings on an interdisciplinary topic
approved by the Faculty Committee on Honors; preparation of a major
research or interpretative paper based on these readings, under the
direction of a member of the Faculty; and an oral examination on the
topic, administered by the faculty supervisor and the Committee on
Honors. Eligible students who wish to take this course must submit a
written request to the Committee on Honors by the end of the junior
year. (Not open to candidates for departmental honors.) Credit, 3 hours
Departmental Honors Program
A number of departments in the College offer specialized
honors programs for highly qualified majors, who may be gradu-
ated "with Honors" in their major field. Details are given by
the departments concerned.
Art
Associate Professors Boyd, Aycock
Instructor Crawford
Artist-in-Residence Prohaska
An art major is not offered at the present time, but students
interested in this area of study should consult the Chairman of
the Department.
Additional courses in Art History not listed below will be
offered during the Fall Semester 1970. Students interested in
these courses should consult either their advisers or the Art
faculty during the registration period in September 1970.
107
Art
ART HISTORY
Courses listed below are open to qualified freshmen and soph-
omores with permission of the instructor.
221. Art of India. (3) A survey of architecture, painting, and sculpture
to 1200 A.D., emphasizing their relationship to Hinduism, Buddism, and
Jainism. Mr. Gokhale
231. American Art. (3) A survey of American painting and sculpture
from 1600 to 1900, emphasizing painting. Mr. Boyd
233. American Architecture. (3) A survey of American architecture from
1600 to 1900, emphasizing the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries.
Mr. Boyd
265. Ancient and Medieval Art. (3) A survey of the arts of Egypt Meso-
potamia, Crete, Greece, and Rome, and those of Medieval Europe.
Mr. Aycock
266. Renaissance and Modern Art. (3) A survey of architecture, paint-
ing, and sculpture in Europe and the United States. Mr. Aycock
268. American Art. (3) A history of art in the United States: architec-
ture, painting, sculpture, and the minor arts. Mr. Aycock
269. Italian Renaissance Art. (3) A survey of Italian painting and
sculpture from 1400 to 1600. Mr. BOYD
270. Northern Renaissance Art. (3) A survey of painting in the Nether-
lands, Germany, France, and England from 1400 to 1600. Mr. Boyd
272. Baroque Art. (3) A survey of European painting and sculpture
from 1600 to 1700. Miss Crawford
281. Modern Art to 1900. (3) A survey of European painting and sculp-
ture from 1700 to 1900, emphasizing the nineteenth century.
Miss Crawford
282. Modern Art after 1900. (3) A survey of European and American
painting and sculpture from 1900 to the present. P-Art 281.
Miss Crawford
294. Architecture Survey after 1700. (3) A survey of European and
American architecture from 1700 to the present, emphasizing the twen-
tieth century. MlSS Crawford
ART STUDIO
111, 112. Introduction to Painting. (3,3) A basic course in drawing and
painting, in the media of charcoal, pastel, watercolor, acrylic, and oil. Ill
is prerequisite for 112. Mr. Prohaska
201, 202. Advanced Painting. (3,3) A course of independent study with
faculty guidance. P-lll, 112. Mr. Prohaska
108
Biology
Biology
Professors Allen, Cocke, Flory
Associate Professors Amen (Chairman), Dimmick, Esch,
James C. McDonald, Olive, Sullivan, Wyatt
Assistant Professors Becker, Kuhn, Webber, Weigl
A major in Biology consists of 36 hours which must include
Biology 111, 112, 151, 152* and at least one course from four
of the following five groups:
A. Regulatory Biology: Biology 309, 311, 351, 395-396.
B. Structural and Developmental Biology: Biology 220, 227,
228, 260.
C. Environmental Biology: Biology 240, 321, 340.
D. Systematic Biology: Biology 226, 231, 233, 334, 338.
E. Interdisciplinary and Synthesizing Biology: Biology 314,
318, 319, 390.
At least one category (A-E) will include one course from
Biology 227, 228, 318, 338.
A student must achieve an overall QPR of 2.0 on all Biology
courses attempted to graduate with a major in Biology.
Required related courses for the major are one year of Physics
and at least one semester of Chemistry beyond college chemis-
try. Certain substitutions in required related courses may be
made with the written permission of the Chairman of the
Biology Department.
The Physics requirement may be waived in the case of
Biology majors who meet the requirements for a Class A teach-
ing certificate in Biology. Majors in Biology who meet the
requirements for a Class A teaching certificate in Biology may
substitute Education 291, Materials and Methods in Mathe-
matics and Science, for three of the 36 hours of required
Biology.
Advanced work in many areas of Biology may require addi-
tional Chemistry and Mathematics courses. The major advisor
will call these to the attention of majors, depending on their
individual needs.
Highly qualified Biology majors are invited by the Depart-
ment to apply for admission to the honors program in Biology.
* Students who have satisfactorily completed courses equivalent to Biology 111, 112 with
written permission of the Chairman of the Biology Department may be allowed to take
Biology 151, 152, provided they add other courses to complete the required hours in
Biology. Students who have satisfactorily completed courses equivalent to Biology 151, 152
with the written permission of the Chairman of the Biology Department may be allowed
to omit these courses from the requirements and substitute other courses to complete the
required hours in Biology. Both 111, 112 and 151, 152 may not be omitted.
109
Biology
They must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR
of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work
in Biology, complete Biology 391, 392 and pass a comprehensive
oral examination. They are then graduated with the distinction
"Honors in Biology". For additional information consult mem-
bers of the Biology staff.
For majors, Biology 151, 152 are prerequisites for all courses
numbered above 152 with the exception of Biology 301, 302,
and 305. Non-majors may take other courses after having
completed only Biology 111, 112 with the written permission
of the instructors of the courses.
The following schedule is recommended for students who
desire to major in Biology:
Freshman Year Sophomore Year
English 111, 112 English 153, 156
Mathematics (6 hours)* History 111, 112
Language 151, 152** Pol. Sci., Sociol. and Anthro., or
Biology 111, 112 Econ. 6 hours
Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116*** Biology 151, 152
Physical Education 111, 112 Chemistry 221, 222 or 341, 342
Junior Year Senior Year
Religion (6 hours) Required Advanced Biology
Philosophy 211 Electives
Physics 111, 112
Required Advanced Biology
Electives
111, 112. General Biology and the Diversity of Life. (4,4) Fundamental
ideas of the structure and activity of living systems with emphasis on
the diversity of life. (3-3)
151, 152. Biological Principles and the Unity of Life. (4,4) Physiological,
developmental, genetic and geological principles common to a wide
range of living organisms, with emphasis on molecular and cellular
aspects. P-lll, 112 and Chem. Ill, 112, 115, 116. (3-3)
220. Comparative Chordate Anatomy. (4) A comparative study of the
anatomy of chordate animals. Dissection of type forms in the laboratory.
(2-4)
* Students are recommended to take Mathematics courses selected from 111-112, 161-162.
** Students with language deficiencies or those beginning a new language must take
Language 111-112 here and make suitable adjustments in the remainder of the program.
*** Students who do not complete both Biology 111-112 and Chemistry 111-112-115-116
are advised to complete Chemistry 111-112-115-116 in Summer School to satisfy the pre-
requisites for Biology 151, 152 by the Sophomore year.
Students taking Military Science or those with special deficiencies must modify this
program. This will reduce the number of free electives available unless Summer School is
utilized for these additional courses.
110
Biology
226. Microbiology. (4) A study of the more important groups of micro-
organisms. Major emphasis will be placed on the bacteria and their
activities. (2-4)
227. Survey of Non-vascular Plants. (4) Representative species of non-
vascular plants (algae, fungi, mosses and others) will be examined with
emphasis on morphology and phylogeny. (2-4)
228. Survey of Vascular Plants. (4) A comparative phylogenetic survey
of the vascular plants with emphasis on the structure, reproduction, and
classification of selected types. (2-4)
231. Invertebrates. (4) A systematic study of invertebrates with
emphasis on comparative morphology, taxonomy, and phylogenetic rela-
tionships. (3-3)
233. Vertebrates. (4) A systematic study of vertebrates with emphasis
on identification, distribution, classification, adaptations, and ecology.
(2-4)
240. Principles of Ecology. (4) Inter-relationships among living systems
and their environments. Structure and dynamics of major ecosystem
types. Contemporary problems in ecology. (2-4)
260. Vertebrate Embryology. (4) A study of vertebrate embryological
development. (2-4)
301. Biological Diversity. X (3) A course for secondary school teachers de-
signed to illustrate selected taxonomic and ecologic principles.
302. Biological Unity.% (3) A course for secondary school teachers de-
signed to illustrate important physiologic and genetic principles.
305. The teaching of Modern and Advanced Biology.t (6) Cooperative
project between the University and Public Schools. Participation limited
to experienced teachers of Biology.
309. Genetics. (3) A study of the principles of inheritance and their
application to plants and animals, including man. (3-0)
311. Genetics Laboratory. (1) A laboratory course in the methods of
breeding some genetically important organisms and of compiling and
presenting genetic data. Biology 311 may not be taken independently of
Biology 309. (0-2)
314. Principles of Evolution. (3) Analysis of the theories, evidences,
and mechanisms of evolution. (3-0)
318. Economic Botany. (3) A survey of the Plant Kingdom, giving
consideration to both the positive and negative importance of plants of
all groups to man. P— 228 (3-0)
t Not for credit toward the M.A. Degree in Biology.
Ill
Biology
319. History of Biological Sciences. (3) A survey of the historical back-
ground and development of the biological sciences together with a
biographical study of the outstanding biologists and physicians. (3-0)
321. Animal Parasitology. (4) A survey of protozoan, helminth, and
arthropod parasites from the standpoint of morphology, taxonomy, life-
histories, and host-parasite relationships. (2-4)
334. Entomology. (4) A study of insects from the standpoint of struc-
ture, development, taxonomy, and phylogenetic relationships. (2-4)
338. Taxonomy of Seed Plants. (4) A study of the classification of
seed plants with emphasis on a comparative study of orders and families.
(2-4)
340. Ecosystem Dynamics. (4) A course emphasizing major ecological
processes and the role of human activities in these processes. (3-3)
351. General Physiology. (4) A course in the physiologic activities of all
types or organisms, with emphasis on intermediary metabolism and reg-
ulatory mechanisms. (2-4)
390. Scientific Communication. (3) An introduction to bibliographic and
graphic methods, including microscopy, instrumentation, photography,
scientific drawing and writing, and preparation of manuscripts. P — Per-
mission of instructor. (2-2)
391, 392, 393, 394. Special Problems in Biology. (1) Independent library
and laboratory investigation carried out under the supervision of a
member of the staff. P — Permission of the instructor. A maximum of
two of these courses may be scheduled in any semester. (0-3)
395. Biochemistry. (3) A lecture course in Biochemistry including prin-
ciples of biochemistry, chemical composition of living systems molecular
architecture, intermediary metabolism, enzyme kinetics and activity. (3-0)
396. Biochemistry Laboratory. (1) A course in biochemical techniques
and methodology to accompany Biol. 395. (0-3)
Courses for Graduate Students*
411. Directed Problems in Biology. (1)
412. Directed Problems in Biology. (1)
413. Genetic Effects of Radiations (4)
417. Cytology and Cytogenetics. (4)
421. Experimental Parasitology. (4)
425. Comparative Plant Anatomy. (4)
426. Mycology. (4)
For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin.
112
Business
427. Phycology (Algology). (4)
431. Advanced Invertebrate Zoology. (4)
433. Advanced Vertebrate Zoology. (4)
438. Dendrology. (4)
444. Population Ecology. (4)
445. Ecological Plant Physiology. (4)
450. Cellular Physiology. (4)
453. Comparative Animal Physiology. (4)
454. Ecological Animal Physiology. (4)
455. Plant Growth and Development. (4)
460. Experimental Developmental Biology. (4)
Business and Accountancy
Professors Hylton, Carlson, Owen, Scott
Associate Professor Cook
Instructor Luckie
Visiting Lecturer Norman
BUSINESS
The major in Business is based on a foundation of account-
ancy, economic theory, and quantitative methods, with broad
application courses being available in the areas of management
policy, marketing, and finance. The major requires 30 hours in
Business, Accountancy, and Economics, and must include six
hours of Accountancy, six hours of Economics, and Business 211,
221, 231, and 251.
211. Management Policy. (Bus. Adm. 331) (3) Explanation of the pol-
icies involved in the performance of the basic functions of planning,
organizing, actuating, and controlling modern business organizations.
221. Marketing Management. (Bus. Adm. 340) (3) Survey of marketing
concepts and behavior. Study of managerial decisions necessary in the
distribution of goods and services.
231. Financial Management. (Bus. Adm. 420) (3) Analysis of financial
decision making at the level of the individual business enterprise.
241. Labor Policy. (Bus. Adm. 434) (3) Theories of wage determination,
employment, and income distribution with emphasis on labor unions and
the collective bargaining process.
251. Quantitative Analysis. (Bus. Adm. 460) (3) Study of administrative
decision making under conditions of risk and uncertainty. P-Math 161.
113
Accountancy
261. Legal Environment of Business. (Bus. Adm. 361) (3) Study of the
legal environment within which business decisions must be made.
281. Reading and Research. (3) An advanced course devoted to exten-
sive reading and research in the field of Business.
ACCOUNTANCY
The Accountancy curriculum is designed to give all candidates
for degrees in Business or Economics basic knowledge which is
essential in understanding and administering business opera-
tions. For those who elect more than the minimum required
work, the curriculum makes available opportunity for education
for the more responsible accounting positions in industry and
government, and also enables the student to prepare himself for
the Certified Public Accountant examination.
A major in Accountancy requires 28 hours in Accountancy,
including 111, 112, 151, 152, 153, 271, and 273. The remaining
hours in the major and the required hours in related fields are to
be selected by the student and the accounting advisor. A point-
hour ratio of 2.00 to 1 must be attained in courses in account-
ancy. Students who graduate as Accountancy majors are per-
mitted to take the C.P.A. examination in North Carolina with-
out qualifying experience which is otherwise necessary. (The
point-hour ratio does not apply for C.P.A. examination pur-
poses. )
The senior Accountancy major may have the opportunity to
obtain practical accounting experience and training through the
Accounting Internship Program.
Scholarships and awards, given by national accounting firms
and the North Carolina Association of Certified Public Account-
ants, are awarded annually to students doing outstanding work
while pursuing a major in accountancy.
It is recommended that the student interested in a career in
accounting begin his Accountancy studies during his freshman
year.
Ill, 112. Principles of Accounting. (Old 101, 102) (3,3) The funda-
mental concepts of accounting, the accounting equation, the accounting
cycle. Preparation of statements and working papers. P-lll for 112.
151, 152. Intermediate Accounting. (Old 201, 202) (3,3) A detailed
analysis of problems and related theory for typical accounts in financial
statements. Preparation of special supplementary reports. P-151 for 152.
153. Cost Accounting. (Old 203) (3) Theory and procedures used in ac-
cumulating product costs under job lot and continuous process manu-
facturing procedures. P-112.
114
Chemistry
154. Advanced Cost Accounting. (Old 204) (2) A continuation of Acct.
153 with the primary emphasis on the accumulation of costs for budget
development and analysis of performance variances. P-153.
251. Governmental Accounting. (Old 301) (3) Theory and techniques in
accounts for non-profit institutions, with special emphasis on local gov-
ernmental units. Preparation of reports and statements. P-151.
252. Accounting Systems. (Old 302) (3) A study of the functions which
must be performed by an adequate accounting system. Methods and pro-
cedures necessary to accomplish these functions are examined. P-151, 153.
261. Advanced Accounting Problems I. (Old 401) (3) Advanced prob-
lems designed as preparation for the student who intends to work for the
C.P.A. certificate and for those who desire a more thorough background
in accounting. P-151.
262. Advanced Accounting Problems II. (Old 402) (3) Advanced work in
theory and practice of accounting designed to help prepare the student
for the C.P.A. examination and to enable him to solve complex business
problems. P-151.
271. Income Tax Accounting. (Old 403) (5) Unusual treatment of cer-
tain accounts to comply with the Internal Revenue Code. Preparation of
individual and corporate returns. P-151.
273. Auditing. (Old 404) (3) Designed to familiarize the student with
the professional standards of the accounting profession, with special em-
phasis on the attest function of the C.P.A. P-151, 153.
276. Accounting Internship. (Old 405) (2) The student participates in
actual operations of a C.P.A. firm and submits reports of his activity. Ap-
proval of the Accounting Faculty is necessary for enrollment. No credit
granted until completion of 273.
281. Current Accounting Theory. (Old 406) (2) A study of current
problems and controversies in accounting theory. Admission to the class
is by permission of the instructor only.
Chemistry
Professors Nowell, P. J. Hamrick, Miller
Associate Professors Baird, Blalock, Gross
Assistant Professors Hegstrom, Noftle
An average of C in the first two years of chemistry is required
of students who elect to major in this Department. Admission
to any class is conditioned by satisfactory grades in prerequisite
courses, and registration for advanced courses must be approved
by the Department.
Wake Forest University is on the list of schools approved by
the American Chemical Society.
115
Chemistry
The following scheduling of chemistry and certain related
courses is strongly recommended for students considering a
chemistry major.
Freshman Year Sophomore Year
Chemistry 111-112 Chemistry 341-342
Chemistry 115-116 Chemistry 343-344
English 111-112 English 153-156
German 111-112 German 151-152
Mathematics 111-112 Mathematics 113
Physical Education 111-112 *Electives 9 hours
*Electives 6 hours
Junior Year Senior Year
Chemistry 221-222 Chemistry 373-374
Chemistry 361-362 Chemistry electives 6 hours
Chemistry 363-364 *Electives 24 hours
* Electives 18 hours
The chemistry major includes a minimum of 30 credit hours
of lecture courses and 8 credit hours of laboratory courses as
approved by the Department.
Ill, 112. College Chemistry. (3,3) Fundamental chemical principles.
115, 116. Chemistry Laboratory. (1,1) Basic quantitative analysis. (0-3)
131. Quantitative Analysis. (4) Quantitative analysis for students requir-
ing additional analytical chemistry. For non-majors. P-112 (3-4)
221, 222. Organic Chemistry. (3,3) Principles and reactions of organic
chemistry. P-112
223, 224. Organic Chemistry Laboratory. (1,1) Synthesis and identifica-
tion of organic substances. For non-majors. C-221, 222 (0-3)
S30U, S302L Principles of Chemistry. (3,3) Further study of funda-
mental chemical principles. For public school teachers. P-112 (3-2)
S305+. Introductory Organic Chemistry . (3) Introduction to principles
and reactions of organic chemistry. For public school teachers. P-112 (3-2)
323. Organic Analysis. (4) The systematic identification of organic
compounds. P-222 (2-4)
324. Organic Preparations. (3) A library, conference and laboratory
course. P-222 (0-6)
331. Instrumental Analysis. (4) The application of physical methods
to analysis. P-341 (2-4)
:': Selected on approval of lower division or major adviser as appropriate.
t Not for credit toward the M.A. degree in chemistry.
116
Classical Languages and Literature
332.+ Analytical Chemistry. (5) The principles and methods of analy-
tical chemistry. P-341 (3-6)
341+, 342+\ Physical Chemistry. (3,3) Fundamentals of physical chemis-
try. P-112, Math 112; C-Phys 111-112.
343+\ 344+\ Physical-Analytical Laboratory. (1,1) C-341, 342 (0-4)
361, 362. Inorganic Chemistry. (3,3) Principles and reactions of in-
organic chemistry. P-342
363, 364. Organic-Inorganic Laboratory. (1,1) A unified laboratory for
major students. C-221, 222, 361, 362. (0-4)
371. Advanced Physical Chemistry. (3) Introduction to quantum chem-
istry. P-342
373, 374. Chemical Instrumentation. (1,1) A laboratory course in chem-
ical instrumentation. P-342 (0-4)
381, 382. Chemistry Seminar. (1) Discussions of contemporary research.
No credit for one semester.
391+, 392+. Senior Research. (2,2) Library, conference and laboratory
work. (0-6)
Courses for Graduate Students*
421, 422. Advanced Organic Chemistry. (3,3)
441. Molecular Structure. (3)
445. Thermodynamics. (3)
446. Chemical Kinetics. (3)
447. Chemical Bonding. (3)
491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3)
Classical Languages and Literature
Professors Earp, C. V. Harris
Assistant Professors Andronica, Hash
Instructors Roberts, Templeton
A major in this Department consists of a minimum of 30 hours
in either Greek or Latin. Not more than six hours of Greek 271,
Latin 271, and courses in translation may be counted toward a
major in the Department of Classical Languages.
t Not for credit toward the M.A. Degree in Chemistry.
* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin.
117
Latin
GREEK LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
111, 112. Elementary Greek. (5,5) Greek grammar; selections from
Greek prose writers and poets; collateral reading on Greek mythology,
history, and antiquities.
M T W Th F 9:00
211. Xenophon. (3) Xenophon: Anabasis, fall term. Thorough drill in
syntax.
M W F 8:00
212. Homer. (3) Homer: Iliad and Odyssey, spring term. Thorough drill
in syntax.
M W F 2:00
222. Plato. (3) Plato: Meno or Apology, Crito, and selections from the
Phaedo, spring term.
M W F 10:00
231. The Greek New Testament. (3) Selections from the Greek New
Testament, fall term.
M W F 10:00
261. Greek Tragedy. (2) Euripides: Medea. This course will include a
study of the origin and history of Greek tragedy, with collateral reading
of selected tragedies in translation.
T Th 11:00
262. Greek Comedy. (2) Aristophanes: Clouds. This course will include
a study of the origin and history of Greek comedy, with collateral reading
of selected comedies in translation.
T Th 11:00
271. Greek Civilization. (2) Lectures and collateral reading upon those
phases of Greek civilization which have particular significance for the
modern world. A knowledge of the Greek language is not required.
T Th 2:00
272. Greek Literature in Translation. (2) A study of selections from
Greek literature in English translation. A knowledge of the Greek
language is not required.
T Th 2:00
II
LATIN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
111, 112. Introductory Latin. (3,3) A course intended for students who
have never studied Latin and for those who present only one unit of
Latin for entrance.
M W F 8:00, 1:00: T Th 8:00, 11:00
118
Latin
151, 152. Grammar, Cicero, Vergil. (3,3) This course will include (a)
grammar, (b) Cicero's Letters, Vergil's Aeneid. Prerequisite, two units
of entrance Latin or Latin 111, 112.
M W F 11:00, 2:00; T Th 8:00
211, 212. Livy, Horace, Pliny. (3,3) Livy: Selections, first semester.
Horace: Odes and Epodes, Pliny's Letters, second semester. Prerequisite,
four units of entrance Latin or Latin 111, 112 and 151, 152.
M W F 9:00, 2:00
221, 222. Tacitus, Horace, Martial. (3,3) Tacitus: Germania and
Agricola, first semester. Horace: Satires and Epistles; Martial: Epigrams,
second semester.
241, 242. Roman Comedy and Satire. (3,3) Selected plays of Plautus
and Terence, first semester. Petronius and Juvenal, second semester.
250. Latin Prose Composition. (3) Hours to be arranged.
261, 262. Roman Philosophy. (3,3) Lucretius, Cicero.
271. Roman Civilization. (2) This course consists of lectures and col-
lateral reading upon the general subject of Rome's contributions to the
modern world. A knowledge of the Latin language is not required.
272. Latin Literature in Translation. (2) A study of selections from
Latin literature in English translation. A knowledge of the Latin language
is not required.
Ill
CLASSICS
253. Greek Epic Poetry in Translation. (3) To be offered in 1970-71 and
alternate years thereafter.
254. Roman Epic Literature in Translation. (3) To be offered in 1970-
71 and alternate years thereafter.
263. Tragic Drama in Translation. (3) To be offered in 1971-72 and al-
ternate years thereafter.
264. Greek and Roman Comedy in Translation. (3) To be offered in
1971-72 and alternate years thereafter.
119
Economics
Economics
Associate Professor Wagstaff
Assistant Professors Cage, Himan, Moorhouse
In addition to the basic course requirements prescribed by
the College, the major in Economics requires a minimum of
30 credit hours in the field of Economics, including Economics
151, 152, 157, 201, and 202. The remaining 15 hours of the Eco-
nomics major and 12 hours of required work in related fields are
selected by the students and the Economics advisor.
Highly qualified majors in Economics may be considered for
admission to the honors program in Economics. Such candi-
dates must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR
of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in
Economics, complete a satisfactory economics research project,
and pass a comprehensive oral examination on such project, and
complete Economics 280 or 281, and either 287 or 288. They are
then graduated with the designation of "Honors in Economics."
In addition to the courses listed below, Accountancy 111-112
and Business Management 241 may be counted toward the
major requirement in economics.
111. Introduction to Economics. (3) A one semester survey course
designed for students who normally elect only one course in the discip-
line. Will not count toward the basic social science requirement. Credit
cannot be received for this course and Economics 151 or 152.
151. Principles of Economics. (3) An introduction to economic analysis,
with emphasis placed on the roles of consumers, business, labor and gov-
ernment in a market economy.
152. Principles of Economics. (3) Attention is focused on the functioning
of the economy as a whole, and how government decisions affect the per-
formance of the economy. P-151.
157. Elementary Statistical Analysis. (3) A study of statistical analysis
designed to help in decision-making. Hypothesis testing, regression and
correlation analyses are included. Credit will not be given for this course
and Math 157, Sociology 380, or Business Administration 368.
201. Microeconomic Theory. (3) An examination of the basic methods
of price and distribution theory under various market structures. P-151,
152.
120
Economics
202. Macroeconomic Theory. (3) A study of Keynesian and post-Key-
nesian theories about the determination of the level of national income,
employment and economic growth. P-151, 152.
258. Advanced Statistical Analysis. (3) An introduction to and use of
advanced statistical analysis. Problem formulation will be stressed and
electronic data processing introduced. P-157.
264. Economic History of the United States. (3) This course may count
as Economics or History, but not both. See History 264.
266. Regional Economics. (3) Analysis of the influence economic vari-
ables have on the spatial distribution of economic activity with consider-
ation of methods for analyzing the economic structure of urban areas.
P-151, 152.
267. International Economics. (3) An introductory study of interna-
tional trade theory, balances of payments, foreign exchange, trade re-
strictions and commercial policies. P-151, 152.
268. Economics of Underdeveloped Areas. (3) A course concerned with
the economics of underdeveloped countries, their problems of growth and
development. P-151, 152.
269. Money and Banking. (3) A study of monetary systems, banking
structures, banking problems and international finance. P-151, 152.
270. Social Control of Industry. (3) An analysis of market structure
with particular reference to organization practices, price formation, effi-
ciency, and public regulation. P-151, 152.
271. Public Finance. (3) An examination of the economic behavior of
government. Includes principles of taxation, spending, borrowing and
debt management. P-151, 152.
273. Comparative Economic Systems. (3) An objective examination of
the theory and practices of various economic systems, including capital-
ism, socialism, and communism. P-151, 152.
274. History of Economic Thought. (3) A historical survey of the main
developments in economic thought from the biblical period to the twen-
tieth century. P-151, 152.
280. Seminar in American Economic Development. (3) The application
of economic theory and statistical methods to problems and issues in
American economic progress. P-151, 152, 157.
281. Contemporary Economic Problems. (3) An economic analysis of
current issues, with emphasis placed upon the research that precedes
policy formation. P-151, 152.
287, 288. Economic Research. (3,3) Independent study and research
supervised by a member of the economics staff. P-201, 202.
121
Education
Education
Professors Parker, Memory, Preseren
Associate Professors Elmore, Hall, Reeves, Syme
Assistant Professor Hood
Institutional Policy. The University recognizes that the
educational profession is important to society and that the
welfare of mankind is largely determined by the quality of
educational leadership. One of the major objectives of Wake
Forest University has been and continues to be the preparation
of teachers and other professional school personnel. This com-
mitment was reemphasized by vote of the faculty on November
18, 1963.
Wake Forest is committed to a high quality teacher education
program, as evinced by selective admission to the program; a
wide range of approved courses of professional instruction; and
a closely supervised practicum suitable to the professional needs
of the students.
In addition to the professional program, the Department of
Education provides elective courses open to all students, in-
cluding those not in teacher education programs. Such courses
supplement the work of other departments and provide generally
for the liberal education of all students.
Teacher Certification. The North Carolina State Department
of Public Instruction issues the Professional Class A teacher's
certificate to graduates of the University who have completed
an Approved Program, including the specified courses in their
teaching field (s) and the prescribed courses in Education, and
who receive recommendations from the designated official (s)
of their teaching area(s) and from the Chairman of the Depart-
ment of Education.
Special students not completing an Approved Program are
required to secure an analysis of their deficiencies for the Class
A certificate from the Division of Teacher Education of the
North Carolina State Department of Public Instruction. The
Wake Forest Department of Education will then plan a program
to remove these deficiencies.
Certification requirements for other states should be secured
from the State Department of Public Instruction in the state
122
Education
where certification is sought. The Wake Forest Department of
Education will then assist in planning a program to meet certi-
fication requirements of that state.
Admission Requirements. Admission to the teacher education
program occurs normally during the sophomore year. Admission
involves filing an official application with the Department of
Education, being screened by a faculty committee, and being
officially approved by the Department of Education.
Course Requirements. Junior standing is a general pre-
requisite for all courses in Education. Psychology 151 and
Speech 151 are recommended electives.
The Approved Program of Teacher Education requires can-
didates to complete successfully 18 semester hours in Education,
including Education 201, 211, 251, 291, and 331. Education 201
is taken in the junior year or first semester of the senior year
but prior to the other required courses. The remaining work
in the teacher education program is taken simultaneously
during one semester of the senior year, according to availability
of programs.
While enrolled in the block semester, the student will not be
allowed to take courses concurrently that would interfere with
being in an assigned student teaching situation for the regular
public school day (generally 8:00 a.m. to 3:45 p.m.) nor
allowed to take more than one course occurring outside the
regular school day.
Major in the Department of Education. Ordinarily, teacher
education students major in the academic area in which they
plan to teach. Only students planning to be certificated in the
broad areas of Science or Social Studies are permitted to major
in Education.
Student Teaching. Prerequisites for registering for Student
Teaching include:
1. Senior or graduate standing or classification as a graduate-
level special student.
2. A grade average of at least C on all courses taken at Wake
Forest.
123
Education
3. A grade average of at least C on all courses taken in the
area of certification or, in cases of two or more fields of certi-
fication, in each of the areas.
4. Approval for admission to the Teacher Education Program.
5. Successful completion of Education 201.
6. Approval by a Student Teaching Screening Committee.
Students are assigned to Student Teaching opportunities on
the basis of available positions and professional needs of the
students. The University does not assume the responsibility for
transportation to the schools during Student Teaching.
Academic Requirements
English— 36 hours, including English 111, 112, 153, 156, 301, 323 or 324;
at least 3 additional hours in a literature course; at least 3 additional
hours in a language course.
French— 30 hours, including French 151, 152, 211, 212, 221, 222, 223, 224,
or their equivalents; at least 6 hours of courses in literature beyond 212.
German— 30 hours, including German 151, 152, 211, 212, 217, 218, 219,
220, or their equivalents; at least 6 hours of courses in literature beyond
212.
Latin — 24 hours based on two or more high school units; otherwise 30
hours.
Spanish— 30 hours, including Spanish 151, 152, 211, 212, 221, 223, or
their equivalents; 9 hours chosen from 222, 224, 225, 226; and at least
6 hours of courses in literature beyond 212.
Mathematics — 30 hours, including Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 321,
331, 332; others as prescribed by the chairman of the Mathematics
department.
Music — 52 hours, which must include 18 hours of Applied Music (includ-
ing a keyboard proficiency equivalent to Piano 114a). For further in-
formation consult the Music Department section of this catalog or the
chairman of the Music Department.
Physical Education and Health — 44 hours, including Physical Education
220, 221, 224, 251, 254, 258, 352, 353, 355, 356, 357, 363, 222 or 228,
and Biology 111, 112.
Science — 46 to 51 hours, including 8 in Biology, 8 in Chemistry, 8 in
Physics, 6 in Mathematics, plus further depth in Biology (16 hours),
Chemistry (21 hours), or Physics (17 hours). Certification is allowed
in Biology with 24 hours, Chemistry with 29 hours, or in Physics
with 25 hours.
124
Education
Social Studies — 42 hours, including History 111, 112, 151, 152, Economics
213, 214, Political Science 151, 152, Sociology 151, 9 additional hours
of History divided between the American and non-American fields,
3 additional hours of Sociology, 3 hours of Geography. Certification
is allowed in each of the fields of Economics, History, Political Science
and Sociology with 24 hours in that field.
Speech— 30 hours, including Speech 151, 161, 121, 231, 252, 261 and 152
or 251 and 272.
Required Courses
These courses are required for a teaching certificate.
201. Foundations of Education. (3) Philosophical, historical, and sociol-
ogical foundations of education including analysis of contemporary issues
and problems.
211. Educational Psychology. (3) General principles of adolescent
development. The nature, theories, processes, and conditions of effective
teaching-learning. Appraising and directing learning. Internship. P-201.
251. Student Teaching. (6) Observation and experience in school-related
activities. Supervised student teaching. Graded "Pass-Fail". For require-
ments and prerequisites see pages 123-124. P-201.
291. Methods and Materials. (3) Methods, materials, and techniques
used in teaching the various subjects. P-201.
Teaching of English, each term.
Teaching of Foreign Languages, fall term.
Teaching of Health and Physical Education, spring term.
Teaching of Mathematics, spring term.
Teaching of Music, spring term.
Teaching of Science, fall term.
Teaching of Social Studies, each term.
Teaching of Speech, spring term.
331. The School and Teaching. (3) Organization of the school system.
Bases of education. The curriculum. Major problems of education and
teaching. The role of the teacher. Psychological aspects of teaching.
P-201.
Elective Courses
301. Audio-Visual Education. (3) A survey of the theory, history, and
techniques of using audio-visual aids, and their application to the cur-
rent educational program.
303. History of European Education. (3) A study of educational theory
and practice from classical Greece through modern Europe, stressing the
writers who have contributed to western educational thought.
125
Education
304. History of American Education. (3) A study of education in the
United States from Colonial days to the present, with special focus on
the social forces which have influenced American educational thought.
313. Human Growth and Development. (3) Theories of childhood and
adolescent development and their educational implications physically, in-
tellectually, emotionally, socially, and morally.
321. Measurement and Guidance. (3) Statistical techniques as applied
to mental and educational measurement; the interpretation and use of
standard tests, the construction of informal objective tests, and counseling.
341. Introduction to Counseling. (3) Historical foundations of counsel-
ing. Counseling theories, techniques, and research, including psycho-
analytic, client-centered, eclectic, behavioral, and existential approaches.
Courses for Graduate Students*
405. Sociology of Education. (3)
407. Philosophy of Education. (3)
413. Psychology of Learning. (3)
421. Educational Research. (3)
431. Foundation of Curriculum Development. (3)
433. Supervision of Instruction. (3)
435. Organization and Administration of Education. (3)
441. Psychology of Counseling. (3)
443. Vocational Psychology. (3)
445. Counseling Laboratory and Internship. (3)
451, 452. Administrative Internship. (3,3)
483. Readings and Research in Education. (3)
491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3)
493. Basic Concepts of Remedial Reading. (3)
494. Advanced Practices in Remedial Reading. (3)
495. High School Reading. (3)
* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin.
126
English
English
Professors Gossett, Phillips, Snuggs, Wilson
Associate Professors D. A. Brown, Carter (Chairman),
Fosso, Kenion, L. Potter, Shorter
Assistant Professors Drake, Lovett, Raynor
Instructors Faulhaber, Johnson, McCaskey,
McDonough, Milner, J. Potter, Richowsky, Small,
Spear
Lecturer Shaw
Courses 111, 112, and 153, 156, for freshmen and sophomores,
are prescribed for all degrees, and are prerequisites for admis-
sion to all advanced courses in English.
The major in English requires a minimum of 30 credit hours,
of which at least 18 must be taken in the junior and senior years
in courses numbered 200 and above. The minimum requirement
for all English majors is five advanced courses in literature. Of
these, one must be in Shakespeare and an additional one must
be in English literature before 1700; two must be in English
literature after 1700; and one must be in American literature.
The advanced courses must also include a period course and
one course in each of the two other major genres: poetry and
fiction. A single course may satisfy more than one of the required
categories. For example, a course in Chaucer would satisfy the
requirements for a course in English literature before 1700 and
a course in poetry.
Highly qualified English majors are considered by the Depart-
ment for admission to the honors program in English. To be
graduated with the designation of "Honors in English," they
must earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and
3.3 on all work in English; complete at least 18 hours in
advanced courses in English, meeting the distribution require-
ments for all English majors and including in addition English
281, 282 (to be taken in the senior year) ; complete satisfactorily
a senior research paper; and pass a comprehensive examination
based on a general reading list and on a specialized reading list
in a special area chosen by the student.
127
English
II. Composition Review.* Essentials of standard usage and the basic
principles of unity and coherence in sentence and paragraph; frequent
themes.
III. English Composition. (3) A basic course in writing, which provides
training in clear thinking, analytical reading, and effective expression.
112. Composition and Literature. (3) Continued practice in writing;
readings in literary types. P-lll
153. Major British Writers I. (3) Major works of British poets and
prose writers, including Chaucer, Shakespeare, Milton, and Swift.
Emphasis on reading rather than on literary history. P-lll, 112
154. Major British Writers II. (3) British writers from the Romantic,
Victorian, and modern periods. Emphasis on reading rather than on
literary history. May not be taken in the place of English 153 or English
156. P-lll, 112
156. Major American Writers.f (3) Major American poets and prose
writers of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Emphasis on reading
rather than on literary history. P-lll, 112
212. Literary Criticism. (3) Study of the basic principles of the great
critics with practical application to specific literary works.
246. Modern Drama. (3) Extensive reading in the works of representa-
tive European, British and American dramatists from Ibsen to the
present, with attention to the evolution of modern techniques.
253. American Fiction. (3) Studies in the novel and the short story,
with reading of representative works of Cooper, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville,
James, and others.
261. Essay Writing. (2) Primarily for those interested in writing for
publication, with concentration on the various types of essays; admission
to the class only after conference with the instructor. Mr. Shaw
:: Proficiency in the use of the English language is recognized by the Faculty as a re-
quirement in all departments. A composition condition, indicated by cc under the grade
for any course, may be assigned in any department to a student whose writing is unsatis-
factory, regardless of previous credits in composition. Also the composition of all rising
juniors, both Wake Forest students and transfers, is examined for proficiency. The writing
of Wake Forest students is checked during their last course in sophomore English; that of
transfers is checked during the orientation period each fall. For removal of a composition
condition the student is required to take English 11 during the first semester for which he
registers following the assignment of the cc. Since English 11 is not taught in the summer
terms, a summer school student needing to remove a composition condition may repeat
English 111 without credit. Removal of the deficiency is prerequisite to graduation.
t This course is required of all sophomores in Wake Forest College, on the theory that
every college student should have an introduction to the literature of his own country. It is
not required of students who transfer from other standard institutions with credit for the
regular one-year course in sophomore literature, regardless of the content.
128
English
262.' Short Story Writing. (2) A study of the fundamental principles
of short fiction writing; constant practice in writing; admission by con-
sent of the instructor. Mr. Shaw
264. Advanced Expository Writing. (3) An advanced course in expo-
sition. Emphasis on logical thinking and on clarity and cogency in organi-
zational structure and style. May not be taken by a student who has
already received credit for English 263. Not credited toward an English
major. P-153, 156, C average in 111, 112, and permission of the instructor.
Mrs. Raynor
281, 282. Honors Course in English. (3,3) A conference course for
senior students who wish to graduate "with Honors in English." Atten-
tion given to the special reading requirement and the thesis requirement.
Mr. Potter
301. The Structure of English. (3) An introduction to the principles and
techniques of descriptive linguistics applied to contemporary American
English. The course satisfies a state requirement for public-school cer-
tification in English. Also open to students who do not plan to teach.
304. History of the English Language. (3) A survey of the development
of English syntax, morphology, phonology, and vocabulary from Old
English to the present day.
310. Introduction to Medieval Literature. (3) A study of important
medieval literary works, exclusive of Chaucer's, illustrating literary
genres, theories of interpretation, and major literary themes.
311. English Drama to 1580. (3) English dramatic literature from the
medieval beginnings to 1580, with emphasis on the Cycle Plays, Morali-
ties, and early secular dramas. Mr. Shorter
315. Chaucer. (3) Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and
Criseyde; some attention to sources and to literary and social background.
Mr. Shorter
319. Sixteenth Century Literature. (3) Survey of major non-dramatic
prose and poetry of Tudor England. Emphasis on Edmund Spenser
and the later Elizabethans. Mr. FOSSO
323, 324. Shakespeare. (3,3) An introduction to Shakespeare as a
dramatist and poet in relationship to his predecessors and contem-
poraries. A study of eight representative plays in 323, of eight others in
324.
326. English Literature, 1600-1660. (3) Non-dramatic prose and poetry
of the seventeenth century, exclusive of Milton. Consideration of the
religious, political, and scientific background of the period. Mr. FOSSO
129
English
327. Milton. (3) The poetical works of John Milton, with the concen-
tration on Paradise Lost, and with the reading of selected prose.
331. The English Novel to 1832. (3) The history of the English novel
to 1832. Emphasis on Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Smollett, Sterne,
Austen, and Scott. Mr. Lovett
333. The Age of Pope. (3) Representative work of the major English
writers of the period 1700-1740. Special emphasis upon Swift, Pope,
Addison, and Steele, but attention also to other significant figures.
Mr. Kenion
334. The Age of Johnson. (3) Major English writers from Gray to
Burns excluding the novelists; special attention to the letter writers and
to Johnson, Boswell, Goldsmith, and Burns. Mr. Brown
337. Romantic Poets. (3) A rapid survey of the beginnings of roman-
ticism in English literature, followed by a study of Wordsworth, Cole-
ridge, Byron, Keats, and Shelley; collateral reading in the prose of the
period. Mr. WlLSON
338. Blake, Yeats, and Thomas. (3) A reading and critical analysis of
the poetry of Blake, Yeats, and Dylan Thomas; some attention to the
literary movements with which they are associated. Mr. WlLSON
340. Victorian Novelists. (3) A study of Dickens, Thackeray, the
Brontes, Eliot, Meredith, with some attention to their contemporaries;
special attention to the social and literary background. Mr. Drake
341. The Major Victorian Poets. (3) A study of Tennyson, Browning,
and Arnold as literary artists and as exponents of the literary, social
and philosophical concepts of their era. Mr. Drake
342. From Victorian to Modern. (3) English prose, poetry, and fiction
from 1860 to 1900, with emphasis upon predominant social and intel-
lectual currents of the period. Mr. Carter
345. Twentieth Century Poetry. (3) Selected American and British
poets of the twentieth century. Miss Phillips
348. The Modern Novel. (3) Readings in twentieth century British and
American fiction. Mr. Potter
355. American Fiction from 1865 to 1915. (3) To include such writers
as Twain, James, Howells, Crane, Dreiser, Wharton, and Cather.
Mr. Gossett
356. Intellectual and Social Movements in American Literature Since
1915. (3) Selected topics such as naturalism, the novel of World War I,
Freudianism, Marxism, existentialism. Mr. Gossett
358. Whitman and Dickinson. (3) Studies in two major American poets
of the nineteenth century. MlSS PHILLIPS
130
Journalism
359. Literature of the South. (3) Studies in the poetry and prose of
the Southern United States, chiefly of the twentieth century.
370. Satire. (3) A study of the nature and art of literary satire, based
on examples of various forms and kinds to be selected mostly from
English and American works subsequent to 1650. Mr. Kenion
Courses for Graduate Students*
(Note: Not every course listed in this section will be given
every year, but at least two will be offered each semester of the
regular academic year, and normally one will be offered each
term of the summer session. )
410. Literary Criticism. (3)
415. Studies in Chaucer. (3) Mr. Shorter
419. English Drama, 1580-1642. (3)
421. Studies in Spenser. (3) Mr. Fosso
425. Studies in Seventeenth Century English Literature. (3)
435. The Major Augustans. (3) Mr. kenion
443. The Nineteenth Century English Novel. (3) Mr. Carter
444. English Poetry of the Nineteenth and Twentieth
Centuries. (3) Mr. Wilson
455. Studies in American Fiction. (3) Mr. Gossett
457. American Poetry. (3) Miss Phillips
491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3)
Journalism
For a career in the newspaper profession, breadth of academic
background is essential. The following courses, which provide
the fundamentals of professional training, are concerned with
the basic principles of journalistic writing and editing, and with
a conception of the newspaper as a whole.
271. Journalistic Writing. (3) Survey of the fundamental principles of
news-writing; study of news and news values, and of outstanding news-
papers. P-lll, 112 Mr. Shaw
For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin.
131
German
272. Copy-editing. (2) A laboratory course in copy-editing, headline-
writing, typography, and make-up. P-lll, 112, 271 Mr. Shaw
274. Special Feature Articles. (2) Practice in writing articles for news-
papers and magazines, with emphasis on selecting subject, gathering
material, and on the preparation and sale of manuscripts. P-lll, 112,
and preferably 271. Mr. Shaw
277. The Editorial. (2) Analysis of editorial policies of typical news-
papers, discussions of current events and topics for editorial expression,
and practice in writing various types of editorials. P-lll, 112, 271, 272
Mr. Shaw
278. History of American Journalism. (2) A study of the development
of the American newspaper, with detailed investigations of representative
papers and editors, and with special reference to the problems of present-
day journalism. P-lll, 112 Mr. Shaw
German
Professors Fraser, O'Flaherty
Associate Professor Sanders
Assistant Professor West
Instructors Bridgewater, Place
A major in German requires 30 credit hours, including Ger-
man 281 and German 285.
Highly qualified German majors are considered by the De-
partment for admission to the honors program in German. They
must meet certain preliminary requirements, participate in at
least one senior seminar at this institution, earn a QPR of not
less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in German,
complete a senior research project and pass a comprehensive
examination. They are then graduated with the designation of
"Honors in German."
Attention is called to the exchange program which Wake
Forest University maintains with the Free University of Berlin
(see page 68).
Ill, 112. Elementary German. (3,3) This course covers the principles
of grammar and pronunciation, and includes the reading of simple texts.
151, 152. Intermediate German. (3,3) The principles of grammar are
reviewed, and there is much reading of selected German prose and
poetry. P-lll, 112 or equivalent.
211, 212. Introduction to German Literature. (3,3) The object of this
course is to acquaint the student with masterpieces of German literature.
Parallel readings and reports are assigned. P-151, 152
132
German
217. Conversation and Phonetics. (3) A course in spoken German,
emphasizing facility of expression. Considerable attention is devoted to
phonetics. P-152 or equivalent.
218. Composition and Grammar Review. (3) A review of the funda-
mentals of German grammar, with intensive practice in translation and
composition. P-152 or equivalent.
219. Advanced Composition. (3) A study of advanced grammar and
composition. English texts will be translated into German in addition
to free composition in German. P-218 or equivalent.
220. German Civilization. (3) A survey of contemporary German cul-
ture, including a study of its historical development in broad outline.
The course is conducted in German. P-217 or permission of instructor.
223, 224. Eighteenth Century German Literature. (3,3) The Enlighten-
ment and Sturm und Drang are treated in the first semester; Weimar
Classicism and early Romanticism in the second. P-211, 212 or equivalent.
250. German Literature to 1700. (3) A study of major writers and works
(in modern German translation) from the Old High German, Middle
High German, Renaissance and Baroque periods. P-211, 212 or equivalent.
263. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (I). (3) Poetry,
prose, dramas and critical works from approximately 1795 to 1848. P-211,
212 or equivalent.
264. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (II). (3) Readings
from the beginnings of Poetic Realism to the advent of Naturalism. P-
211, 212 or equivalent.
281. Seminar: Twentieth Century Prose. (3) Investigation of modern
literary movements, centering on intensive study of certain works by
Mann, Hesse, and Kafka, plus outside reading. P-211, 212 or equivalent.
285. Seminar: Goethe. (3) Faust Part I will be studied in class. Parallel
readings in other works by Goethe will be assigned. P-211, 212
287, 288. Honors Course in German. (2,2) A conference course in German
literature and in bibliography. A major research paper is required. De-
signed for candidates for departmental honors.
133
History
History
Professors Covey, Gokhale, Perry, Smiley, Stroupe,
Lowell R. Tillett, Yearns
Visiting Professors Bronner, Tate
Associate Professors Barnett (Chairman), Berthrong,
Hendricks, Mullen, Zuber
Assistant Professors Barefield, McDowell, J. H. Smith
Instructors Hadley, Platte, Sinclair, Van Meter
The Bachelor of Arts degree is awarded to students who com-
plete the requirements for the bachelor's degree as stated else-
where in this catalog and take their major in History. The
History major is 33 semester hours and must include History
111, 112, 151, and 152, or their equivalents. In addition, a
prospective major must complete History 381, or its equivalent.
No credit will be recommended for the course until a grade of
at least C is awarded for the major paper. The remaining 18
hours of the History major and 18 hours of required work in
related fields are selected by the student and a History adviser.
Highly qualified History majors are considered by the depart-
ment for admission to the honors program in History. They
must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of
not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in
History, complete satisfactorily History 287, 288, and pass a
comprehensive written examination. They are then graduated
with the designation of "Honors in History." For additional
information consult members of the History staff.
Students contemplating graduate study should plan to take
required and general survey courses early in their college
careers, should include the course in Historiography, and should
acquire a reading knowledge of one modern foreign language
(preferably French, German or Russian) for the M.A. degree
and two for the Ph.D. degree. For information regarding the
Master of Arts degree in History at Wake Forest University
consult the Bulletin of the Division of Graduate Studies.
Ill, 112. Modern Europe. (3,3) Europe in its world setting from the
Renaissance to the present. Prospective History majors should take this
course in the freshman year. P-lll for 112 STAFF
134
History
151, 152. The United States. (3,3) Political, social, economic, and intel-
lectual aspects. Prospective History majors should take this course in
the sophomore year. 151: before 1865; 152: after 1865. Staff
215, 216. The Ancient World. (2,2) Critical focus on the Greeks in the
fall, and Romans in the spring, but in global context of paleolithic to
medieval; psychological-philosophical stress. Mr. Covey
220. The Reformation. (2) Europe in the 16th century with religious,
social, and intellectual developments stressed. Mr. Barefield
221. The Renaissance. (3) Western Europe, 1300-1520, with social, cul-
tural, and intellectual developments stressed, and with particular atten-
tion given to Italy. Mr. Barefield
240. History of the American Negro. (3) The role of Afro- Americans
in the development of the United States with particular attention to
African heritage, forced migration, Americanization, and influence.
Mr. Smith
257, 258. The South. (3,3) Geography, population elements, basic insti-
tutions, and selected events. Mr. Smiley
264. Economic History of the United States. (3) The economic develop-
ment of the United States from colonial beginnings to the present. This
course may count as History or Business Administration, but not both.
Mr. Perry
265. American Diplomatic History. (3) An introduction to the history
of American diplomacy since 1776, emphasizing the effects of public
opinion on fundamental policies. Mr. Perry
271. 272. Latin American. (3,3) Colonial: fall; national: spring; cul-
tural-configurational approach. Mr. Covey
287, 288. Honors Course in History. (3,3) A two-semester sequence of
seminars on problems of historical synthesis and interpretation. Designed
for seniors who are candidates for distinction in history. Staff
311, 312. Social and Intellectual History of Modern Europe. (3,3) Intel-
lectual trends in Western European Civilization. Fall: seventeenth and
eighteenth centuries; spring: nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
Mr. Berthrong
315. The Middle Ages. (3) A survey of European history, 400-1300,
stressing social and cultural developments. Mr. Barefield
316. France and England in the Twelfth and Thirteenth Centuries. (3)
The structure of society, the nature of law, church-state relations, intel-
lectual developments. P-315 or permission of instructor. Mr. Barefield
135
History
319, 320. Germany. (3,3) Fall: origins of the German nation and the
rise of Prussia in a context of particularism. Spring: from the Reich of
Bismarck to divided Germany. Mr. McDowell
323, 324. England. (3,3) A political and social survey, with some atten-
tion to continental movements. Fall: to 1603; spring 1603 to present.
Messrs. Barnett, Hadley
325. 326. Tudor and Stuart England. (3,3) An intensive constitutional
and social study of the period. Fall: the Tudors; spring: the Stuarts.
Mr. Barnett
329, 330. Modern England. (3,3) Political, social, economic, and cul-
tural history of England since 1714. Fall: to 1815; spring: since 1815.
(Not offered 1970-71.) Mr. Hadley
331, 332. Russia. (3,3) Primarily political, with some attention to cul-
tural and social developments. Fall: the Russian Empire; spring: the
Soviet Union. Mr. Tillett
335, 336. Twentieth Century Europe. (3,3) Emphasis on international
questions and the changing position of Europe in the world. Fall: 1914
to 1939; spring: 1939 to the present. Mr. McDowell
341, 342. History and Civilization of Southeast Asia. (3,3) From the
earliest times to the present; special attention to religion, social organiza-
tion, economy, literature, art, and architecture. Mr. GOKHALE
343. Imperial China. (3) Development of traditional institutions in
Chinese society to 1644; attention to social, cultural and political factors,
emphasizing continuity and resistance to change. Mr. Sinclair
344. Modern China. (3) Manchu Dynasty and its response to the West-
ern challenge; 1911 Revolution; warlord era and rise of the Communists;
Chinese Communist society; Cultural Revolution. Mr. Sinclair
345. 346. History and Civilization of South Asia. (3,3) An introduction
to the history and civilization of South Asia. Emphasis on historical
developments in the social, economic, and cultural life. Mr. GOKHALE
347, 348. Modern India. (3,3) The historical development of India since
1600. Topics include the Mughal Empire, the growth of British rule, and
the Western impact on the emergence of modern India.
Mr. GOKHALE
349, 350. East Asia. (3,3) An introduction to the social, cultural, and
political development of China, Japan, and Korea. Fall: to 1600; spring:
since 1600. (Not offered 1970-71.) Mr. Sinclair
136
History
351, 352. Social and Intellectual History of the United States. (3,3) The
relationship between ideas and society. Religion, science, education, arch-
itecture and immigration are among the topics discussed. Mr. Zuber
353. Colonial America. (3) The background and development of colonial
America to 1763. Emphasis on political, social, economic, and cultural
characteristics as they became uniquely American. Mr. Hendricks
354. Revolutionary and Early National America 1763-1820. (3) The
American Revolution, its causes and effects, the Confederation, the Con-
stitution, and the new nation. Mr. Hendricks
355. The Westward Movement. (2) The role of the frontier in United
States history, 1763-1890. Mr. Smiley
359. Recent American History I. (3) From the Populist Era to the
"Roaring-Twenties," including reform movements, imperialism, progres-
sivism, and World War I. Mr. Smith
360. Recent American History II. (3) From the "Roaring-Twenties" to
contemporary times, including the Great Depression, the New Deal,
World War II and post-war developments. Mr. Smith
362. American Constitutional History. (3) Origins of the constitution,
the controversies involving the nature of the union, and constitutional
readjustments to meet the new American industrialism. Mr. Yearns
367, 368. North Carolina. (3,3) Selected phases of the development of
North Carolina from colonial beginnings to the present. Fall: to 1789;
spring: since 1789. Mr. Stroupe
381. Historical Methods and Research. (3) For History majors. Orienta-
tion in historical methodology, instruction in the bibliographical tools, and
individual research and writing. Staff
391, 392. Historiography. (2,2) A survey of the principal historians
and their writings from ancient times to the present. Fall: European
historiography; spring: American historiography. Mr. Perry
Courses for Graduate Students
411, 412. Seminar in Modern European History. (3,3)
Mr. Tillett
435. European Diplomatic History, 1848-1914. (3)
Mr. Mullen
137
Mathematics
436. Europe Since 1939 (3) Mr. McDowell
442. Seminar on Southeast Asia. (3) Mr. Gokhale
445. Traditional India. (3) Mr. Gokhale
447. Seminar on Modern India. (3) Mr. Gokhale
451, 452. Seminar in United States History. (3,3) Mr. Smiley
458. Civil War and Reconstruction. (3) Mr. Yearns
491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) Staff
Mathematics
Professors Gentry, Sawyer, Seelbinder
Visiting Professor Brauer
Associate Professors Gay, Gaylord May, Graham May,
Waddill
Assistant Professors Baxley, Howard, Frank L. Scott
Instructor Daniel J. Richman
Vice President Lucas
This Department offers basic courses in each of the main
divisions of Mathematics: algebra, analysis, geometry, applied
mathematics.
A major in this Department (33 hours) must include courses
111, 112, 113, 121, 311, 321, 331.
Any student preparing to teach mathematics in the secondary
school should include in his program courses 111, 112, 113, 121,
321, 331, 332.
Highly qualified Mathematics majors are considered by the
Department for admission to the honors program in Mathe-
matics. They must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn
a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all
work in Mathematics, complete satisfactorily a senior research
paper and pass a comprehensive oral and written examination.
They are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in
Mathematics." For additional information consult members
of the Mathematics staff.
138
Mathematics
102. Principles of Mathematics. (3) Selected topics of pre-calculus
mathematics for non-science students. No student will be allowed credit
for both 105 and 102.
105. Introduction to Mathematical Analysis. (3) Pre-calculus mathe-
matics. No student will be allowed credit for both 105 and 102.
Ill, 112, 113. Calculus with Analytic Geometry I, II, III. (3,3,3) Dif-
ferential and integral calculus and an investigation of the basic ideas of
analytic geometry.
121. Linear Algebra. (3) Vectors and vector spaces, linear transforma-
tions and matrices, linear groups and determinants.
142. Introduction to Axiomatic Methods. (3) A sophomore-level course
to facilitate the transition from courses which emphasize problem solving
to those in which the emphasis is on proving theorems.
157. Introduction to Probability. (3) Probability and distribution func-
tions, permutations and combinations, means and variance. One who takes
this course may not receive credit for Econ. 157 or Soc. 380, or Bus.
Ad. 368.
161. Modern Finite Mathematics. (3) Sets, mathematical models,
probability, matrices, linear programming, decision theory, and theory of
games.
162. Analysis for the Biological Management and Social Sciences. (3)
Selected topics in analytic geometry and differential and integral calculus.
No student will be allowed credit for both 162 and 111.
251. Differential Equations. (3) First order equations, theory and
solutions of higher order linear equations, series solutions, existence
and uniqueness theorems.
255. Theory and Applications of the Digital Computer I. (1) An intro-
duction to Fortran programming. One hour lecture, two hours laboratory
for one-half semester.
256. Theory and Applications of the Digital Computer II. (3) A con-
tinuation of Math 255, including PL/1, Symbolic Programming Systems,
and basic machine language. (2-2)
294. History of Mathematics. (3) The development of mathematics,
together with a study of the lives of leading mathematicians. P-113
301+. Basic Concepts of Algebra for Teachers. (3) Number systems and
associated mathematical structures (groups, rings, fields).
139
Mathematics
302+. Basic Concepts of Geometry for Teachers. (3) Euclidean geometry
with a brief introduction to non-Euclidean geometries.
311+, 312. Advanced Calculus. (3,3) Elementary metric space topology,
integration, differentiation, infinite series, implicit and inverse function
theorems, integral theorems of vector analysis.
317, 318. Theory of Functions. (3,3) Limits, implicit functions, power
series, double series, Cauchy's Theorem and its applications, residues,
Riemann surfaces, conformal mapping.
321+, 322. Modern Algebra. (3,3) Groups, fields, rings, determinants,
matrices, linear dependence, linear transformations, quadratic and
bilinear forms.
323, 324. Determinants and Matrices. (3,3) Basic concepts and theorems
concerning determinants and matrices including some of the recent and
most important results in the study of algebraic matrices.
331+, 332. Geometry. (3,3) Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry.
333. Introduction to Topology. (3) Topological properties of spaces
including Euclidean, metric and Hausdorff spaces.
335. Projective Geometry. (3) Synthetic and analytic treatment cen-
tering around Desargue's Theorem and the principal of projectivity.
345, 346. Theory of Numbers. (3,3) Properties of integers, congruences,
theorems of Fermat and Wilson, primitive roots, arithmetic functions,
quadratic reciprocity, sums of squares.
348. Combinatorial Analysis. (3) Generating functions, the principle of
inclusion and exclusion, partitions and graph theory.
351, 352. Applied Analysis. (3,3) Vector analysis, complex integration
vector spaces, linear transformations, Fourier Series, special functions,
partial differential equations, calculus of variations.
355. Numerical Analysis. (3) A computer-oriented study of various
analytical and numerical methods. (2-2)
357, 358. Statistics. (3,3) Probability distributions, mathematical ex-
pectation, sampling distributions. Introduction to estimation and testing
of hypotheses, regression and correlation and analysis of variance. C. 113.
381+. Research (2) Library and conference work performed on an
individual basis. Open only to students with superior records. Six hours
per week. P-permission of the staff.
t Not for credit toward the M.A. Degree in Mathematics.
140
Military Science
Courses for Graduate Students*
411, 412. Real Analysis. (3,3)
413, 414. Complex Analysis. (3,3)
421, 422. Abstract Algebra. (3,3)
423, 424. Seminar on Theory of Matrices. (1,1)
431. General Topology. (3)
433. Algebraic Topology. (3)
435. Differential Geometry. (3)
443. 444. Seminar on Number Theory. (1,1)
491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3)
Military Science
Colonel Joseph H. Hoffman, Jr., Professor
Major Raymond E. Burrell, Assistant Professor
Major Thomas C. Richardson, Assistant Professor
Captain Oliver B. Ingram, Jr., Assistant Professor
Captain Westford D. Warner, Assistant Professor
Master Sergeant David Tinga, Assistant
Master Sergeant Thomas L. Johnson, Assistant
Sergeant First Class Edgar E. Shiver, Assistant
Sergeant Kenneth A. McElhaney, Assistant
The ROTC program is composed of a Basic Course (academic
freshmen and sophomores) and an Advanced Course (academic
juniors and seniors).
The Basic Course seeks to develop initiative and confidence,
to increase the capacity for leadership, to provide instruction in
military subjects common to all branches of the Army, and to
lay a foundation for intelligent leadership.
The Advanced Course develops further the objectives of the
Basic Course and enables students to qualify for commissions
in the Army. Entrance into the Advanced Course is selective,
based on demonstrated performance and potential. Upon grad-
uation, students who have completed the Advanced Course
For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin.
141
Military Science
receive commissions as Second Lieutenants in the United States
Army Reserve. Those who have demonstrated outstanding lead-
ership, scholarship and military aptitude may be designated
"Distinguished Military Students" and may then apply for a
Regular Army Commission.
ROTC textbooks and uniforms are furnished without cost.
The $20.00 uniform deposit required of each ROTC student,
less charges for loss or damage, and a $2.00 assessment for the
Military Ball, are refunded at the end of the school year or upon
withdrawal from the Course.
Advanced Course ROTC students receive a monetary allow-
ance of $50.00 per month, except during the summer camp
period at the end of the junior year. All summer camp expenses,
including travel, are paid by the Government. Total remunera-
tion for the Advanced Course is over $1,300.00.
Except when credit for previous ROTC or military service is
allowed, failure to enroll in ROTC as an academic freshman
will normally preclude later participation. A highly competitive
program for transfer students and others unable to take ROTC
during their first two years is available to sophomores. Success-
ful completion of a six-week basic summer camp prior to the
junior year will qualify applicants under this program to enter
the Advanced Course. Transfer students who have previously
enrolled in any Department of Defense ROTC program usually
may continue in Army ROTC at Wake Forest.
ROTC students may apply for and receive a 1-D Selective
Service deferment after the first semester of the freshman year.
The contract between the University and the Department
of the Army requires each student "to devote the number of
hours to military instruction prescribed by the Secretary of
the Army." The Department of Military Science therefore
establishes separate rules on attendance and on procedures
governing the ROTC program at the University.
The ROTC Cadet Corps includes a Band, Drill Team, and
Rifle Team. The latter, accepted as a minor sport, engages in
intercollegiate competition. Chapters of the national military
honor societies of Scabbard and Blade and Pershing Rifles are
actively associated with the ROTC program.
Exceptional achievement in military leadership and scholar-
ship is recognized through a number of annual awards sponsored
142
Music
by the President of the University, the Department of the Army,
military associations and several patriotic organizations. Details
may be obtained from the Professor of Military Science.
Courses Offered — Military Science
111, 112. First Year Basic. (1,1) The role, organization and manage-
ment of national defense; introduction to basic military skills and lead-
ership. Academic subject also required.* (l-iy2)
151, 152. Second Year Basic. (2,2) American military history; methods
of geographic location and reference; introduction to basic tactics; leader-
ship application. P-lll, 112 (2-1%)
211, 212. First Year Advanced. (2,2) Leadership techniques; military
teaching principles; small unit tactics and communications; advanced
leadership application. Academic subject also required.* P-151, 152
(3-iy2)
251, 252. Second Year Advanced. (2,2) Military operations, logistics,
administration, and law; active duty orientation; supervision of Leader-
ship Laboratory program. Academic subject also required.* P-211, 212
(3-iy2)
Music
Professor T. McDonald
Associate Professors Huber (Chairman), P. S. Robinson
Assistant Professor Giles
Instructors L. S. Harris, C. W. Smith
Part-Time Teachers Felmet, Stone
Artist In Residence Kalter
A major in this Department requires 36 hours plus 4 hours of
Ensemble, f The following course work is required of all Music
majors: Music 155-156; 157-158; 213; 214; 233-234; and 4 hours
of Ensemble.
In addition to the preceding requirements, the following
courses in Music are specific requirements for each of the follow-
ing degree programs: Applied Music — 16 hours of Applied
Music. Church Music — Music 229; 230; 231; 293; 295; and 12
hours of Applied Organ or Voice. Music Education — Music 143-
144; 145-146; 147-148; 235-236; 291; 293-294; 295; 12 hours of
Applied Music; and 15 hours of Education.
In the preceding curricula Music majors may count only 40
hours of Music toward the 128 hours required for graduation.
f No student may register for more than one hour of Ensemble credit each semester. Not
more than eight hours Ensemble credit will be counted toward graduation.
143
Music
Music majors are required to attend all faculty and student
recitals and to demonstrate performing ability in student re-
citals. At the discretion of the music faculty a public recital will
also be required.
Qualified Music majors are considered for admission to the
honors program in Music provided they meet certain preliminary
requirements and complete the academic requirements for the
Music major with a minimum QPR of 3.3 in Music and an over-
all minimum QPR of 3.0. Further requirements are: a memor-
ized senior recital to include one lesser work assigned two weeks
before the recital and prepared without the aid of the teacher;
also the performance in the senior year of two additional memor-
ized major works to be prepared without the aid of the teacher.
Applied Music candidates for honors must also present to the
music faculty a lecture-recital on the tonal and structural anal-
ysis of the material in the senior recital three weeks before the
recital. Music Education candidates must prepare a major score
during the final semester, do the total rehearsing and conduct
it in a public performance. All candidates for honors in Music
must complete satisfactorily a comprehensive examination in the
fields of music theory, music history, and music literature.
Music Theory
101. Fundamentals. (3) Music terminology, scales, keys, intervals,
chords, rhythms, abbreviations and smaller forms. Primarily for students
not majoring in music, or music majors (without credit) having a
deficiency in music theory.
155, 156. Theory. (3,3) Music reading as applied to vocal and keyboard
performance. Rhythms in scale and interval singing. Ear training based
on chord study equal to diatonic harmony. P-101, or equivalent.
157, 158. Theory (3,3) Study of triads, seventh and ninth chords and
their inversions. Melody harmonization and practical composition in-
volving modulation in the smaller forms.
211, 212. Advanced Harmony. (3,3) Study of melody harmonization and
composition in the smaller forms involving chromatic chords and non-
harmonic tones. Analysis of passages from standard literature. P-157, 158.
213. Counterpoint. (3) Strict counterpoint in the five species with two
to four voices. Also a study of "free" or modern counterpoint. P-157, 158.
144
Music
214. Composition, Form and Analysis. (3) Study of practical compo-
sition involving harmonic and contrapuntal materials in small and large
forms. P-157, 158, 213
217. Introduction to Twelve-Tone Composition. (3) A study of the de-
vices of serial composition and their application in creative composition
both in small and large forms.
235. Orchestration. (2) Study of instrumentation emphasizing orchestral
styles, with practical experience in scoring for strings, winds, and per-
cussion. P-158 or permission of instructor.
236. Orchestration and Scoring for Band. (2) Advanced scoring for the
orchestra or the contemporary concert band. Selection of the medium
is made by the student with approval of the instructor. P-235
Music Literature
102. Music Appreciation. (3) Open to all students desiring an under-
standing of music as an element of liberal arts culture and who wish to
equip themselves for more intelligent appreciation and listening.
225. Twentieth Century Music. (3) A survey of the major musical styles,
genre, and media of contemporary music from Debussy to the present.
226. Jazz. (3) A history of the half-century of Jazz in America, its
trends, and influences.
227. Opera. (3) A study of the major operatic works from Gluck to the
present. (Offered in alternate years.)
228. The Romantic Symphony. (3) A study of the major symphonic
compositions from Beethoven and Schubert through Tschaikovsky and
Mahler. (Offered in alternate years.)
229. Hymnology. (3) Hymns in their historical religious settings: Greek,
Latin, Reformation, Metrical Psalms, Anglican, etc.
230. Church Music and Literature. (3) Survey of the great oratorios,
cantatas, anthems, and organ compositions of the church.
231. Music in the Church. (3) Function of the church musician and the
relationship of his work to the overall church program.
233, 234. Music History. (3,3) Survey of the history, literature and
meaning of music, aiming to stimulate intelligent hearing and under-
standing of music and its social uses. Illustrative recordings.
237. Bach and Handel. (3) A study of the major musical compositions
of the two great masters of the late Baroque. (Offered in alternate years.)
238. Beethoven. (3) An introduction to the music of Beethoven; a study
of the relationship to his predecessors and contempories and his influence
on the music of the nineteenth century. (Offered in alternate years.)
145
Music
Methods*
291. Education-Teaching of Music. (3) Teaching and supervision of
choral and instrumental music in the public schools, grades 1-12. P-157,
158
293, 294. Education-Voice Methods. (1,1) Survey of voice technic with
demonstration and application. Primarily for students preparing for
choral conducting.
295. Education-Choral and Instrumental Conducting. (3) Principles of
conducting. P-157, 158
297, 298. Education-Piano Literature. (2,2) Survey course of piano
teaching materials. Several large works from the standard repertoire will
be studied in detail during the second semester.
Ensemblef
109, 110. Orchestra. (1,1) Study and performance of works from the
classical and modem repertoire.
Ill, 112. Choir. (1,1) Study and performance of sacred and secular
choral literature. This organization forms the chapel choir. A selected
group forms the touring choir.
113, 114. Band. (1,1) Concert Band: Study and performance of the
standard band repertoire in regular campus and public appearances
including an annual tour.
Varsity Band: For those students who lack the necessary time and pro-
ficiency to participate in the Concert Band.
Marching Deacons Band: Performs for most of the football games and
rehearses during the first half of the fall semester at the Concert Band
time.
115, 116. Accompanying. (1,1) Study of the elements of accompanying
through class discussion and studio experience. One class meeting per
week with three assigned laboratory periods.
Applied Music
Applied Music courses are open to all college students with
the approval of the instructor. Applied Music Students are
expected to attend all departmental Recital Hours. The follow-
ing descriptions are suggested performance levels for the four
years of study in the various fields of concentration.
* Each course in this division may count as either Music or Education, but choice must
be indicated at registration.
t No student may register for more than one hour of Ensemble credit each semester. Not
more than eight hours Ensemble credit will be counted toward graduation.
146
Music
Lesson and Practice Schedule
Students enrolled in any Applied Music course will note the
following schedule of weekly lessons and practice:
One half hour lesson with minimum of five hours practice.
Credit, 1 hour each semester
One hour lesson with minimum of ten hours practice.
Credit, 2 hours each semester
Note: All examinations in Applied Music courses will be given by the
Music Department faculty and grades will be determined by this group.
Piano
Ilia, 114a. Scales, chords, inversions, appropriate standard literature
with emphasis on sight-reading; harmonization, simple transposition.
Primarily a functional approach for instrumentalists.
The following literature for each year of study indicates the desirable
proficiency attainment. Students who do not major in music are per-
mitted to begin and pursue piano study at any level of advancement.
Ill, 112. Bach, Two Part Inventions; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 14, No. 1;
Chopin, Prelude, Op. 28, No. 17.
113, 114. Bach, Sinfonia; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 10, No. 1; Chopin,
Etude, Op. 10, No. 9.
211, 212. Bach, Well Tempered Clavier; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 27,
No. 1; Brahms, Intermezzo, Op. 118, No. 2.
213, 214. Bach, English Suites; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 31, No. 2;
Copland, Passacaglia.
Organ
111, 112. Manual and pedal technique; clarity in contrapuntal playing;
Bach's Eight Little Preludes and Fugues; hymn playing.
113, 114. Pedal scales; smaller Preludes and Fugues of Bach; Chorale
Preludes; simple works of more modern composers; hymn playing.
211, 212. More difficult Bach Preludes and Fugues and Chorale Pre-
ludes; selected works by Mendelssohn, Franck, etc.
213, 214. Larger Preludes and Fugues of Bach; Trio Sonatas; selected
modern composers of all Schools; Widor, Vierne, Dupre, etc.
147
Music
Voice
This curriculum gives the student every opportunity to master the art
of singing from posture and breathing to the singing of the great arias
and songs of the classics.
Ill, 112. Establishment of correct breath and pronounciation habits.
Early Italian and English songs.
113, 114. Moderately difficult arias of the Classic period and early Ro-
mantic art songs. Participation in student recitals.
211, 212. More difficult Classic arias, moderately difficult songs and
arias of the Romantic period in original languages. Participation in stu-
dent recitals, oratorio, and music-drama.
213, 214. Attention to developing individual style and interpretation.
More difficult songs and arias of all periods in original language. Senior
recital.
Orchestra and Band Instruments
The following instruments are designated by course numbers 111, 112,
113, 114, 211, 212, 213, and 214 corresponding to eight successive
semesters.
Flute
Trumpet
Violin
Oboe
French Horn
Viola
Clarinet
Trombone
Cello
Bassoon
Euphonium
Double Bass
Saxophone
Tuba
Percussion
Studies of progressive difficulty covering tone production, scales, and
technical studies, all articulations or bowings, embellishments, phrasing,
etudes, solo and small ensemble repertoire, excerpts from band and
orchestral literature and applied transpositions.
Secondary Courses
143, 144. Brass and Percussion Instruments Class. (1,1) Fundamentals
of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. Twice weekly
with minimum of five hours practice.
145, 146. String Instruments Class. (1,1) Fundamentals of playing and
teaching all members of the string family. Twice weekly with a minimum
of five hours practice.
147, 148. Woodwind Instruments Class. (1,1) Fundamentals of playing
and teaching all members of the woodwind family. Twice weekly with
minimum of five hours practice.
151, 152. Voice Class. (1,1) Offered to two or more students preparing
for private voice course. Minimum of five hours practice weekly.
148
Philosophy
Applied Music Fees
Students enrolled for individual or class study in applied
music as offered above will note the following schedule of
semester fees, in addition to tuition, payable to the Treasurer
not later than November 1 and March 1, respectively.
One hour lesson per week $80.00
One half hour lesson per week (voice and instruments only) 50.00
Class instruction (maximum fee per student) 30.00
Practice studio (with piano) rental per semester (one
hour daily) 6.00
Practice studio (with piano) rental per semester (two
hours daily) 10.00
Organ practice per semester (one hour daily) 10.00
Organ practice per semester (two hours daily) 14.00
Other instrument rental per semester 5.00
Philosophy
Professor Helm
Associate Professors Hester, Pritchard (Chairman)
Assistant Professor Lewis
The Spilman Philosophy Seminar, open to advanced students
in Philosophy, was established in 1934 through an endowment
provided by Dr. Bernard W. Spilman. The income from the en-
dowment is used for the seminar library, which now contains
about 4,000 volumes. Additional support for the library and
other departmental activities is provided by the A. C. Reid
Philosophy Fund, which was established in 1960 by friends of
the Department. The furniture in the library and seminar room
was donated in honor of Mr. Claude Roebuck and Mr. and Mrs.
W. A. Hough by their families.
Two distinguished alumni of the College have made possible
the establishment of a lectureship and a seminar. The late
Guy T. Carswell of Charlotte, North Carolina, has endowed the
Guy T. and Clara Carswell Philosophy Lectureship, and a gift
from Mr. James Montgomery Hester of Long Beach, California,
has established the James Montgomery Hester Philosophy
Seminar.
The Department invites highly qualified majors to apply for
admission to its honors program. In order to graduate with
"Honors in Philosophy," the candidate must complete a satis-
149
Philosophy
factory senior research paper for Philosophy 299 and pass an
examination, which may be oral or written or both, on the paper
and selected subjects; in addition the candidate must attain a
QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work
in Philosophy.
A major in this Department requires 24 credit hours, includ-
ing Philosophy 161, 211, 212, 261, 297, and 298.
151. Basic Problems of Philosophy. (3) An examination of the basic con-
cepts of several representative philosophers, including their accounts of
the nature of knowledge, man, God, mind, and matter.
161. Logic. (3) An elementary study of the laws of valid inference,
recognition of fallacies, and logical analysis.
202. Medieval Philosophy. (3) An examination of the major philosoph-
ical schools of the Middle Ages, concentrating on the thought of the
Christian Scholastics. P-151.
211. Continental Rationalism. (3) A study of the doctrines of mind,
matter, God, and nature in the philosophies of Descartes, Spinoza, and
Leibniz. P-151.
212. British Empiricism. (3) An examination of the philosophies of
Locke, Berkeley, and Hume, with special attention to problems of knowl-
edge and ethics. P-151.
221. Contemporary Philosophy. (3) A study of philosophical thought in
the twentieth century, including analytical philosophy, phenomenology,
and existentialism. P-151.
230. Plato. (3) A detailed analysis of selected dialogues covering Plato's
major contributions to ethics, metaphysics, theory of knowledge, and the-
ology. P-151.
231. Aristotle. (3) A study of the major texts, with emphasis on meta-
physics, ethics, and theory of knowledge. P-151.
241. Kant. (3) A detailed study of the selected writings covering Kant's
major contributions to theory of knowledge, metaphysics, ethics, and
religion. P-151.
242. Hegel. (3) An examination of metaphysics, logic, epistemology,
ethics, and philosophy of history in Hegel's major works. P-151.
261. Ethics. (3) A critical study of selected problems and representa-
tive works in ethical theory. P-151.
279. Philosophy of Science. (3) A systematic exploration of the concept-
ual foundations of scientific thought and procedure. P-151.
150
Physical Education
285. Philosophy of Art. (3) A critical examination of several philoso-
phies of art, with emphasis upon the application of these theories to
particular works of art. P-151.
287. Philosophy of Religion. (3) A systematic analysis of the logical
structure of religious language and belief, including an examination of
religious experience, mysticism, revelation, and arguments for the na-
ture and existence of God. P-151.
290. Readings in Philosophy. (3) A discussion of several important
works in philosophy or closely related areas. P-151.
294. Seminar in Epistemology . (3) A comprehensive survey of philo-
sophical conceptions of knowledge. P-151.
295. Seminar in Metaphysics. (3) A comparative study of traditional
and contemporary approaches to metaphysics. P-151.
297, 298. Seminar: Advanced Problems in Philosophy. (3,3) A careful
examination of selected topics in philosophy. P-151.
299. Honors. (3) Directed research for honors paper.
Physical Education
Professor Barrow*
Visiting Professsor Jackson
Assistant Professors Casey, Crisp, Ellison, Pollock,
Rhea
Instructors Mary G. Cage, Clougherty, Dawson, Le-
feavers, Stark
The purpose of the Department of Physical Education is to
organize, administer and supervise the following programs: (1)
Required Physical Education Program consisting of condi-
tioning activities, varied team and individual sports, special
corrective and remedial instruction to all students with physical
problems according to the individual's need, and to teach some
basic information on posture and body mechanics, physiological
principles5 and practical health facts which must be observed
to maintain a state of health and physical fitness. (2) Intra-
mural Sports Program which allows all students to participate
and specialize in sports which will be of lifelong benefit. (3)
Supervised Recreation Program consisting of varied recrea-
tional and leisure time activities. (4) Professional Curriculum
Program which will offer the necessary training for those in-
Absent on leave, Fall 1969.
151
Physical Education
terested in the fields of Health, Physical Education, Recreation
and Athletic Coaching.
Required Physical Education
Physical Education 111 and 112 are required of all freshmen
and transfer students who have not complied with this require-
ment. For those men enrolled in ROTC Physical Education
111 and 112 requirement may be postponed until the sophomore
year but must be completed by the end of that second year
of attendance in Wake Forest College. Not more than four
hours of required or elective physical education may be counted
toward graduation.
Ill, 112. Physical Education. (1,1) A basic course consisting of body
mechanics, basic health and physiological principles, dance, exercise and
sports designed to develop fundamental skills. Students' needs and in-
terests will be met through controlled election of activities based upon
standardized proficiency examination and/ or previous experiences.
Ill, 112. Physical Education (Special). (1,1) A course consisting of
remedial instruction or limited activity for students with special problems,
handicaps or medical excuses.
Elective Physical Education
For those students who wish to specialize in sports activities
beyond the requirement, a varied sports program is offered. Any
two of the courses listed below may be elected for credit toward
graduation. Prerequisite, Physical Education 111-112.
Hours to be arranged
159. Beginning Golf
160. Intermediate Golf
161. Beginning Badminton &
Tennis
162. Fundamentals of Dance
163. Dance Choreography
164. Gymnastics
165. Beginning Bowling
166. Beginning and Inter-
mediate Swimming
167. Advanced Swimming;
Beginning Scuba
Credit. 1 hour each
168. Life Saving; Water Safety
Inst. Course
169. Weight Training and
Conditioning
170. Handball: Squash Racquets
172. Water Ballet; Synchronized
Swimming
173. Conditioning; Body
Mechanics
174. Intermediate Badminton
and Tennis
175. Intermediate Bowling
176. Marksmanship Sports
152
Physical Education
Courses for Major Students
Students desiring to elect a major in Health and Physical
Education and to satisfy the state requirements for a teaching
certificate must be of Junior standing, and will be required to
have Biology 111 and 112, and a minimum of 35 hours in Health
and Physical Education. The following courses are required
of all major students: 251, 254, 258, 352, 353, 355, 356, 357,
and 363. Men students must take 220, 221, 222, and 224.
Women students must take all of these except 222 for which
they substitute 228. The remaining hours may be selected
from 271, 376, and 381.
Physical Education major students who are considering grad-
uate study should take course 381 as an elective. Education 291
is to be taken by students completing requirements for a
teaching certificate.
Physical Education majors with superior records are con-
sidered by the department for admission to the honors program
in Physical Education. These students must meet certain cri-
teria which have been established by the department, earn a
QPR of at least 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all hours
required for the major in Physical Education, participate satis-
factorily in Physical Education 381, and pass a comprehensive
written examination. Upon satisfactory completion of these
requirements, they will be recommended for graduation with
"Honors in Physical Education."
211. Foundations of Health and Physical Fitness. (2) A presentation
of the physiological, psychological, and sociological foundations of per-
sonal health and physical fitness.
220. Methods and Materials in Gymnastics, Aquatics, and Dance. (3)
Presentation of knowledge and skill in gymnastics, aquatics, and dance,
and knowledge of methods and materials in teaching and coaching of
these activities.
221. Methods and Materials in Recreational Games and Sports, and
Folk Dance. (3) Presentation of knowledge, skill, and methods of teaching
recreational sports, games of low organization, and folk dance.
222. Theory of Coaching Sports (Men). (3) Presentation of the know-
ledge of methods and materials in coaching football, basketball, baseball,
and track and field.
153
Physical Education
224. Methods and Materials in Team and Individual Sports. (3) Theory
and practice in organization and teaching of selected team and individual
sports included in a comprehensive physical education program.
228. Methods and Materials in Women's Sports (Women). (3) Presen-
tation of knowledge and skill in team sports for women, and a knowledge
of methods and materials in teaching and officiating.
251. Principles of Physical Education. (3) A general introductory course
and orientation into physical education and its relation to general educa-
tion and the present organization of society.
254. First Aid; Athletic Injuries. (1) A course in practical application
of first aid and treatment of minor athletic injuries.
258. Organization and Administration of Health and Physical Education.
(3) A course in problems and procedures in Health and Physical Educa-
tion and the administration of an interscholastic athletic program.
271. Recreation Leadership. (3) This course emphasizes the various
theoretical and practical aspects of leadership in various types of recrea-
tion.
352. Anatomy and Physiology. (3) A course to provide students of
physical education with a functional knowledge of the anatomic structure
and physiologic function of the human body.
353. Physiology of Exercise. (3) This course presents the many effects
of muscular activity on the processes of the body which constitutes the
scientific basis of Physical Education.
355. Adapted Physical Education. (2) A course in body mechanics and
kinesiology dealing with a program for all handicapped and special
problems in Health and Physical Education.
356. Evaluation and Measurement in Health and Physical Education.
(2) A course in measurement techniques and beginning statistical pro-
cedures to determine pupil status in established standards of health and
physical education which reflect the prevailing educational philosophy.
357. Kinesiology. (3) An analysis of human movement in motor skills
based on anatomic, physiologic and mechanical principles.
363. Personal and Community Health. (3) A course presenting personal,
family, and community health and the significant developments and cur-
rent research in the field.
371. Motor Learning and Performance. (3) Motor skill learning and
performance are analyzed on the basis of psychological principles and
concepts, with special reference to the nature of learning, characteristics
of the learner, and management of the learning environment.
154
Physics
376. Organization and Administration of Recreation. (3) A course in
recreational problems and the administration of the several types of
recreation.
381. Research in Physical Education. (3) A study of research methods
and design, with special emphasis on selecting, denning, and analyzing
potential problems.
Physics
Professors Turner, Brehme, Shields,
G. P. Williams, Jr.
Assistant Professor Woldseth
In addition to the courses prescribed by the College, the re-
quirements for a B.S. Degree with a major in Physics are:
1. A minimum of 33 hours of Physics which must include
courses 111, 112, 151, 154, 211, 311, 312, 343, 344, 345, 346.
2. Chemistry 111, 114, 115, 116.
3. Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 251.
The following schedule is an example of the kind of course
selection recommended for a major in Physics:
Freshman Year Sophomore Year
Physics 111, 112 Physics 151, 154, 211
History 111, 112 English 151, 152
English 111, 112 Math 113, 251
Language* 151, 152 Religion
Mathematics 111, 112 Social Science
Physical Education 111, 112
Junior Year Senior Year
Physics 343, 344 Physics 311, 312
Physics 345, 346 Physics Electives
Philosophy Other Electives
Chemistry
Electives
Highly qualified Physics majors are considered by the Depart-
ment for admission to the honors program in Physics. They
must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of
not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in
Physics, complete satisfactorily Physics 381 and pass a com-
prehensive written examination. They are then graduated with
the designation of "Honors in Physics." For additional infor-
mation consult members of the Physics staff.
* German or Russian is preferred; French is allowed. The student
should refer to the language requirement of the College on page 92.
155
Physics
101, 102. Natural Philosophy. (3,3) A study of the history, philosophy
and social impact of the physical sciences.
105. Descriptive Astronomy. (3) An introductory study of the universe,
from the solar system to the galaxies.
Ill, 112. General Physics. (4,4) The basic course, without calculus, for
freshmen and sophomores. (3-2)
151, 152. Introductory Mechanics. (3,3) The fundamental principles of
mechanics, wave motion, and heat. P-Math 111
154. Mechanics Laboratory. (1) Classical experiments performed with
special attention given to analysis of errors. (0-3)
211, 212. Introductory Electricity. (4,4) The fundamental principles of
electricity, magnetism, optics and modern physics. P-112, Math 112. (3-2)
230. Electronics. (3) Elements of electron theory as applied to vacuum
tubes, transistors, and associated circuitry. P-112, Math 112
301, 302. Advanced General Physics.t (4,4) A course designed for
science teachers. Credit is not allowed for graduate students in the
Department of Physics. (3-2)
311. Mechanics. (3) A senior level treatment of analytic classical
mechanics. P-152, Math 251.
312. Electromagnetic Theory. (3) A senior level treatment of classical
electromagnetic theory. P-211, Math 251.
343, 344. Modern Physics. (3,3) Application of the elementary princi-
ples of quantum mechanics to atomic and molecular physics.
345, 346. Modern Physics Laboratory. (1,1) The laboratory associated
with Physics 343, 344. (0-3)
351. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics. (3) A study of the
laws of thermodynamics and the kinetic theory of molecular motion.
352. Physical Optics and Spectra. (3) Physical optics and the quantum
treatment of solid state, molecular and atomic spectra. P-343.
381. Research. (2) Library, conference and laboratory work performed
on an individual basis. (0-6)
Courses for Graduate Students*
412. Classical Mechanics. (3)
413. Electromagnetism. (3)
441, 442. Quantum Mechanics. (3)
* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin.
156
Political Science
452. Solid State Physics. (3)
455. Magnetic Properties of Solids. (2)
456. Seminar on Defects in the Solid State. (2)
461. Nuclear Physics. (3)
470. Statistical Mechanics. (3)
480. Theory of Relativity. (3)
485. Seminar in Theoretical Physics. (3)
491, 492 Thesis Research. (3)
Political Science
Professor Richards
Professor of Asian Studies Gokhale
Associate Professors Fleer (Chairman), Moses,
Steintrager
Assistant Professors Broyles, Reinhardt, Schoon-
maker, Sears, Thornton
The major in Political Science is 30 hours and must include
Political Science 151, 230, 251, 260, and three additional hours
in American Government. The remaining 15 hours in the major
and 18 hours of required work in related fields are selected by
the student and the Political Science adviser. One who elects
Political Science to fulfill the basic requirement in the social
sciences must take Political Science 151. The additional three
hours will normally be selected from Political Science 152, 230,
251, and 260, but any other course numbered 211 to 266 may be
elected with the permission of the Department. Political Science
151 is prerequisite for all other courses in the field. Students of
demonstrated ability, however, may be admitted to advanced
courses without this prerequisite, with the written approval of
their major adviser and the instructor concerned.
Highly qualified Political Science majors are considered by
the Department for admission to the honors program in Political
Science. They must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn
a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all
157
Political Science
work in Political Science, successfully complete several honors
courses, and pass a comprehensive examination on a research
project and selected bibliography recommended by the Depart-
ment.
American Government
151. American Institutions and Politics. (3) Introduction to the nature
and development of American political principles, institutions, and
processes. STAFF
152. American Public Policies. (3) Problems and policies of American
government as related to domestic affairs and foreign relations. Staff
211. American Political Parties. (3) A systematic examination of
political parties with particular attention given to party systems, internal
organizations, the electoral function, and responsibilities for governing.
Mr. Fleer
212. Political Behavior. (3) A study of the formation and expression
of political opinions and the role of political participation in a democratic,
representative system. Mr. Fleer
213. Public Administration: Practice and Process. (3) Bureaucracy
viewed internally. Theory, practice, problems, organization and manage-
ment of administrative agencies for achieving public goals.
Mr. Thornton
214. Public Administration: Policy and Politics. (3) External relations
of bureaucracy. Agency role in policy formation and implementation.
Problems of political responsibility. Mr. THORNTON
218. Legislative Behavior. (3) A systematic examination of the compo-
sition, authority structures, external influences and procedures of legisla-
tive bodies in the United States. Mr. Fleer
221. State and Local Government and Politics. (3) Political patterns,
organization, processes and problems of U. S. nonnational governments.
Mr. Thornton
222. Urban Government and Politics. (3) Political structures and pro-
cesses in American cities and suburbs as they relate to the social,
economic, and political problems of the metropolis. Mr. RICHARDS
225. American Constitutional Law: Separation of Powers and the Fed-
eral System. (3) An analysis of Supreme Court decisions affecting the
three branches of the national government and federal-state relations.
Mr. Richards
226. American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties. (3) Judicial inter-
pretations of First Amendment freedoms, racial equality, and the rights
of the criminally accused. Mr. Richards
158
Political Science
227. The Judicial Process. (3) An analysis of the role of courts and the
legal system in the American political process. Mr. RICHARDS
Comparative Government
230. Comparative Politics. (3) A comparative analysis of democratic
and authoritarian political systems in industrial and nonindustrial
societies. Staff
231. Great Britain and Western Europe. (3) A study of the British
political system in comparison with continental European systems, par-
ticularly those of France and West Germany. Mr. SCHOONMAKER
232. The Soviet Union and Eastern Europe. (3) A comparative exami-
nation of the political structures and processes of the Soviet Union and
other selected nondemocratic regimes of Eastern Europe. Mr. MOSES
233. Politics of Developing Areas. (3) A study of the various social,
economic, psychological and political problems that beset nation-states
undergoing the process of industrialization. Mr. SCHOONMAKER
236. Latin America. (3) A comparative analysis of the structures and
processes of the political systems in Latin America. Mr. MOSES
239. Government and Politics in East Asia. (3) An introduction to the
political culture of East Asia, with primary emphasis on the nature and
development of political thought and processes in China and Japan.
Mr. Reinhardt
240. Government and Politics in Southeast Asia. (3) An introduction
to the political culture of Southeast Asia with special emphasis on nation-
building and interregional relations. Mr. Reinhardt
245. Government and Politics of South Asia. (3) A study of the govern-
ments of India, Pakistan, Nepal, and Ceylon. Emphasis on political
organizations, party structures, and subnational governmental systems.
Mr. Gokhale
International Politics
251. Fundamentals of International. Politics. (3) An introduction to the
basic principles and problems of international political life in the
twentieth century. Mr. Sears
252. Current Problems in International Politics. (3) An examination of
one or more of the major problems of contemporary international politics.
Mr. Sears
254. American Foreign Policy. (3) A study of the principles and policies
which characterize America's approach to the world in the contemporary
period. Mr. Sears
159
Political Science
258. International Relations of the Latin American States. (3) A survey
of the political relations of the Latin American states among themselves
and with other states, especially the United States. Mr. MOSES
Political Philosophy
260. Introduction to Political Philosophy: Aristotle's Politics. (3) A
detailed textual examination of parts of Aristotle's Nicomachean Ethics
and Politics. Mr. Broyles
261. Ancient and Medieval Political Philosophy. (3) Survey of ancient
and medieval political philosophy from Plato through Marsilius with
extensive treatment of one or two authors. Mr. Broyles
262. Modern Political Philosophy. (3) Survey of modern political phil-
osophy from Machiavelli through Nietzsche with extensive treatment of
one or two authors. Mr. Steintrager;
263. Twentieth Century Political Thought. (3) Studies in the writings
of Camus, Max Weber, and others with special regard to the contem-
porary crisis of liberal democracy and the eclipse of political philosophy.
Mr. Steintrager
264. American Political Thought. (3) Critical examination of the unify-
ing theme of American politics. Mr. Broyles
266. Asian Political Thought. (3) A study of the origins and develop-
ment of political thought in Asia including the political ideas of the
Confucian, Hindu-Buddhist and Islamic traditions.
Mr. Reinhardt
Research and Honors
280. Political Science: Survey of the Discipline. (3) The science of
politics as a field of inquiry, primary problems and research tools.
Especially for prospective graduate students. Mr. STEINTRAGER
281, 282. Research in Political Science. (3,3) An advanced course
devoted to extensive reading and research in the field of Political Science.
Admission to the course is by permission of the Department only.
Staff
283, 284. Honors Reading and Research. (2,2) A conference course de-
voted to a specified reading program in the first semester and a research
and writing project in the second semester. To be taken in the senior year
by all candidates for departmental honors. Staff
160
Psychology
Psychology
Professors John E. Williams, Beck, Dufort
Associate Professors Catron, Hills, Horowitz
Assistant Professors Falkenberg, Chas. L. Richman,
Woodmansee
Instructors Filler, Harbin
Psychology 151 is prerequisite to all courses. An average of
C in Psychology courses is required at the time the major is
elected. Major students complete 30 hours of work, including
Psychology 211, 212, and 323. In addition to the basic (general
B.A.) mathematics requirement, a major student must take
three additional hours of mathematics from among the follow-
ing: 111, 157, 161, 255, or other courses approved by the Depart-
ment of Psychology.
Highly qualified majors are invited to enter the departmental
honors program in the junior year. Successful completion of the
program with the designation "Honors in Psychology" requires
that the candidate earn a minimum QPR of 3.3 on all work in
Psychology and 3.0 in all other academic work; complete satis-
factorily a special sequence of courses including Psychology 281,
282 and 284; and pass a comprehensive written and/or oral
examination.
151. Introductory Psychology. (3) A systematic survey of Psychology
as the scientific study of behavior. Prerequisite to all other courses in
Psychology.
211, 212. Experimental and Quantitative Methods. (4,4) Introduction to
basic experimental methods and statistical techniques in the major con-
tent areas of psychology. (2-4) P-151
241. Psychology of Adjustment. (3) Normal range of adjustment and
personality patterns emphasized. For non-majors. P-151
266. Developmental Psychology. (3) Survey of physical, emotional,
cognitive, and social development of the child from varied points of view.
P-151
273. Psychology of Business and Industry. (3) Psychological principles
and methods applied to problems commonly encountered in business and
industry. P-151
281, 282. Original Problems. (2,2) Non-statistical characteristics of
properly-designed research, followed by supervised research experience.
281 and 282 normally are taken in that order; credit for either alone
requires special permission. 281: 2-0; 282: 0-4. P-211, 212, instructor's
consent.
161
Psychology
284. Honors Seminar. (3) Seminar on selected problems in psychology;
intended primarily for students in the departmental honors program.
P-211, instructor's consent.
321. Learning Theory and Research. (3) Theoretical and experimental
issues in the psychology of learning; no attempt is made to cover applica-
tions to practical (e.g., educational) situations. P-151.
323. History and Systems. (3) The development of psychology from
Aristotle through recent systems of psychology, e.g., functionalism, be-
haviorism, Gestalt. P-151
324, 325. Advanced Theory and Method. (3) Seminar treatment of cur-
rent problems. 324. Sensation and Perception. 325. Learning and Moti-
vation. Typically, only one course offered in a given year. P-211, 212,
instructor's consent.
331. Comparative Psychology. (3) Behavioral differences in animals at
various levels of the phylogenetic scale. (2-2) P-151
332. Physiological Psychology. (3) Physiological bases of behavior, with
special reference to the nervous system. (2-2) P-151
336. Perception and the Cognitive Processes. (3) Survey of theory and
evidence related to problems of perception and thinking. P-151
338. Motivation of Behavior. (3) Survey of basic motivational concepts
and related evidence. P-151
344. Abnormal Psychology. (3) Descriptive analysis of the major types
of abnormal behavior with focus on organic, psychological, and cultural
causes, and major modes of therapy. P-151
352. Psychological Appraisal. (3) Psychological tests reviewed in theory,
construction, and use. (2-2) P-151
356. Personality Theory and Research. (3) Classical and contemporary
theories of personality and related research studies. P-151
358. Survey of Clinical Psychology. (3) An overview of the field of
clinical psychology. P-344, senior or graduate standing, instructor's con-
sent.
362. Social Psychology. (3) Research and issues in social psychology,
including social perception, social motivational theory, attitude measure-
ment and change, social learning, and small group behavior. P-151.
Courses for Graduate Students*
415, 416. Research Design and Analysis in Psychology. (3,3).
427, 428. Behavior Theory. (2,2)
434. Biological Psychology. (3)
* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin.
162
Religion
451. Theory and Practice of Psychological Testing. (3)
457. Experimental Approaches to Personality. (2)
465. Advanced Social Psychology. (3)
481. Contemporary Problems in Psychological Theory. (3)
483. Reading and Research in Psychology. (1 to 3)
491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3)
Religion
Professors E. W. Hamrick, Angell, Bryan, Griffin
Visiting Professor Tate
Associate Professors Dyer, Mitchell, Talbert, Trible
Instructor Sammy K. Williams
Visiting Lecturers J. Daniel Brown, Rose
The Department of Religion offers courses in instruction
designed to give every student entering Wake Forest an oppor-
tunity to acquire at least an introduction to the life, literature
and the most important movements in the field of religion. It
also seeks to give to students preparing for specialized service,
as religious education directors, ministers, and missionaries, the
foundational courses needed for further study.
Six hours in Religion are required for all degrees. Three
hours to be selected from courses: 111, 112, 153, 155, 157; and
three hours from the following: 231, 256, 261, 264, 271.
A major in Religion requires 30 credit hours — at least 12
hours in Biblical studies and the remaining hours from other
offerings of the Department.
A major in Religious Education requires 30 credit hours —
12 hours in Biblical studies and 18 hours selected from the
following: Religion 240, 256, 264, 271, 292, 341, 342, 343, 350;
Music 229, 230.
Pre-seminary students are advised to include in their program
163
Religion
of study, in addition to courses in Religion, courses in Philos-
ophy, Ancient History, Public Speaking, and two languages,
Greek or Latin, and German or French.
Majors in Religion who have completed two courses in the
Department with a QPR of 3.3, and an overall QPR of 3.0 on
all college work, may apply to the Chairman of the Department
for admission to the honors program. Normally this is to be
done by February of the junior year. Upon completion of all
the requirements, the candidate will be graduated with the
designation of "Honors in Religion." For further information
consult members of the Religion Department.
111. Introduction to the Old Testament. (3) A survey of the Old
Testament designed to introduce the student to the history, literature and
religion of the ancient Hebrews.
112. Introduction to the New Testament. (3) A survey of the environ-
ment, literature and thought of the New Testament, showing the sig-
nificance of the ministry of Jesus and the origins of the Christian Church.
153. The Hebrew Prophets. (3) A study of the background, personal
characteristics, function, message, contribution, and present significance
of the Hebrew prophets.
155. Jesus and the Synoptic Gospels. (3) An examination of Matthew,
Mark, and Luke as theologies and a consideration of the quest for the
historical Jesus.
157. The Bible Through the Ages. (3) A study of the beginnings,
development, and transmission of the Bible with special attention to the
formation of the canon and the history of Biblical translation.
231. Basic Christian Ethics. (3) The biblical and theological foundations
of the Christian Ethic and its expression in selected contemporary prob-
lems.
236. Church and Community . (3) An examination of the basic needs
and trends of the contemporary community, especially the rural and
suburban, in the light of the Christian norms for "the good community".
240. Theory of Religious Education. (3) A study of the nature and
meaning of religious education with emphasis upon the basic foundations
in religion and education.
256. American Religious Life. (3) A study of the history, organization,
worship and beliefs of American religious bodies, with particular attention
to cultural factors.
164
Religion
261. World Religions. (3) The place of religion in life and the origin,
nature, and accomplishments of the living religions of the world, studied
from the historical point of view.
264. History of Christianity. (3) A rapid survey of the history of the
Christian Church.
271. An Introduction to Christian Theology. (3) A study of the ground,
structure and content of Christian belief.
281, 282. Honors Course in Religion. (3,3) A Conference course for
those who wish to graduate with "Honors in Religion," providing the
student guidance for a comprehensive exam or research project. Both
semesters must be completed.
292. Teaching of Religion. (3) A study of the teaching of religion in
church, school and community. This course may be credited as Educa-
tion for those who are applicants for a state teacher's certificate in
religious education.
311, 312. An Introduction to Biblical Hebrew. (3,3) A study of the
essentials of Hebrew grammar, syntax, and vocabulary. Reading and
exegesis of selected passages from the Old Testament. Credit will be
given for 311 only with the successful completion of 312.
314. Introduction to Biblical Archaeology. (3) A survey of the contri-
butions of Near Eastern archaeology to Biblical studies.
315. The Narrative Literature of the Old Testament. (3) A study of
types of narratives in the Old Testament and of the relationship between
literary forms and meaning.
316. Poetic Literature of the Old Testament. (3) A study of Hebrew
Poetry — its types, its literary and rhetorical characteristics, and its
significance in the faith of ancient Israel.
317. The Ancient Near East. (3) A comparative study of ancient Near
Eastern cultures and religions, with special emphasis on Israel's relation-
ships with surrounding peoples.
318. Travel Seminar in the Mediterranean World. (3) Travel and study
in such countries as Greece, Italy, Turkey, Egypt, Lebanon, Syria and
Israel.
327. Major Epistles of Paul. (3) Consideration of one of the following:
Romans, I Corinthians, II Corinthians, Galatians, or Colossians. P-3 hours
in Religion.
334. Christian Ethics and Contemporary Culture. (3) A study of the
encounter between the Christian Ethic and the value systems implicit
in certain social areas such as economics, politics, race and sex.
341. Administration of Religious Education. (3) A study of the prin-
165
Religion
ciples of organization and leadership in religious education, with par-
ticular attention to curricula materials.
342. Religious Education of Children. (3) Designed as an introduction
to the study of child development and its significance for the home and
church in regard to religious education.
343. Religious Education of Young People and Adults. (3) A study of
growth and development through adolescence to adulthood, with emphasis
on the role of the home and the church in religious education.
346. Theological Foundations of Religious Education. (3) A study of
theological methodology, theories of learning and philosophies of educa-
tion in terms of their implications for religious education.
350. Psychology of Religion. (3) An examination of the psychological
elements in the origin, development, and expression of religious exper-
ience.
362. Post-Biblical Judaism. (3) The rise and development of post-
Biblical (Rabbinic) Judaism until modern times.
365. History of Religions in America. (3) A study of American religions
from Colonial times until the present.
367. The Primitive Church. (3) A study of the major problems of
Christian origins; readings of primary sources and investigation of
selected themes. P-3 hours in Religion.
373. The History of Christian Thought. (3) A study of the history of
Christian thought, beginning with its Hebraic and Greek backgrounds and
tracing its rise and development to modern times.
374. Contemporary Christian Thought. (3) An examination of the major
issues and personalities in modern theology.
378. Theology and Modern Literature. (3) A consideration, in the
light of the theological thought, of the human situation as reflected in
the works of recent novelists.
Courses for Graduate Students*
416. Old Testament Theology. (3)
418, 419. Old Testament Exegesis. (3,3)
421. New Testament Theology. (3)
423, 424. New Testament Exegesis. (3,3)
438. Seminar in Historical Types of Christian Ethics. (3)
For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin.
166
French
448. Seminar in Religious Education. (3)
466. Seminar in Christian History. (3)
475. Seminar in History of Christian Thought. (3)
480. Theology and the Aesthetic. (3)
491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3)
Romance Languages
A major in this Department requires 30 hours in either
French or Spanish. Students enrolled in language courses
numbered 111, 112, 151, 152 are required to spend one hour
per week in the language laboratory as part of their class
preparation.
Highly qualified French or Spanish majors are considered by
the Department for admission to the honors program in
Romance Languages. To be graduated with the designation
"Honors in Romance Languages," they must meet certain pre-
liminary requirements, earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all
college work and 3.3 on all work in Romance Language courses,
complete French or Spanish 281, and pass a comprehensive writ-
ten and oral examination. The oral examination may be con-
ducted, as least in part, in the student's major language.
I
French
Professors Mary F. Robinson, Parcell, Parker,
Shoemaker
Associate Professor Anne Tillett
Visiting Lecturers Jasson, Rodtwitt
Instructors Bourquin, Freeman
111, 112. Elementary French. (3,3) A course for beginners, covering the
principles of French grammar and emphasizing speaking and writing
and the reading of elementary texts.
151, 152. Intermediate French. (3,3) A review of grammar and compo-
sition with practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. P-lll, 112
153. Intermediate French. (5) A review of grammar and composition
with practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. Not open to stu-
dents who have completed 151 or>152 or equivalent. P-lll, 112.
211, 212. Introduction to French Literature. (3,3) Reading of selected
texts from the Middle Ages to the twentieth century. P-151, 152
167
French
221. Conversation and Phonetics. (3) Practice in speaking French,
stressing phonetics, pronunciation, fluency, correctness of sentence struc-
ture and vocabulary of everyday situations. P-152
222. Composition and Review of Grammar. (3) A systematic review of
the fundamental principles of grammar, with intensive practice in trans-
lation and composition. P-152
223. Advanced Composition. (3) Further analysis of comparative gram-
mar and practical training in writing French, from literary models and
in free composition. P-222.
224. French Civilization. (3) An introduction to French culture and
its historical development. Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political,
social and economic life of France. P-221 or permission of instructor.
231. Medieval French Literature. (3) A survey of French literature of
the Middle Ages with cultural and political backgrounds. Selected master-
pieces in original form and modern transcription. P-211.
232. Sixteenth Century French Literature. (3) A study of the outstand-
ing writers of the century. P-211, 212
241, 242. Seventeenth Century French Literature. (3,3) A study of the
outstanding writers of the classical age. P-211, 212
244. Moliere. (3) Translation and discussion in class of certain plays,
with others assigned for parallel reading. P-211, 212
246. Racine. (3) Translation and discussion in class of certain plays,
with others assigned for parallel reading. P-211, 212.
251. Eighteenth Century French Literature. (3) A survey of French
philosophical and political literature of the eighteenth century. Emphasis
on Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau, and L' Encyclopedic P-211
261. French Romanticism. (3) A study of the chief French romantic
poets. Translation in class, supplemented with paralled reading. P-211,
212.
262. French Literature of the Latter Nineteenth Century. (3) A survey
of French literature of the latter half of the nineteenth century with cul-
tural and political backgrounds. Emphasis on poetry. P-211, 212
263. Trends in French Poetry. (3) Poetic theory and practice in France
from the Renaissance to the Revolution. Analysis and interpretation of
a number of works from this period. P-211
264. The French Novel. (3) A study of several masterpieces in the field
of the novel, along with the development of the genre from the early
seventeenth to the late nineteenth century. P-211, 212.
168
Russian
265. Nineteenth Century French Drama. (3) A study of the principal
dramatic works of the nineteenth century in France, including examples
of romanticism, realism, naturalism, symbolism. P-211, 212.
271, 272. Twentieth Century French Literature. (3,3) A study of gen-
eral trends and of representative works of the foremost prose writers,
dramatists and poets. P-211, 212. (Not offered in 1970-71.)
281. Reading and Research. (3) Extensive reading in French literature.
Study of bibliography and research techniques. Presentation of a major
research paper. Restricted admission. Required for departmental honors.
II
Hindi *
Professor Gokhale
111, 112. Elementary Hindi. (3,3) A course in Basic Hindi grammar
and vocabulary building.
151, 152. Intermediate Hindi. (3,3) Introduction to literary Hindi, con-
versation and composition.
Ill
Russian *
Associate Professor Anne Tillett
111, 112. Elementary Russian. (3,3) The essentials of Russian grammar
and reading of elementary texts. Admission with the consent of the
instructor.
151, 152. Intermediate Russian. (3,3) Continuation of the study of
Russian grammar, with practice in conversation and composition. Reading
of selected texts. P-lll, 112
153. Intermediate Russian. (5) A review of grammar and composition
with practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. Not open to stu-
dents who have completed 151 or 152 or equivalent. P-lll, 112.
211, 212. Introduction to Russian Literature. (3,3) Reading of selected
texts from the 19th and 20th centuries. P-151, 152.
213. Russian Literature of the Nineteenth Century. (3) A study of the
foremost writers with reading of representative works. (Offered in alter-
nate years with Russian 211.) P-152.
214. Contemporary Russian Literature. (3) Reading of representative
works with discussion of political backgrounds. (Offered in alternate years
with Russian 212.) P-152.
* These courses are attached to the Department of Romance Languages for administrative
purposes only.
169
Spanish
IV
Spanish
Professor King
Associate Professors Bryant, Campbell
Instructor Wardlaw
111, 112. Elementary Spanish. (3,3) A course for beginners, covering
grammar essentials, and emphasizing speaking, writing, and the reading
of elementary texts.
151, 152. Intermediate Spanish. (3,3) A review of grammar and compo-
sition with practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. P-lll, 112
153. Intermediate Spanish. (5) A review of grammar and composition
with practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. Not open to stu-
dents who have completed 151 or 152 or equivalent. P-lll, 112.
211, 212. Introduction to Hispanic Literature. (3,3) Selected readings
in Spanish and Spanish American Literature from the beginnings to
the contemporary period. P-151, 152
221. Conversation and Phonetics. (3) Spoken Spanish, with stress on
pronunciation, intonation, fluency, correctness of sentence structure, and
the vocabulary of everyday situations. P-152
222. Latin American Civilization. (3) The culture and its historical
development. Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social and eco-
nomic life. P-221 or permission of instructor. (Offered in alternate years.)
223. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (3) Review of the funda-
mental principles of grammar, with intensive practice in translation,
composition and language analysis. P-152
224. Spanish Civilization. (3) The culture and its historical development.
Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social, and economic life. P-
221 or permission of instructor. (Offered in alternate years.)
225. 226. Survey of Spanish Literature. (3,3) The first semester includes
Spanish literature to 1700; the second, Spanish literature from 1700 to
the present. P-211, 212; also recommended, 221. (Offered in alternate
years.)
227. Spanish American Literature. (3) A general survey of Spanish
American literature from the Colonial through the contemporary period.
P-211, 212
234. Spanish Prose Fiction Before Cervantes. (3) A study of the
several types of prose fiction, such as the sentimental, chivalric, pastoral,
Moorish, and picaresque novels prior to 1605. P-211, 212.
241. Golden Age Drama. (3) A study of the major dramatic works of
Lope de Vaga, Calderon de la Barca, Tirso de Molina, Ruiz de Alarcon,
and others. P-211, 212
170
Sociology and Anthropology
243. Cervantes. (3) Intensive study of the life and works of Cervantes,
with special emphasis on the Quixote and the exemplary novels. P-211,
212
261. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel. (3) A study of the novels
of Valera, Pereda, Galdos, Pardo Bazan, Blasco Ibahez and their con-
temporaries. P-211, 212
262. Spanish Romantic Drama. (3) An intensive study of Spanish
Romanticism with emphasis on the drama. P-211, 212
265. Spanish American Novel. (3) A study of the novel in Spanish
America from its beginnings through the contemporary period. P-211, 212
272. Modern Spanish Drama. (3) A study of the principal dramatic
works of the present century, from the "Generation of '98" through the
contemporary period. P-211, 212
273. Modern Spanish Novel. (3) A study of representative Spanish
novels from the "Generation of '98" through the contemporary period.
P-211, 212
281. Reading and Research. (3) Extensive reading in Spanish literature.
Study of bibliography and research techniques. Presentation of a major
research paper. Restricted admission. Required for departmental honors.
Sociology and Anthropology
Professors Banks, Patrick
Visiting Professor Novosel
Associate Professors Earle, Gulley, Tefft
Assistant Professors Evans, Woodall
Instructor Perricone
Lecturers Jowers, Ohta, Sanders
Basic course requirements: students who choose Sociology
and Anthropology to meet the basic course requirements in
the social sciences will take Sociology 151 and one of the follow-
ing: Sociology 152, Anthropology 162, or a 300-level course in
Sociology or Anthropology (except Sociology 371 through 386
and Anthropology 385-386: also note prerequisites for some
Anthropology courses).
Major in Sociology: 30 hours in the department, which must
include Sociology 151, 371, 380 and 384 and Anthropology 162.
Major in Anthropology: 30 hours in the department, which
must include Anthropology 162, 351 and 352 and Sociology
151, 380 and 384.
171
Sociology
Qualified Sociology and Anthropology majors may be con-
sidered by the department for admission to the honors program
in Sociology and Anthropology. They must have earned a QPR
of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in
this department, satisfactorily complete a senior research project
and pass a comprehensive oral and written examination. They
are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in Sociology
and Anthropology." Members of the staff may be consulted for
additional information.
Sociology
151. Principles of Sociology. (3) General introduction to the field:
social organization and disorganization, socialization, culture, social
change and other aspects.
152. Social Problems. (3) Survey of contemporary American social
problems. Credit is not allowed for 344 if this course is taken. P-151
248. Marriage and the Family. (3) The social basis of the family,
emphasizing the problems growing out of modern conditions and social
change.
323. Social Organization. (3) An analysis of the organization of contem-
porary society with emphasis on large-scale organizations. P-151
325. Industrial Sociology. (3) An analysis of the relationship between
industry and society. P-151
331. Urban Social Organizations and Agencies. (3) Lectures and field
work in community organizations and agencies dealing with social wel-
fare, health, poverty, etc. Especially recommended for students interested
in urban affairs or social work. P-151.
333. The Community. (3) A survey of materials relating to the com-
munity as a unit of sociological investigation with emphasis on the urban
setting. Of particular value for social work or community planning. P-151
335. Medical Sociology. (3) Analysis of the social variables associated
with health and illness and with the practice of medicine. P-151
337. Social Gerontology. (3) Basic social problems and processes of
aging. Social and psychological issues will be discussed. P-151
339. Public Opinion and Propaganda. (3) The study of public opinion
and propaganda and a consideration of mass communication. P-151
340. Sociology of Child Development. (3) Socialization through adoles-
cence in the light of contemporary behavioral science, emphasizing the
significance of social structure. P-151
341. Criminology. (3) Crime: its nature, causes, consequences and
methods of treatment and prevention. P-151
172
Anthropology
344. Social Deviation and Disorganization. (3) A theoretical approach to
social problems. Emphasis is on the relationship between social structure
and social problems. Credit is not allowed for 152 if this course is taken.
P-151
358. Population and Society. (3) Techniques used in the study of
population data. Reciprocal relationship of social and demographic
variables. P-151
359. Race and Culture. (3) Racial and ethnic group prejudice and dis-
crimination and its effect on social relationships. Emphasis on psycho-
logical and sociological theories of prejudice. P-151
360. Social Stratification. (3) Methods for locating and studying social
classes in the U. S. Class structure, function, mobility, and inter-class
relationships. P-151
371. Contemporary Social Theory. (3) A review of the major writings
in the field. Emphasis is placed on the content and on the development
of theory through time. P-151
380. Social Statistics. (3) Basic statistics, emphasizing application in
survey research. One who takes this course may not receive credit in
Bus. Adm. 368, Econ. 157, or Math. 157.
384. Social Research. (3) A survey of sociological research techniques.
Emphasis on developing actual studies. P-151
385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. (3,3) Intensive investigation of cur-
rent scientific research within the discipline which concentrates on prob-
lems of contemporary interest. Permission of instructor.
Anthropology
162. General Anthropology. (3) Basic concepts of anthropology, focusing
upon the biological and socio-cultural evolution of man from Pleistocene
to present and an analysis of his contemporary cultural diversity.
342. Peoples and Cultures of Latin America. (3) Ethnographic focus
on the elements and processes of contemporary Latin American cultures.
P-162 or permission of instructor.
343. Anthropology and Developing Nations. (3) Analytic survey of
problems facing emerging nations and the application of anthropology in
culture-change programs. P-162 or permission of instructor.
344. Medical Anthropology. (3) The impact of Western medical prac-
tices and theory on non- Western cultures and anthropological contribu-
tion to the solving of world health problems. P-162
351. Bioanthropology . (3) Introduction to biological (physical) anthro-
pology: human biology, evolution and variability. P-162
352. Cultural Anthropology. (3) A cross-cultural analysis of human
institutions concentrating on non-industrial societies. P-162
173
Anthropology
353. Peoples and Cultures of Africa. (3) The ethnology and prehistory
of Negro Africa south of the Sahara. P-162
354. Primitive Religion. (3) The world-view and values of nonliterate
cultures as expressed in myths, rituals and symbols. P-162 or Soc. 151
356. Archaeology. (3) Introduction to prehistoric archaeology: field and
laboratory techniques, with survey of world prehistory. P-162
357. Personality in Culture. (3) A study of the psychodynamics of
social personality and national character. P-162 or Soc. 151
358. The American Indian. (3) Ethnology and prehistory of the Ameri-
can Indian. P-162
362. Human Ecology and Geography. (3) The relations between man
and his inorganic and organic environment as mediated by culture.
373. Peoples and Cultures of Southeast Asia. (3) Ethnology and pre-
history of Southeast Asia. P-162 or permission of instructor.
385, 386. Special Problems Seminar. (3,3) Intensive investigation of cur-
rent scientific research within the discipline which concentrates on prob-
lems of contemporary interest. Permission of instructor.
Courses for Graduate Students*
Sociology
412. Development of Sociological Theory. (3)
421. Quantification in Social Research. (3)
426. Seminar: Sociological Research Methods. (3)
431. Seminar: An Analysis of Contemporary Society. (3)
491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3)
Anthropology
452. Anthropological Theory. (3)
462. Seminar: Research Methods in Social Anthropology. (3)
464. Seminar: Research in Applied Anthropology. (3)
472. Seminar: Research Methods in Archaeology. (3)
491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3)
For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin.
174
Speech
Speech
Professors Shirley, Welker
Associate Professors Burroughs, Tedford
Assistant Professors Hayes, Wolfe
Instructors Elkins, Neff
Theatre Speech Consultant Fullerton
The major in Speech consists of 30 credit hours which must
include courses 151, 161, 121 or 323, 231, 241 or 341, and 252.
The Speech adviser will recommend the remaining 12 hours
from courses that conform to the individual's needs. Each
Speech major is strongly urged to elect courses in the Social
Sciences, Psychology, Philosophy, and Literature.
Superior speech majors meeting certain specified requirements
may be invited by the Department to participate in the honors
program in Speech. To fulfill the requirements of honors, a
student must earn a QPR of 3.3 on all Speech courses and an
overall QPR of 3.0, successfully complete Speech 289, and
pass a comprehensive written and oral examination at the end
of the senior year. Upon satisfactory completion of these re-
quirements, the candidate will be graduated with "Honors in
Speech." Members of the Speech staff will provide additional
information.
121. Introduction to the Theatre. (3) A survey of all areas of Theatre
art. Experience in laboratory and University Theatre productions.
151. Speech Fundamentals. (3) A study of the nature and fundamentals
of Speech. Practice in the preparation and delivery of short speeches.
152. Public Speaking. (3) The preparation and presentation of short
speeches to inform, convince, actuate, and entertain. P-151
161. Voice and Diction. (3) A study of the principles of voice production
with emphasis on phonetics as the basis for correct sound formation.
223. Stagecraft. (3) A study of the basic elements of theatre technology.
Practical experience gained in laboratory and University Theatre pro-
ductions. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission.
226. Theories of Acting. (3) A study of acting theories from Aristotle
to the present. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission of
instructor.
227. Theatre Speech. (2) An intensive course in the analysis and cor-
175
Speech
relation of the physiological, physical, and interpretative aspects of voice
and diction on the stage.
231. Oral Interpretation of Literature. (3) Fundamentals of reading
aloud with emphasis on selection, analysis, and performance.
241. Introduction to Broadcasting. (3) A study of radio and television
broadcasting in the United States. Laboratory work in radio and tele-
vision announcing.
245. Introduction to Film. (3) Historical introduction to motion pictures
through the study of various kinds of film classics and their relationship
to society.
251. Persuasion. (3) A study of the principles and forms of persuasive
speaking. Practice in persuasive speaking. P-151, or permission of in-
structor.
252. Argumentation and Debate. (3) A study of the essentials of
argumentation. Practice in debate. Open to freshmen and sophomores
by permission of instructor.
261. Speech Correction. (3) An introductory study of principles and
methods of speech correction. Observations and clinical practice will be
provided.
262. Speech Pathology. (3) Essentially a detailed treatment of the dis-
orders of speech. Research project.
263. Audiology. (3) Survey of the field of hearing and hearing dis-
orders.
281. Honors Course in Speech. (3) A conference course involving inten-
sive work in the area of special interest for selected seniors who wish to
graduate with honors in Speech.
321. Theatre Design. (3) A study of theories and styles of stage design
and their application to the complete play. P-121, 325, or permission of
instructor.
323. Play Directing. (3) An introduction to the theory and practice of
play directing P-121, 222, or permission of instructor.
S-324. Directing the Drama Program. (3) A study of the function of
drama in the educational curriculum with emphasis on the secondary
level. Laboratory work in High School Speech Institute.
325. History of World Theatre. (3) A survey of the development of
the theatre from its primitive beginnings to the present. Readings,
lectures and reports.
326. Advanced Acting. (3) A concentrated study of the actor's art
through theory and practice. P-226 or Permission of instructor.
176
Speech
327. History of the American Theatre. (3) A survey of theatre in
America from Colonial to Modern times. Lectures, readings, and reports.
331. Advanced Oral Interpretation. (3) Study and practice in the oral
interpretation of forms of literature, with attention to group interpreta-
tion. Readings, special projects, and reports.
341. Radio-Television-Film Production. (3) A workshop course in the
production of radio, and television programs and motion pictures.
351. Introduction to Semantics. (3) A study of how persons respond to
words and other symbols. Reports and a critical paper.
352. Group Discussion and Conference Leadership. (3) An introduction
to the theory and practice of cooperative group deliberation. Collateral
readings.
353. American Public Address. (3) The history and criticism of Amer-
ican public address from colonial times to the present.
354. British Public Address. (3) A historical and critical survey of lead-
ing British speakers and their speeches from the sixteenth century to
the present.
S-355. Directing the Forensic Program. (3) A pragmatic study of the
methods of directing high school and college forensics. Laboratory work
in the Wake Forest High School Speech Institute.
Courses for Graduate Students*
421. Modern Theatre Production. (3)
423. Advanced Directing. (3)
425. Evolution of Dramatic Theory: Seminar. (3)
441. Seminar in Radio-Television-Film. (3)
451. Classical Rhetoric. (3)
452. Renaissance and Modern Rhetoric. (3)
453. Seminar in Argumentation and Persuasion. (3)
454. Seminar in Public Address. (3)
463. Bases of Speech. (3)
491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3)
For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin.
Ill
Courses at Salem College
The Asian Studies Program
The Asian Studies Program was established in 1960 with
financial assistance from the Mary Reynolds Babcock Founda-
tion of Winston-Salem. The program is interdisciplinary in its
nature and involves the cooperation and resources of several de-
partments in the Humanities and Social Sciences. Its objectives
are to broaden the university's traditional curriculum with the
infusion of a systematic knowledge and understanding of the
culture of Asia. The director of the program is Dr. B. G. Gok-
hale. The following courses are available in the Wake Forest
University curriculum:
Asian Studies 211, 212. Asian Thought and Civilization. (3,3) Some domi-
nant themes in Asian thought and their influence on Asian civilization.
P-sophomore standing.
History 341, 342. History and Civilization of Southeast Asia. (3,3)
History 343. Imperial China. (3)
History 344. Modern China. (3)
History 345, 346. History and Civilization of South Asia. (3,3)
History 347, 348. Modern India. (3,3)
Hindi 111, 112. Elementary Hindi. (3,3)
Hindi 151, 152. Intermediate Hindi. (3,3)
Political Science 239. Government and Politics of East Asia. (3)
Political Science 240. Government and Politics of Southeast Asia. (3)
Political Science 245. Government and Politics of South Asia. (3)
Political Science 266. Asian Political Thought. (3)
Sociology 355. Oriental Social and Cultural Systems. (3)
Sociology 356. Modern Asia: The Social Impact of the West. (3)
Anthropology 373. Ethnography of Southeast Asia. (3)
A description of each of these courses may be found in the
curriculum of the department concerned.
Courses at Salem College
Wake Forest University and Salem College participate in a
plan of exchange credits whereby courses offered at Salem and
not offered at Wake Forest are available to full-time students
regularly enrolled at Wake Forest. The same privilege is ex-
tended by Wake Forest to full-time Salem students.
A Wake Forest student interested in taking a course at
Salem must make formal application in advance, and the appli-
cation must be approved by his faculty adviser and by the Dean
of the College. No financial payment is necessary except in
178
Courses at Salem College
certain courses in which the student receives private instruction.
Grades and quality points earned in courses at Salem are
evaluated in the same way as they would be if the work were
taken at Wake Forest.
More detailed information about this plan in available in
the offices of the Registrar and the Dean of the College. The
plan is effective only during the regular academic year and not
during any summer session.
179
THE CHARLES H. BABCOCK SCHOOL
OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Faculty*
James Ralph Scales, President
Robert S. Carlson, Dean and Professor of Business
Administration
Jeanne Owen, Director of the B.B.A. Program and
Professor of Business Law
William E. Cage, Assistant Professor of Economics
Leon P. Cook, Jr., Associate Professor of Accounting
Hugh K. Himan, Assistant Professor of Economics
Delmer P. Hylton, Professor of Accounting
William V. Luckie, Instructor in Accounting
John C. Moorhouse, Assistant Professor of Economics
Joe N. Norman, Visiting Lecturer in Accounting
Karl D. Reyer, Visiting Professor of Marketing
Karl Myron Scott, Professor of Management
J. Van Wagstaff, Associate Professor of Economics
Since its establishment in 1948, the School of Business Ad-
ministration has been an undergraduate school offering courses
leading to the Bachelor of Business Administration degree. The
work of this degree is based upon a philosophy of breadth of the
educational experience in terms of exposure to the arts and
sciences as well as to the professional business curriculum. The
functional areas of business administration and the decision
making process are emphasized.
By action of the Trustees in April of 1969, the Charles H.
Babcock School of Business Administration will be developed
over the next three years into a graduate school, with the first
degree candidates being admitted in September of 1971. Two
programs leading to the Master of Business Administration
and the Master of Science in Administration will be offered. Af-
ter June of 1973 all undergraduate work in business will be
offered in Wake Forest College. (See page 113 of this bulletin.)
* See Administration and Faculty Sections for full information.
180
Business Administration
Accreditation
The Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration is
a full member in good standing of the American Association of
Collegiate Schools of Business.
Admission to the Babcock Graduate School
To be eligible for admission as a candidate for the M.B.A. de-
gree or the M.S.A. degree, a man or woman must ordinarily hold
a Bachelor's degree or its equivalent from a college or university
in this country or abroad. All applicants are expected to take
the Admission Test for Graduate Study in Business, adminis-
tered by the Educational Testing Service, Princeton, New Jer-
sey.
Admission application forms will be available after September
15, 1970. Inquiries should be directed to the Director of Admis-
sions, Babcock Graduate School.
Management Institute Programs
The Management Institute of the Babcock School sponsors
courses and seminars for which certificates of completion are
awarded. This program of continuing education is geared to the
specific needs of managers in the Southeastern United States.
Representative offerings include one semester evening courses,
one and two day seminars on selected topics, and a ten day mid-
dle management program emphasizing new approaches to de-
cision-making. In addition, the Management Institute is equip-
ped to offer specialized courses for business firms and profes-
sional organizations. Inquiries should be addressed to the Di-
rector of The Management Institute, Babcock School of Busi-
ness, P. O. Box 7285, Reynolda Station, Winston-Salem, North
Carolina 27109.
Admission to the Babcock School
Admission of undergraduates to the Babcock School is at the
junior level. Juniors who meet the requirements listed below
may be admitted as candidates for the B.B.A. degree in the fall
of 1970 and 1971, provided they expect to complete require-
ments for the degree by June of 1973. Students wishing to major
181
Business Administration
in business or accountancy who do not expect to graduate by
June of 1973 will become candidates for the Bachelor of Science
degree in Wake Forest College. (See page 90 of this bulletin.)
Students who become juniors in the fall of 1970 or 1971 may be-
come candidates for either the B.B.A. or the B.S. degree. The
B.A. in Economics is available to all students. (See page 120 of
this bulletin. )
Subject to the time limitations indicated above, a student
who has completed 54 semester hours of work and who meets
the quality point ratio indicated below may be admitted to the
School upon application:
Hours Attempted Quality-Point Ratio
54 to 64.9 1.65
65 to 74.9 1.70
75 to 84.9 1.80
85 and over 1.85
It is desirable, but not required, that a student have com-
pleted Accountancy 111 and 112 and Economics 151 and 152
before his junior year.
For minimum academic requirements for continuation in the
School, see page 81.
Enrollment in Courses by Non-Business Students
Students with hours earned or a quality point ratio below that
required for admission to the School of Business Administration
may take courses numbered 200 and above in Accountancy or
300 and above in Business Administration with the permission
of the Director of the B.B.A. Program.
Transfer of Credits from Other Schools
Of the 51 hours of work in Accountancy, Business Administra-
tion and Economics required for the B.B.A. degree, a minimum
of 30 hours must be taken in this School. The following rules
apply for transfer of residence credit from other schools:
1. A student transferring to Wake Forest University must first meet
the general admission requirements of the College. If he transfers
54 hours or more and wishes to become a candidate for the B.BA.
degree, he must then apply for admission to the Charles H. Bab-
cock School of Business Administration. If he transfers less than
182
Business Administration
54 hours, he makes application to the School of Business Adminis-
tration only after he has earned a total of 54 hours.
2. A course passed with the lowest passing grade at another institu-
tion does not give hour credit toward graduation, but may be used
to satisfy a course requirement upon approval of the Director of
the B.BA. Program.
3. Work passed above the minimum passing grade:
(a) Schools which are members of the American Association of
Collegiate School of Business:
All credit is acceptable if the student received a satisfactory
grade in the course and if a similar course is offered at Wake
Forest University. Credit for courses not offered at Wake
Forest University may be accepted upon approval of Director
of the B.BA. Program.
(b) Four-year colleges which are accredited by the regional ac-
crediting association:
Credit for Principles of Accounting and Principles of Economics
will be granted with or without a validating exam at the dis-
cretion of the Director of the B.BA. Program. A validating
examination may be required for any course transferred.
(c) Accredited junior colleges:
Principles of Economics may be accepted without a validating
exam at the discretion of the Director of the B.BA. Program.
A validating exam is required for Principles of Accounting. No
junior or senior courses will be accepted.
(d) Non-accredited schools:
All credit transferred must be validated by examination.
Organizations
Beta Gamma Sigma, the national honorary society in busi-
ness, elects to membership each year a limited number of the
academically outstanding candidates for the B.B.A. degree. Two
professional fraternities for men, the Gamma Nu Chapter of
Delta Sigma Pi and the Gamma Delta Chapter of Alpha Kappa
Psi, offer opportunities for fellowships and learning outside the
classroom. The Business Student Association represents all un-
dergraduate business students and serves as a liaison between
students and the faculty of the School.
Awards
For a description of the following awards see pages 74: Lura
Baker Paden Medal, North Carolina Association of Certified
183
Business Administration
Public Accountants Medal, A. M. Pullen and Company Medal,
Wall Street Journal Award, Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key,
Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key.
Requirements for the B.B.A. Degree
For the B.B.A. degree, a candidate must complete a total of
128 hours of college work, which must include at least 51 hours
in required and elective courses in the arts and sciences and at
least 51 hours in Accountancy, Business Administration, and
Economics. In addition, the student must present a minimum
of two quality points earned at Wake Forest and two quality
points for each hour attempted elsewhere.
Basic Requirements
(Freshman and Sophomore Years)
English 111, 112, 153, 156 Physical Education 111, 112
*Religion, 6 hours Choice of (a) or (b) :
Philosophy 151 (a) Language through 151, 152
History 111, 112 (b) Mathematics 111 or 162 or
* Social Science, 6 hours 255-256 and Speech 151
*Natural Science, 8 hours Accountancy 111, 112
Mathematics 105** and 161 Economics 151, 152, 157
Core Professional Work
BA. 331 (Management) BA. 361 (Legal Environment)
BA. 340 (Marketing) BA. 420 (Finance)
BA. 350 (Communications)*** BA. 460 (Quantitative Analysis)
Major or Concentration
In addition to the requirements listed above, a student must
present either a major in Accountancy or a concentration in one
of the following: Accountancy, Economics, Finance, Manage-
ment, Marketing, or Public Administration. A concentration
consists of three courses beyond the required courses in a par-
* See Page 83.
** Students who are permitted to enter Mathematics 111 as a result of the Mathematics
Placement Test are not required to take Mathematics 105.
*** May be waived by the Director of the B.B.A. Program if the student demonstrates
proficiency in the use of language.
184
Accountancy
ticular field. The following courses may be counted toward a
concentration in the designated areas:
Accountancy: Acct. 151, 152, 153, 154, 251, 252, 261, 262, 271, 273, 276,
281.
Economics: Econ. 201, 202, 258, 264, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 273,
274, 280, 281, 287, 288; BA. 346.
Finance: BA. 326, 342, 364; Acct. 271; Econ. 269, 271.
Management and Industrial Relations: BA. 332, 333, 431, 434; Acct.
153, 154; Econ. 273.
Marketing: BA. 341, 342, 344, 346, 442; Econ. 267.
Public Administration: BA. 360, 333; Acct. 251; Econ. 271; Pol. Sc. 151,
152.
Accountancy
The Accountancy curriculum is designed to give all candidates
for degrees in Business or Economics basic knowledge which is
essential in understanding and administering business opera-
tions. For those who elect more than the minimum required
work, the curriculum makes available opportunity for education
for the more responsible accounting positions in industry and
government and also enables the student to prepare himself for
the Certified Public Accountant examination.
In addition to the basic and core professional courses re-
quired of all B.B.A. students, a major in Accountancy requires
B.A. 362 and 28 hours in Accountancy, including 111, 112, 151,
152, 153, 271, and 273. The remaining hours in the major and
the required hours in related fields are to be selected by the stu-
dent and the accounting advisor. A point-hour ratio of 2.00 to 1
must be attained in courses in accountancy. Students who grad-
uate as Accountancy majors are permitted to take the C.P.A.
examination in North Carolina without qualifying experience
which is otherwise necessary. (The point-hour ratio does not ap-
ply for C.P.A. examination purposes.)
The senior Accountancy major may have the opportunity to
obtain practical accounting experience and training through the
Accounting Internship Program.
It is recommended that the student interested in a career in
accounting begin his Accountancy studies during his freshman
year.
185
Accountancy
Scholarships and awards, given by national accounting firms
and the North Carolina Association of CPA's, are awarded an-
nually to students doing outstanding work while pursuing a
major in Accountancy.
Ill, 112. Principles of Accounting. (Old 101, 102) (3,3) The funda-
mental concepts of accounting, the accounting equation, the accounting
cycle. Preparation of statements and working papers. P-lll for 112.
151, 152. Intermediate Accounting. (Old 201, 202) (3,3) A detailed
analysis of problems and related theory for typical accounts in financial
statements. Preparation of special supplementary reports. P-151 for 152.
153. Cost Accounting. (Old 203) (3) Theory and procedures used in
accumulating product costs under job lot and continuous process manu-
facturing procedures. P-112.
154. Advanced Cost Accounting. (Old 204) (2) A continuation of Acct.
153 with the primary emphasis on the accumulation of costs for budget
development and analysis of performance variances. P-153.
251. Governmental Accounting. (Old 301) (3) Theory and techniques
in accounts for non-profit institutions, with special emphasis on local
governmental units. Preparation of reports and statements. P-151.
252. Accounting Systems. (Old 302) (3) A study of the functions which
must be performed by an adequate accounting system. Methods and
procedures necessary to accomplish these functions are examined. P-151,
153.
261. Advanced Accounting Problems I. (Old 401) (3) Advanced prob-
lems designed as preparation for the student who intends to work for
the C.P.A. certificate and for those who desire a more thorough back-
ground in accounting. P-151.
262. Advanced Accounting Problems II. (Old 402) (3) Advanced work in
theory and practice of accounting designed to help prepare the student
for the C.P.A. examination and to enable him to solve complex business
problems. P-151.
271. Income Tax Accounting. (Old 403) (5) Unusual treatment of cer-
tain accounts to comply with the Internal Revenue Code. Preparation of
individual and corporate returns. P-151.
273. Auditing. (Old 404) (3) Designed to familiarize the student with
the professional standards of the accounting profession, with special em-
phasis on the attest function of the C.P.A. P-151, 153.
276. Accounting Internship. (Old 405) (2) The student participates in
actual operations of a C.P.A. firm and submits reports of his activity. Ap-
proval of the Accounting Faculty is necessary for enrollment. No credit
granted until completion of 273.
186
Business Administration
281. Current Accounting Theory. (Old 406) (2) A study of current prob-
lems and controversies in accounting theory. Admission to the class is by
permission of the instructor only.
Business Administration
270. Public Administration. (3) This course may count as Business Ad-
ministration or Political Science, but not both. See Political Science 213.
326. Investments. (3) Study of the principles governing the investment
of personal and institutional funds. P-Acct. 112, Econ. 152.
331. Management Policy. (3) Explanation of the policies involved in the
performance of the basic functions of planning, organizing, actuating,
and controlling modern business organizations. P-Econ. 151, 152.
332. Production Management. (3) Study of production control policies,
procedures, and techniques. Cases, associated readings, and assigned prob-
lems. P-331.
333. Personnel Management. (3) Analysis of principles and procedures
of acquiring, using and compensating a labor force. Selected case studies.
P-Econ. 151, 152.
340. Marketing Management. (3) Survey of marketing concepts and
behavior. Study of managerial decisions necessary in the distribution of
goods and services.
341. Advanced Marketing Management. (3) Synthesis of the key aspects
of marketing management and strategy. P-340.
342. Credits and Collections. (3) Study of the economic and social impli-
cations of credit. Analysis of the specific types of credit. P-340.
344. Retailing. (3) An orientation to the managerial study of retailing.
P-340.
346. Principles of Transportation. (3) An integrated approach to domes-
tic transportation. Management of physical distribution. P-340.
350. Business Communication. (3) Intensive work in the writing of re-
ports, memoranda, and position papers. Introduction to semantics. P-
Eng. 112.
361. Legal Environment of Business. (3) Study of the legal environment
within which business decisions must be made.
362. Business Law. (3) Selected topics of law from areas of particular
interest to businessmen.
364. Insurance. (3) Study of the principles of risk taking applicable to
life, property, casualty, and social insurance.
187
Business Administration
366. Real Estate. (3) Study of the principles, laws, and practices relat-
ing to appraisal, ownership, financing, and management of real property.
368. Business Statistics. (3) (Now Economics 157.)
420. Financial Management. (3) Analysis of financial decision making
at the level of the individual business enterprise.
421. Labor Law. (3) Analysis of the effect of labor legislation upon the
policies and actions of both management and labor.
434. Labor Policy. (3) Theories of wage determination, employment, and
income distribution with emphasis on labor unions and the collective
bargaining process. P-Econ. 152.
442. Promotion Management. (3) Study of various sales techniques, with
emphasis on advertising and personal selling.
460. Quantitative Analysis of Business Data. (3) Study of administra-
tive decision making under conditions of risk and uncertainty. P-Math
161.
470. Advanced Management Policy. (3) Synthesis of the economics,
marketing, accounting and finance areas of business through use of case
analysis and related techniques. Permission of the instructor.
Economics
Courses in Economics count toward the 51 hours in Account-
ancy, Business Administration, and Economics required for the
B.B.A. degree. For courses available and their description, see
page 120.
188
GRADUATE SCHOOL
On January 13, 1961, the Trustees of Wake Forest College
established the Division of Graduate Studies and announced
that beginning in September, 1961, the College would resume
course and research work leading to the degree Master of Arts
in the Departments of Biology, Chemistry, English, History,
Mathematics, and Physics. In September, 1964, the Department
of Psychology was added to this group. Two years later, grad-
uate study was begun in the Department of Sociology and
Anthropology, and in September, 1967, the Departments of
Physical Education and Religion inaugurated master's degree
programs. In September, 1969, the Department of Speech in-
troduced work leading to the M.A. degree.
On June 12, 1967, when Wake Forest College became Wake
Forest University, the name of the Division of Graduate Studies
was changed to the Graduate School. Also on that date, the
Department of Education began offering programs of study
leading to the Master of Arts in Education degree for those
training to become teachers, principals, supervisors, and coun-
selors in the public secondary schools.
Candidates for the degree Master of Arts are required to com-
plete successfully a minimum of twenty-four hours of course
work, write a thesis for which six hours of credit are allotted,
and pass a reading examination in one modern foreign language.
The requirements for the Master of Arts in Education degree
are essentially the same except that prospective principals and
counselors may write an internship report instead of a thesis
and there are possible substitutions for the foreign language
requirement in all of the programs in Education.
The Graduate School will have twenty full tuition scholar-
ships available to be awarded for the summer of 1970 and a
total of sixty-eight assistantships, fellowships, and scholarships
for the academic year 1970-1971.
The Bulletin of the Graduate School, an application for
admission form, and an application for grant form may be
obtained by writing the Dean of the Graduate School, Box 7323,
Reynolda Station, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem,
North Carolina 27109.
189
SCHOOL OF LAW
Faculty*
James Ralph Scales, President
Carroll W. Weathers, Dean and Professor of Law
Richard Gordon Bell, Professor of Law
Leon Henry Corbett, Jr., Associate Professor of Law
Hugh William Divine, Professor of Law
Esron McGruder Faris, Jr., Professor of Law
Henry Conrad Lauerman, Professor of Law
Robert E. Lee, Professor of Law
James E. Sizemore, Professor of Law
James A. Webster, Jr., Professor of Law
Mrs. Vivian Lunsford Wilson, Law Librarian
General Statement
The Law School was established as a department of Wake
Forest College in 1894, the first instructor being Professor N. Y.
Gulley, who served as dean from 1905 until his retirement from
active administration in 1935. From the beginning, the school
has steadily grown and developed until it now has a faculty
of nine full-time teachers.
The selection and treatment of the courses of study offered
in the Law School, and the method of instruction employed are
designed to afford comprehensive and thorough training in the
broad field of legal education and to equip students to practice
in any jurisdiction where the Anglo-American law system pre-
vails. The achievement of these purposes necessitates, first, the
requirement of adequate and appropriate preliminary education
in order to assure an intellectual maturity and cultural back-
ground against which legal principles and problems can be
understood in their social, economic and moral, as well as in
their legal aspects; second, a comprehensive study of the
theories and doctrines of the Anglo-American system of law
and their statutory modification.
* See Administration and Faculty sections for full information.
190
Law
The Law School has as its objective, not only to train a stu-
dent in legal principles and doctrines, but also to stimulate his
reasoning powers, to prepare him to present legal propositions
logically and analytically, and to develop in the student a pro-
found sense of legal ethics, professional responsibility and the
duty of the lawyer to society.
The Law School is fully approved by all national and state
accrediting agencies. It is a member of the Association of
American Law Schools, and is listed as an approved school by
the American Bar Association, by the Board of Law Examiners
and Council of the North Carolina State Bar, and by the
University of the State of New York.
The Law School has its separate building, modern in all
respects and designed to accommodate the continued growth
and future development of the School and the expansion of its
program in the field of legal education. The law building, which
is a handsome four-story structure, contains many attractive
and useful features including air-conditioning.
The Law Library contains approximately 39,400 volumes,
carefully selected to avoid unnecessary duplication and to insure
the greatest possible usefulness.
Admission Requirements
The academic requirements for admission to the School
of Law, as a candidate for the J.D. degree, may be satisfied
by any one of the following methods:
(1) An academic degree from an approved college or univer-
sity.
(2) The completion of three years of academic work pre-
scribed in the "Combined Course" in Wake Forest College. (See
pages 97-98 for details.)
The Law School does not admit applicants without an
academic degree, except applicants from Wake Forest College
who pursue the "Combined Course" plan of three years of
acceptable academic work in Wake Forest College.
The academic requirements set forth above are minimum
requirements, and satisfaction of these requirements does not
necessarily entitle an applicant to admission. The Law School
191
Law
requires for admission a scholastic average appreciably higher
than a bare C average, and considers not only the scholastic
average, but also the nature and subject-matter of the courses
taken by the applicant. In addition, an applicant for admission
is required to take the Law School Admission Test (hereinafter
referred to) and to have his scores on such Test furnished
this Law School.
There is no rigidly prescribed pre-legal curriculum for admis-
sion to the School of Law. Since the law, in its application and
as a subject of study, touches so many phases of life, it has been
considered unwise to require an inflexible preparatory course.
The School of Law merely recommends the inclusion of as
many of the following courses as possible in any pre-law program
of study: English Composition, History of the United States,
History of England, European History, Constitutional History,
Government of the United States, State and Local Government,
Comparative Government, International Relations, Literature,
Foreign Languages, Speech, Psychology, Philosophy, Logic,
Natural Sciences, Mathematics, Principles of Economics, Ac-
counting, and Investments.
Application for admission to the School of Law must be made
in writing on a form furnished by the Dean of the School of Law.
The applicant must request the Registrar of each college or
university that he has attended to send a complete transcript
of his record direct to the Dean of the School of Law.
Beginning students are admitted to the School of Law at
the opening of the fall session. In addition, for several years it
has been the policy of the Law School to admit beginning stu-
dents at the opening of the spring session, which enables such
students by continuing without interruption to complete the
three-year course in two and one-half years consisting of five
regular semesters and two summer sessions.
Admission to Advanced Standing. A student from a law
school which is a member of the Association of American Law
Schools, who is otherwise qualified to enter this school, may
in the discretion of the faculty be admitted to advanced stand-
ing for the J.D. degree. The student must be eligible for readmis-
sion to the law school from which he proposes to transfer. The
last year of work on the basis of which the degree is granted
must be taken in the Wake Forest University School of Law.
192
Law
Law School Admission Test
The Law School requires all applicants for admission to take
the Law School Admission Test, a test administered by Edu-
cational Testing Service. The applicant's scores on the Test
will be considered among other factors in passing on his appli-
cation for admission to this Law School.
Applicants should write Law School Admission Test, Educa-
tional Testing Service, P.O. Box 944, Princeton, New Jersey,
for application forms for taking the Test, and for the Bulletin
of Information regarding the Test.
Scholarships and Student Aid
The Law School has a number of scholarships available for
each beginning class. Some of these scholarships are awarded on
the basis of character, scholarship and financial need. Additional
scholarships in a larger amount and covering full tuition are
available for each beginning class and are awarded on the basis
of character and exceptional scholastic achievement without
regard to financial need. Application forms for scholarships may
be obtained from the Dean of the School of Law. Applications
for scholarships should be filed by March 10th for the school
year commencing the following September.
The University has available loan funds for the benefit of
students who are in need of financial aid and have satisfactorily
completed at least a full semester.
In addition, a number of law students are afforded limited
employment as Law Library assistants and dormitory counselors
but usually after the completion of their first year.
Degree of J.D.
The degree of Juris Doctor (J.D.) will be awarded to the
student who (1) has fulfilled the requirements for admission
to the Law School as a regular student, (2) thereafter spends
the equivalent of three academic years in resident study in the
Law School, (3) successfully completes eighty-three semester
hours of law, including all prescribed courses, and (4) attains
a cumulative weighted average of 67 or more on all work
required for graduation.
193
Law
The Summer Session
The School of Law operates a summer session of nine weeks,
the work of which is carefully planned with reference to the
curriculum of the regular academic year, and may be used
either to supplement the regular curriculum or as a substitute
for part of it. Courses are offered during the summer session
for advanced students only.
Further Information
Descriptions of the system of grading and examinations,
general scholastic regulations, student organizations, prizes
and awards, and the complete course of study are contained
in a special Law School Bulletin, issued annually. Requests for
this Bulletin, and other correspondence concerning the Law
School, should be addressed to The Dean, School of Law,
Wake Forest University, P. O. Box 7206 Reynolda Station,
Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109.
194
BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE
Administration Officers*
James Ralph Scales, President
Manson Meads, Vice President for Medical Affairs and
Dean
Robert L. Tuttle, Academic Dean
Clyde T. Hardy, Jr., Associate Dean (Administration)
C. Nash Herndon, Associate Dean ( Research Develop-
ment)
C. Douglas Maynard, Assistant Dean
Harry O. Parker, Controller
Mrs. Erika Love, Librarian
Origin and Development
The School of Medicine was established at Wake Forest in
1902. It was renamed the School of Medical Sciences in 1937
and operated as a two-year medical school until 1941, when it
was moved to Winston-Salem as a four-year medical school in
association with the North Carolina Baptist Hospital. It was
renamed The Bowman Gray School of Medicine of Wake Forest
University in recognition of the benefactor who made the expan-
sion possible.
Facilities
The main teaching hospital of the medical school is the North
Carolina Baptist Hospital. It has 477 general hospital beds,
an 80-bed progressive care unit, a 12-bed intensive care unit,
and an outpatient department which serves 95,000 patient
visits a year.
The medical school and hospital buildings join to form a
single unit, resulting in close correlation of clinical and basic
medical science teaching programs.
• See Administration and Faculty sections. For the complete faculty roster, see the
special bulletin of The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, which may be obtained by
request to The Office of Student Affairs, Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem,
North Carolina 27103.
195
Medicine
Construction is under way on buildings included in a
$30-million expansion program which will virtually double the
size of the medical center. The project will increase the number
of teaching beds to 695 and will provide additional clinical,
educational and research facilities. Newly constructed facilities
have permitted a 37 per cent increase in medical student enroll-
ment and a significant expansion of the graduate and postdoc-
toral programs.
Major elements of the program include a 122,000-square-foot
addition to the medical school, a 400-seat auditorium, a School
of Nursing and Allied Health Programs Building, and a new
medical center power plant, all of which have been completed. A
16-story hospital and clinics building will be completed in 1972.
Requirements for Admission
The requirements for admission to the medical school are
based on the premise that the program of training a physician
is a continuous one shared by both the undergraduate college
and the medical school. The responsibility of the undergraduate
training program is thus not only to provide the prospective
student with the technical information and skills which will
make it possible for him to complete his course in medical school
but also to help him develop a broad background of experience
and interest which will make it possible for him later to achieve
a full realization of his potentialities as an individual and as a
member of society.
Although ninety semester hours are the minimum require-
ment, it is felt that, except in unusual circumstances, the stu-
dent should plan to complete a well-rounded four-year college
course, comprising certain specific requirements, but with the
emphasis on a broad educational program.
In order for the student entering medical school to be pre-
pared for his courses, he must have acquired certain basic
scientific information. Such information is ordinarily obtained
in the following undergraduate courses:
2 semesters of general biology
2 semesters of general chemistry
2 semesters of organic chemistry
2 semesters of general physics
It should be emphasized that, in listing the above scientific
requirements, it is not intended to minimize the importance of
other less specific educational requirements.
196
Medicine
In addition to the material listed above, the student should
acquire extensive knowledge of man as the product of his
social, physical, and emotional environment. The desired train-
ing is given in courses in Philosophy, Religion, Economics,
Sociology, History, Literature, Mathematics, Language, and
Psychology. The student is urged to acquaint himself as widely
in these fields of knowledge as time and his inclination will
permit.
Admission
Students are selected on the basis of academic performance,
character, and general fitness for the study of medicine. No
student will be admitted who is ineligible, because of scholastic
difficulties or misconduct, to re-enroll in a school previously
attended. Students more than twenty-six years of age are not
encouraged to apply.
Graduate Studies
Course work is offered leading to the Doctor of Philosophy de-
gree with a major in Anatomy, Biochemistry, Microbiology,
Pharmacology, Physiology and Comparative and Experimental
Pathology. In addition, course work leading to the M.S. degree
is offered in Biochemistry, Microbiology and Pharmacology. A
program leading to the Master of Science degree is offered in
the Department of Laboratory Animal Medicine for students
who hold the D.V.M. degree. The Master of Science degree in
Medical Sciences is offered to qualified students including
medical students and persons holding the M.D., D.V.M. or
D.D.S. degrees. This graduate program may be carried out in
any department or section of the medical school with the
approval of the Committee on Graduate Studies.
Detailed information concerning the graduate program can
be obtained by writing to the Office of Graduate Studies, The
Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, North
Carolina 27103.
Further Information
For detailed information concerning enrollment in The
Bowman Gray School of Medicine, admission to advanced
standing, and other matters, address The Committee on Admis-
sions, The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem,
North Carolina 27103.
197
THE 1970 SUMMER SESSION
Two Six- Week Terms
The first of two six-week terms will begin with registration
on Monday, June 15, 1970, and will extend through July 18.
The second term will begin with registration on July 20, and
will extend through August 22.
Class work will be confined to the mornings, except for courses
in swimming and choir which will meet in the afternoons.
Periods will be seventy-five minutes in length, and classes will
meet daily, Monday through Saturday of each term.
Courses in the sciences carry four semester hours credit each,
and those in swimming, choir and golf one semester hour each.
All other courses carry three semester hours credit. The normal
load for a student is six semester hours, and the maximum load
is seven hours.
Courses will be offered which are designed to meet the needs
of regular Wake Forest students, incoming freshmen, visiting
students from other colleges, and public school teachers needing
renewal of certificates. There will be courses in Biology, Chem-
istry, Economics, Education, English, History, Mathematics,
Modern Languages, Music, Philosophy, Psychology, Physics,
Physical Education, Religion, Sociology and Anthropology,
Speech, and Business Administration.
In the Summer Session of 1970 graduate courses leading to
the Master of Arts degree will be offered in the departments of
Biology, English, History, Physical Education, Psychology,
Sociology and Anthropology, Religion and Speech. Opportunities
for research toward the Master of Arts degree, but not graduate
courses, will be provided in the departments of Chemistry,
Mathematics, and Physics.
A special program, the Master of Arts in Education, will be
offered for teachers who desire to complete a Master's program
in three summer sessions.
198
Summer Session
For additional information see the Summer Session Bulletin,
which may be obtained by addressing Dean of the Summer
Session, Wake Forest College, Box 7293, Reynolda Station,
Winston-Salem 27109.
199
DEGREES CONFERRED
201
COMMENCEMENT EXERCISES AND DEGREES
1969
The Program
Sunday, June 8
2:00 p.m. Senior Orations (for the A. D. Ward Medal)
Phyllis McMurry Tate
"The Worst Are Full of Passionate Intensity"
James Nello Martin, Jr "What's It All For?"
Mary Ann Tolbert
"Bleary-Eyed Wisdom Born of Midnight Oil"
Linda Sue Carter "Where is the Renaissance Man?"
5:30 to 7:30 p.m. Reception and Buffet supper given by President and
Mrs. Scales honoring the members of the graduating classes
and their families.
8:00 p.m. The Baccalaureate Sermon
The Reverend Jack R. Noffsinger
Minister, Knollwood Baptist Church
Winston-Salem, North Carolina
Monday, June 9
9:30 a.m. Graduation Exercises
The Address: "This Revolting Generation"
James Ralph Scales, President, Wake Forest University
The Conferring of Degrees
The Commissioning
Awards and Honors
1. From the School of Arts and Sciences
Graduating with Honors in:
Biology: Linda Louise Fox, Michael Floyd Harrah, Wanda
Lee Radford
German: Richard Leo Pantera, Jr.
Economics: William Hill Andrews, Kurt Peter Gottschalk,
John Terry Warner
History: Gloria Jean Halstead, Charles Edward Kirk-
patrick
Music: Mary Lynn Hager
Physics: Sankey Reid Painter, David Andrew Taliaferro,
Mary Helen Whisenant
202
Commencement Exercises
Phychology: Marshall Dean Tessnear, Norma Hood Mur-
dock
Religion: Mary Ann Tolbert
Arts and Sciences: Charles William Twyford
The J. B. Currin Medal in Religion: James Kenneth Martin
The Forrest W. Clonts Award for Excellence in History:
Gloria Jean Halstead
The William E. Speas Memorial Award in Physics: Sankey
Reid Painter, David Andrew Taliaferro
The A.C.C. Award for excellence in scholarship and athletics:
Jerry Allen Montgomery
Elected to Associate Membership in the Society of Sigma Xi:
Linda Louise Fox
Seniors elected to Phi Beta Kappa, Spring 1969
David Scott Anderson
Carol Ann Bowen
Linda Jean Braswell
Linda Sue Carter
Ronnie Alfred Caviness
Paul Mitchell Coble
Aleta Lynn Cochrane
Sharyn Echols Dowd
Foy Margienette Edmond
Dale Dean Glendening, Jr.
Lucy Holton Gordon
Mary Lynn Hager
Iris Patricia Hansen
Michael Floyd Harrah
William Amos Hough, III
Virginia Ann Jones
Prudence Ellen MacDermod
Janet Alice Magee
Carolyn Starck Montgomery
Sankey Reid Painter
Janet Carolyn Parker Sink
Mary Ann Tolbert
Charles William Twyford
William Miller Watts, Jr.
Mary Helen Whisenant
Patricia Ann Wieferich
Lee Alan Zinzow
2. From The Charles H. Babcock School of
Business Administration
The Lura Baker Paden Medal: Harold Donovan Phillips, Jr.
The Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key: Harold Donovan Phil-
lips, Jr.
The Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key: Harold Donovan
Phillips, Jr.
The A. M. Pullen and Company Medal: Ann Marie Meyer
The North Carolina Association of C. P. A.'s Medal: James
Robert Wrenn, Jr.
The Wall Street Journal Award: David Exum James
Seniors Elected to Beta Gamma Sigma
Clarence Maynard Beach, Jr.
Cathy Edinger Fink
Ann Marie Meyer
Clarence Ford Peatross
Harold Donovan Phillips, Jr.
Patricia Lynne Thomas
203
Commencement Exercises
3. From The School of Law
The North Carolina National Bank Award, First Prize
(Wake Forest) : Robert Fuller Fleming
Also, Winner Second State-Wide Prize
The North Carolina National Bank Award, Second Prize
(Wake Forest) : Sandy Nelson Weeks
The Nathan Burkan Memorial Copyright Competition: Rob-
ert Fuller Fleming
The Warren A. Seavey Award: Elton Carrington Boggan
4. From The Bowman Gray School of Medicine
The Faculty Award: Rufus McPhail Herring, Jr.
The Awards for Student Papers:
First prize: Robert Francis Blackard
Second prize: Charles Edmond King, Jr.
Third prize: Dominick Addario, Karl Sebastian Roth
The Pediatric Merit Award: John Atlas Phillips
The Obstetrics-Gynecology Award: James Allen McAlister,
Jr.
The Annie J. Covington Memorial Award: Julian Raleigh
Taylor
The Upjohn Achievement Award: Julian Raleigh Taylor
Seniors Elected to Alpha Omega Alpha
Robert Augustus Buchanan, Jr. John Atlas Phillips
Rufus McPhail Herring, Jr. Durward Boye Pridgen
Charles Edmond King, Jr. Martin I. Resnick
James Allen McAlister, Jr. Julian Raleigh Taylor
Kyle Allen Young
5. From the Department of Military Science
The President's Trophy: Cadet Major David A. Taliaferro
The Superior Cadet Decoration: Cadet Colonel Dale D. Glen-
dening, Jr.
The ROTC Certificate of Meritorious Leadership: Cadet
Lieutenant Colonel Charles E. Kirkpatrick
The Reserve Officers' Association Medal: Cadet Major David
R. Watters
The Professor of Military Science Award: Cadet Major
James L. Carver, II
The American Legion Award for Scholarship: Cadet Lieuten-
ant Colonel James L. This
The American Legion Award for Military Excellence: Cadet
Captain Bobby J. Ervin
The Daughters of the American Revolution ROTC Medal:
Cadet Lieutenant Colonel James H. Watson
The Sons of the American Revolution "Minute Man" Medal:
Cadet Major James A. Miller
204
Commencement Exercises
6. Graduation Distinctions
Cum Laude
William Otis Ameen, Jr.
David Scott Anderson
William Hill Andrews
David Bee Ashcraft
Ronald Edward Bassett
(August 23, 1968)
Clarence Maynard Beach, Jr.
Edwin Graham Below
Jennie Lydia Boger
Elton Carrington Boggan
Theodore Fadlo Boushy, Jr.
Janet Elaine Bowker
Sara Forwood Busey
Laura Elizabeth Caton
Donald Earl Clark
Sara Margarette Davis
Jean Elise Deter
James Clyde Dillard
Phillip Arvin Dunnagan
Jan Elizabeth Eakins
Fred Smyrl Eaves, Jr.
Foy Margienette Edmond
Cathy Edinger Fink
Linda Louise Fox
Clifford Garland Gaddy, Jr.
(August 23, 1968)
Dale Dean Glendening, Jr.
Gloria Sheila Gossett
Kurt Peter Gottschalk
Michael Donwell Gunter
Gloria Jean Halstead
Lloyd Eric Halvorson
Michael Floyd Harrah
Susan Waugh Harward
Susan Parrish Haviland
Jerry Ray Hemric
Barbara Buchanan Hicks
Brenda Louise High
Susan Lewis Honeycutt
Richard Bernard Howington
Jean Sykes Humphrey
Virginia Ann Jones
Lee
Ronald Dean Joos
(August 23, 1968)
Charles Edward Kirkpatrick
Robert Bradford Leggett, Jr.
William Douglas Livengood
Prudence Ellen MacDermod
Janet Alice Magee
James Kenneth Martin
James Nello Martin, Jr.
Mark Stephen Mason
Kim Grayson Menke
Kenneth Gene Mills
(August 23, 1968)
Carolyn Starck Montgomery
James Winston Morton
Norma Hood Murdoch
Sankey Reid Painter
Richard Leo Pantera, Jr.
Margaret Anne Park
Janet Carolyn Parker
R. Joanne Kline Partin
(January 28, 1969)
Miriam Early Picklesimer
Wanda Lee Radford
Anne Elizabeth Sabroske
Elizabeth Ann Smith
Susan Marie Smith
William Dupree Spence
Charles Vernon Steiner, Jr.
Jeanne Laroque Stott
David Andrew Taliaferro
Marshall Dean Tessnear
James Leslie This
Patricia Lynne Thomas
Patricia Foust Tweedy
John Terry Warner
Paul Victor Washburn
William Miller Watts
Sandy Nelson Weeks
John Frederick Whalley
William Harrison Williams, III
David Collins Wilson
Alan Zinzow
205
Commencement Exercises
Magna Cum Laude
Carol Ann Bo wen
Linda Jean Braswell
Linda Sue Carter
Ronnie Alfred Caviness
Paul Mitchell Coble
Aleta Lynn Cochrane
Sharon Echols Dowd
Mary Lynn Hager
Iris Patricia Hansen
Patricia
William Amos Hough, III
Harold Donovan Phillips, Jr.
William Amos Hough, III
Harold Donovan Phillips, Jr.
Barbara North Saintsing
Donna Hurt Scott
Mary Ann Tolbert
Charles William Twyford
Mary Helen Whisenant
Ann Wieferich
Summa Cum Laude
Jimmy Lewis Craig
(August 23, 1968)
Lucy Hartsfield Holton Gordon
(August 23, 1968)
206
DEGREES CONFERRED
Doctor of Philosophy
William Carter Alexander
Charles Everett Benson
Henry James Haigler
Phillip Michael Hutchins
Master of Arts
Elizabeth West Alexander
Carolyn Fuller Cunningham
Marcia Ann Fishel
Robert Bernard Holder
William Monroe Knott, III
Marion Yang Kwok
Safar Mohammad Nazari
William Cogel Reed
Grace Jemison Rohrer
William Klasck Templeton
Tse Ping-Kwan
Blanche Raper Zimmerman
Master of Arts in Education
Judith Cottrell Minkley
Joseph Stephen Price
Jeannette Elizabeth Turner
Master of Science
Mary Stevenson Britt
John Doliver Newkirk, II
John Henry Oliver, Jr.
Victoria Ann Resnick
Samuel Leroy Sehorn
Steven Boisen Valand
William Sprigg Webster
Doctor of Medicine
Dominick Addario
Thomas James Bergstrom
Charles Alan Bevis
Robert Francis Blackard
Susan Kelly Blue
Daniel- David Broadhead
Curtis Allen Bruce
Robert Augustus Buchanan, Jr.
Fred McPherson Burdette
Larry Paul Conrad
Donald Bernard Dewar
Robert Gwyn Dillon
David Edward Eckberg
John Marcus Eckerd
Irving Barefoot Elkins
John Robinson Gregg
Lynn Mixon Hale
James Edward Hannah
Anthony Edwin Harris
Leonard Thompson Heffner, Jr.
Edward Lee Heiman
Rufus McPhail Herring, Jr.
Kenneth Everett Hoogs
Paul Herbert Izenberg
Robert A. Jacobsen
Leslie Donald Johnson
Charles Edmond King, Jr.
John Summerell Kitchin
John Gilbert Kloss
Ronald Eric Krauser
Earl Thomas Leyrer
James Dwight Mattox, Jr.
James Allen McAlister, Jr.
Quincy Albert McNeil, Jr.
David Davis Meyer
Lloyd Dan Montgomery
Robert Roy Morrison
Ray Allan Noel
207
Degrees Conferred
John McLean Nordan
Betsy Allen Parsley
John Atlas Phillips
Durward Boye Pridgen
Martin I. Resnick
Karl Sebastian Roth
Rene Ronald Roy
Samuel Russell Scott
Hoyle Edward Setzer, Jr.
Jack Bryan Spainhour, Jr.
Cary Ernest Stroud
Julian Raleigh Taylor
Richard Allen Taylor
William Keith Thompson
Kyle Allen Young
Juris Doctor
Elton Carrington Boggan
Thomas Hilton Brown
Sherman Ray Brumley
William Brumsey, III
Thomas Merritt Bumpass, Jr.
Vernon Elliott Cardwell
Michael Paul Carr
Albert Anderson Corbett, Jr.
Stephen Talmage Daniel, Jr.
William Keith Davis
Joseph Wayne Dean
James Clyde Dillard
Don Howard Elkins
Ernest Leroy Evans
Koyt Woodworth Everhart, Jr.
William David Ezzell
Paul Douglas Fann
Robert Walter Feeman
Richard Thacher Feerick
Robert Fuller Fleming
Henry Charles Frenck, III
Jerome Barry Friedman
James Carlos Gaulden, Jr.
Wesley Bennett Grant
Zoro Joseph Guice, Jr.
Robert Pleasant Hanner, II
Gerald Wilton Hayes, Jr.
Allan Bruce Head
Lawrence Wilson Hewitt
Lloyd Hise, Jr.
Richard Bernard Howington
Marvin Asher Jaffe
Charles William Kafer
Charles Cadmus Lamm, Jr.
Robert Bradford Leggett, Jr.
David Vernon Liner
Robert Clyde McClymonds
John Thomas McKinney, Jr.
John Michael McLeod
Robert Hayes McNeill, II
Andrew Stephen Martin
Noland Randolph Mattocks, Jr.
Ronald Dennis Nicola
Norbert John Pail
James Russell Prevatte, Jr.
James Edward Rainey
Charles Robert Redden
James Lloyd Roberts
Bruce Hamilton Robinson, Jr.
Henry Bascom Shore
Alden Thomas Small
Archie Leak Smith, Jr.
William Dupree Spence
Wayne Campbell Streitz
Thomas Spruill Thornton
Carl Lewis Tilghman
Norwood Carlton Tilley, Jr.
Winston McNair Tornow
Russell Grady Walker, Jr.
Sandy Nelson Weeks
Samuel Latham Whitehurst, Jr.
Walter Frederick Williams, Jr.
William Edwin Wilson
Thomas Denver Windsor
Bachelor of Arts
David Preston Abernethy, Jr.
Brenton Douglas Adams
Jefferson Boone Aiken, III
Thomas Warren Albert
Charles Jackson Alexander
Emmett Carlyle Aldredge, Jr.
208
Degrees Conferred
Charles Roger Allen
William Otis Ameen, Jr.
Laura Rita Andrews
William Hill Andrews
Martha Willois Andrus
Harry Albert Arsenault
David Asch
Carol Carson Baker
Phillip Louie Baucom
Charles Lindsay Beck
George Cheyne Berkow
Thomas Frederick Berry
John Christopher Berwind, Jr.
James Ernest Best, Jr.
Thomas Frederick Bigelow, Jr.
Lindsey Scott Biles
Evelyn Anne Bingham
Luther Brown Bivens
Stephen Alexander Blackwood
Joseph Edward Blythe
George Henry Bode
Jennie Lydia Boger
John Benthal Bondurant
Deborah Boone
Nancy Carol Bost
Theodore Fadlo Boushy, Jr.
Carol Ann Bowen
Janet Elaine Bowker
Sharon Lee Bowman
David Lee Bradshaw, III
Linda Jean Bras well
Barbara Jane Brazil
Coy Estres Brewer, Jr.
Eva Karen Brown
Reginald Allen Brown
Timothy Carter Brown
Betsy Deane Burrell
Sara Forwood Busey
James Irvin Butler
James Alfred Butts, III
Thomas Lloyd Call, Jr.
Baxter Moore Callaway
Daniel Stancil Campbell
Linda Sue Carter
James Lee Carver, II
Rita Ellen Case
Thomas Ray Case, Jr.
Joe Tommy Causby, Jr.
Ronnie Alfred Caviness
Juanita Graham Cheek
Thomas Duran Chitty, Jr.
Linda Crutchfield Chris
James Thomas Clack
Donald Earl Clark
William Earl Clark
Terri Kathryn Cline
Aleta Lynn Cochrane
William Preston Cole
Steven Roger Corns
Charles Grayson. Covington
Nancy Reeves Cox
James Ransom Creech, Jr.
Donald Lamonte Creed
D. Christopher Cross
Herbert Dixon Crum, Jr.
Alan Boyd Crusan
Julie Ann Davis
James Randol Davis
Sarah Margarette Davis
Caldwell N. Day, Jr.
Wilbur Thurston Debnam, Jr.
Richard Paul Decker
Jean Elise Deter
Susan Beck DeVaney
Kathleen Ann Pagliara Dolinger
Sharyn Echols Dowd
Rosalind Jeanne Duck
Linda Dudley
Jan Elizabeth Eakins
Fred Smyrl Eaves, Jr.
Joseph Pierce Edens, III
Foy Margienette Edmond
Jean Marie Edwards
Sandra Lee Edwards
William Alexander Eliason
Carol Faye Elledge
Carl Ray Elledge
Phillip Ellington
John Clyde Ellis, Jr.
William David Ellis
Bobby Jay Ervin
Donna Rae Farley
Harriet Gillespie Farthing
Robert Lee Ferrell, Jr.
Charlanne Fields
William Charles Findt, III
Frederick James Flagler, III
George Beverly Flowe, Jr.
209
Degrees Conferred
Howard Davis Foster
Janet Elizabeth Fox
Robert Richard Fredeking, II
Elaine Teresa Fuller
John Thomas Gardner, Jr.
Philip Warren Gasaway
Dwight Lonnie Gentry, Jr.
Dale Dean Glendening, Jr.
Milton Elliott Gold, Jr.
Kurt Peter Gottschalk
Roy Edward Grant
Cheryl Patricia Graves
David Clinard Green
Rebecca Jane Greene
Robert Denton Gregory
Michael Bruce Grim
George Weller Grove, Jr.
Michael Donwell Gunter
Mary Lynn Hager
Carolyn Susan Hahn
Gloria Jean Halstead
Robert McClure Hambrecht
Barbara Ross Hanauer
Donald Watson Hardeman, Jr.
Mary Arden Harris
Susan Waugh Harward
Robert Morse Hathaway, Jr.
Susan Parrish Haviland
Rhonda Lynn Hefner
Peter Charles Heiberger
Charles Diederich Heidgerd
David Cannon Helscher
Barbara Buchanan Hicks
Brenda Louise High
Constance Jane Hoey
Richard Lee Honeycutt
Susan Alice Honeycutt
Susan Lewis Honeycutt
Elwyn Veazey Hopkins
John Alan Hopper
Jasper White Home
Susan M. Hrom
Jean Sykes Humphrey
Myrna Cheryel Huneycutt
Patricia Sue Hunt
Charlton Hynds
Julius Adebisi Imosun
Garrison Durham Ipock, Jr.
Clare Jean Ivey
Altha Jayne Jarrett
Danny Blair Jenkins
Fredrick Gray Johnson
Connie Elaine Jones
Linda Ellen Jones
Mark Addison Jones
Virginia Ann Jones
Linda Faye Jordan
Julia Dobbins Joyce
Barbara Kay Kelly Key
Jan Allen Kiger
William Benbow King
Jack Charles Kirkland, Jr.
Charles Edward Kirkpatrick
William Walton Kitchin, Jr.
Daniel Gaines Lamb, Jr.
William Hutchins Lambe, Jr.
Julius Hamilton Lambeth
Gordon Thackston Leathers
Keith Douglas Lembo
Kathleen Saunders Lewis
Anthony Michael Liner
William Douglas Livengood
Anne Marlow Long
Lloyd Maxwell Long, Jr.
James Edward Lowe
James Frederick Lowstetter
Charles Edward McCartney, Jr.
Philip Alan McGee
George Anthony McNabb
John Paul McNeil, III
Robert Redfern McRae, Jr.
Prudence Ellen MacDermod
Jeffrey Thomas Mackie
Nancy Jean Gravley Martin
James Kenneth Martin
William Paul Mattox
Timothy Ray Messinger
David Cromwell Meyer
Hannah Ryan Mill
Harold Daniel Miller, Jr.
James Arthur Miller
Thomas P. Mohr
Caroline Starck Montgomery
Mark Dreier Montgomery
Nelda Nan Morgan
Henry Ferguson Morris, Jr.
Thomas Roy Moyer
Norma Hood Murdoch
210
Degrees Conferred
Robert Humphries Murdock, Jr.
Barry Phillips Murphy
Edward Albert Myers, Jr.
William Brock Myers
Raymond Toufeek Nasser
Donna Gail Neal
Nancy Young Nesbit
Tommy Durr Nixon
Theodore Adelbert Nodell, Jr.
Judith Louise Noffsinger
Anne Horton Northington
Stuart Curtis Ours
Richard Leo Pantera, Jr.
Margaret Anne Park
Janet Carolyn Parker
William Andrew Parker
Adele Patrick
William Sloan Patterson
Carolyn Apple Patton
Bronnie Clifton Pearce, Jr.
Peggy Lynne Pennell
Barbara Ellen Peterson
Michael Louis Pezzicola, Jr.
Barbara Ann Phillips
Miriam Early Picklesimer
Fred P. Piercy
John Andrew Porter
Susan Gail Powers
Douglas S. Punger
Patricia Jo Rampy
Haywood Wilson Ray, Jr.
Richmond George Reavis
Benjamin Hampton Register, II
Raymond Rudolph Renfrow, Jr.
Don Stephen Rice
John Calvin Ritchie, Jr.
Edgar M. Roach, Jr.
Deborah Robinson
James Robert Rose
Francia White Rubio
Anne Elizabeth Sabroske
Barbara North Saintsing
Louis Alan Sasser
Phillip Laurence Saylor
Donna Hurt Scott
Christian Nathaniel Siewers
Carol Susanne Bennett Simpson
Richard Miller Sink, Jr.
Thomas Michael Sklutas
John William Slate, III
Richard Lewis Sloss
James Hamlett Smelley
Darrell Lee Smith
James Ivey Smith
Robert Marshall Smith
Susan Marie Smith
William Eugene Smith
George Franklin Spencer
Howard Jan Stanback
Richard Thomas Stange
James Ernest Starmer, Jr.
Mary Katherine Stelling
Jeanne LaRoque Stott
Preston Calvin Stringfield, III
Richard Barry Strosnider
William P. Summey
Robert Marvin Sutherland
Donald Keith Tate
John Lewis Tate
Phyllis McMurry Tate
Marshall Dean Tessnear
James Leslie This
Mary Elaine Thomas
Margaret Sue Tobey
Mary Ann Tolbert
Elizabeth Waitt Tomlinson
William Arthur Townsend
Pamela Annette Turner
Patricia Foust Tweedy
Charles William Twyford
Donald Homewood Wagoner
Anne Wannall Walsh
Roslyn Anne Waring
John Terry Warner
James Smith Warren
David Robert Watters
Paul Victor Washburn
James Huntley Watson
James Drewry Wilkins, III
Thomas Paul Williams
Gary Wilson
Jackson Daily Wilson, Jr.
David Alan Wood, Jr.
Sallie Anna Wood
Susan Scott Yates
Richard David York
211
Degrees Conferred
Bachelor of Science
David Scott Anderson
David Bee Ashcraft
Elizabeth Ann Beck
John William Belchee
Thomas Alexander Bell, Jr.
Edwin Graham Below
Willard Jackson Blanchard, Jr.
Jonas LeMoyne Blank, Jr.
Jerrie Snow Bottoms
Thomas Jackson Boyles
Ramsay Doyle Breazeale
Carol Jean Breeding
Arthur Wolfe Browning, Jr.
John MacMillan Bruce, III
Stephen Richard Burns
Rebecca Wylie Burton
Laura Elizabeth Caton
Peter Chow
Paul Mitchell Coble
Ralph Anson Coffey
Tommy Trent Cole
Edward Beekman Cooper, Jr.
Robert Maurice Crawford
Kenneth Len Culbreth
Jerome Irvin Davis
Gail Margaret Detty
James William Dixon
Scott Kenneth Durum
Robert Clarke DuVal
Philip Arvin Dunnagan
Linda Louise Fox
Josephine Tucker Furgurson
Gloria Sheila Gossett
John Bewick Gouch
John Payne Grady
Shirley Jannette Greene
Lloyd Eric Halvorson
Iris Patricia Hansen
Charles Vester Hardin, III
Michael Floyd Harrah
Robert Allen Harris, Jr.
Wayne Robert Hedrick
Jerry Ray Hemric
William Amos Hough, III
Susan Meredith Howard
Bruce Alan Humphries
Jack Robert Hutcheson, Jr.
Nancy Elizabeth Hyler
David Stone Jackson
James Robert Johnson, Jr.
Randall N. Kanter
Edward Davey King
Wayne Daniel Klohs
Wayne Preston Knode
Linda Ruth Krupitzer
Richard Martin Lavinder
Norman Charles McAllister
Janet Alice Magee
Cassandra Jo Martin
James Nello Martin, Jr.
Mark Stephen Mason
Kim Grayson Menke
Thomas Jackson Million
Donald Lee Moore
Richard Earl Morgan
James W. Morton
Thomas Paul Mutton
Darrell Crawford Myers
Paul Nelson Orser
James Griffin Owen
Sankey Reid Painter
Edward O'dell Pauley, II
Brenda Ruth Peeler
Roy James Pettyjohn
Pamela Pinson
Randall Roy Poe
Jimmy Douglas Price
Wanda Lee Radford
Susan Vaught Rainwater
Jay Charles Randall
Rosalind Delores Richmond
Stanley Gray Rogers
William Wigmore Rucker
Judith Elaine Scaro
Richard Allan Seibert
Deborah Sue Simpson
Ronald Kelly Sizemore
Elton Ray Slone
Elizabeth Ann Smith
Everette Grover Smith, Jr.
Randolph Fletcher Spainhour
Mary Alice Steele
Charles Vernon Steiner, Jr.
Norman Virgil Swenson, Jr.
212
Degrees Conferred
Carol Elaine Talbott
David Andrew Taliaferro
Louis Laverne Taylor, Jr.
Thomas Stokes Templeton, II
Susan Louise Troutman
Charles Wallace Turner
David Eugene Tuttle
Linda Lee Van Oot
Jean Allen Watson
Richard Glenn Watson
William Miller Watts, Jr.
Charles Ernest Webb
Landon Earl Weeks
John Frederick Whalley
Mary Helen Whisenant
Richard George White
Patricia Ann Wieferich
Lola Kay Wike
James Monroe Williams, Jr.
William Harrison Williams, III
David Collins Wilson
Walter Eugene Wilson
Dan Roland Yarborough
Lee Alan Zinzow
Bachelor of Business Administration
Gregory Stephen Baxter
Clarence Maynard Beach, Jr.
Richard Carlie Beck
James Monroe Blackwelder
Douglas Robbins Bris-Bois
Vinton Carr Bruton, III
David Lee Burton
Daniel Stelle Byrum
William Fred Chapman, Jr.
Larrie Wayne Dawkins
Stephen Dale Dolinger
Cathy Edinger Fink
James Warren Fredrickson
William Harrison Heitman
Franklin Richard Hood, Jr.
James Boyd Hood, Jr.
Jimmy Lee Horton
Harry Glenn James
Douglas William Jardine
Lawrence Fred Johnson
Michael Fred Lynch
James
Anne Marie Meyer
Marty Lee Ogburn
Clarence Ford Peatross, II
Harold Donovan Phillips, Jr.
Glenn Michael Pleasant
Thomas B. Preston
William Gordon Preston
James C. Pyron
William Russell Raisner, Jr.
Douglas Thomas Ramsey
Earl William Robinson, Jr.
Michael Henry Brody Rubenstein
Glenn Randall Saunders
Grady W. Saunders
Teddy Dale Shelton
Tolly M. Shuford, Jr.
Jeffrey Stanton Taylor
Patricia Lynne Thomas
Kelly Randolph Vann
Earl Gray Voss
Daniel Edward White
Robert Wren, Jr.
HONORARY DEGREES
Doctor of Laws
David Maxwell Britt
* Graham Martin
John Francis Watlington, Jr.
Doctor of Letters
Germaine Bree
Doctor of Science
James E. Webb
Awarded September 18, 1969.
213
DEGREES CONFERRED JANUARY 29, 1969
Master of Arts
William Allen Harrison, III Deann McCauley Miller
Josephine Chandler Holcomb Wayne Eugene Moore
John E. Hutchins Kallarackal Ninan Thomas
Thomas Richard Williams, II
Reginald Denny Carter
Master of Science
Joseph Dautlick, II
Bachelor of Arts
Robert Howard Armstrong, Jr.
Charles Edward Arrington, Jr.
Carlton Lee Baker
Robert Gray Bobbitt
David Lawe Bowdish
Noel Bradford Breuer
Chester Oscar David
William Edward Eutsler, Jr.
Robert Johnson Evans
Ferris Lineau Grooms, Jr.
John Phillips Harris, II
John Henry Jones, Jr.
James D. Kennedy
James Hilton Knight
Mary Claire McNaught
R. Joanne Kline Partin
Larry D. Pegram
Judy Lynn Howard Petree
Douglas Edward Reinhardt
Dennis Michael Sayers
Susan Byrd Tutt
Frederick Lee Wendorf
Bachelor of Science
James Wesley Broadway
Robert Alexander George
Douglas Branch Horner
Richard A. Marsh
Robert Martin Parks
John Everett Stone, Jr.
Ann Rankin Stuart
York Edward Winston
Donald Carter Wilson
Bachelor of Business Administration
David George Cedolia
Thomas Henry Clark
Edgar Richard Dimmette, Jr.
Ronald Brian Collins
Matthew Alvin Edwards, III
Sherwin Trumbull Haskell, III
Richard David Herbert
David Exum James
James W. Mason
Jerry Allen Shepherd
Elmer Earl Trulove, Jr.
GRADUATION DISTINCTION
Cum Laude
R. Joanne Kline Partin
214
SUMMER DIVISION OF THE CLASS OF 1969
Friday, August 29
DEGREES CONFERRED
Doctor of Philosophy
Jerry Eugene Sipe
Master of Arts
Bryan Kingsley Blanchard
Joseph Edwin Bourque
Charles Edwin Cipolla
John Senter Compere
William Copeland Cooper
William Wayne Eudy
John William Filler, Jr.
Harold Frazee Giles, Jr.
John Jay Hamilton
William Joseph Hartley
Patricia Adams Johnson
Robert Eugene Knott
John Carlton Livesay
Lois Mary Robertson Louden
Clarence Allen McMurtry
Margaret Whistle Morris
Davis L. Moss
Sue Pyatt Peeler
William Leon Pippin, Jr.
Felix Andrew Rowe, Jr.
Roger Adams Smith, III
Virginia Ann Sutton
Lisbeth Joan Vincent
Mervin Blythe Whealy
Susan Lynn Brooks
Violet Hoffman Daniel
Master of Arts in Education
Austin Odom Evans
Judith Dorr Homer
Kenneth Gray Matthews
Bachelor of Arts
Henry Lee Albert, Jr.
Lynda Jones Baker
John Ruffin Branham, Jr.
Dariel Saunders Buczek
David Lee Coleman
Russell Edwin Dancy
Thomas Shirley Dickinson
Franklin Pierce Donaldson, Jr.
Sharon Lee Ervin
Jean Adair Fogleman
William Allen Garnett
Roland Boyden Gibson
Clarence E. Godwin, Jr.
Arthur Henry Hilker, III
George Paul LaRoque
Carol Ann Lindner
Everett
Paul Erwin Long
Philip McNeill Maness
Jo Ann Martin
Jesse Lee Mills, III
Ruth Malene Pettit
Sanderson Scott Schaub
Joseph Worrell Seidle
Suzi Dianne Smith
Carolyn Jean Snider
John Hubert Spivey
Richard John Staiger, Jr.
Jo Anne Tart
Susan Rebecca Thomas
William Edward Upton, III
Charles Franklin Williams, Jr.
Jeffrey Alan Willison
Cleveland Wilkie
215
Graduation Distinctions
Bachelor of Science
William Sears Brown Ronald Lee Honeycutt
Susan Garrard Coffey Durward Burrell Jones
Edith Jane Creasy Robert Mackie Kirsch
Robert Newton Dickens Emmett Matthew Leeper, Jr.
Lowell Leon Freedlund Ronald Bruce MacVittie
Hubert Gearl Gore Harold Carlyle McDowell
John Ralph Hagaman W. Hugh Patton, III
Larry Nicholas Hambrick Douglas Dussel Pritchard
Bachelor of Business Administration
Scott Louis Cober Walter Roland Shelton
David Michael Grochmal James Marsh Steed
Carlos O. Holder Frank LeRoy Vestal
Sandy Vestal Hutchens, Jr. Michael Dean White
Joseph Edward Parvin Craig Marshall Wood
Penelope Chamis Poulos Paul Lee Zink
GRADUATION DISTINCTIONS
Cum Laude
Jean Adair Fogleman
Magna Cum Laude
Carolyn Jean Snider
216
ROTC GRADUATES COMMISSIONED IN
THE UNITED STATES ARMY RESERVE
Chester O. David*
Robert A. George
January 1969
Lawrence W. Hewitt
James H. Knight
Douglas E. Reinhardt*
Donald C. Wilson*
February 1969
June 1969
Thomas W. Albert, Jr.
John C. Berwind, Jr.
Joseph E. Blythe
Thomas J. Boyles*
Reginald A. Brown
David L. Burton*
James L. Carver, II*
Alan B. Crusan*
Larrie W. Dawkins
William A. Eliason
John C. Ellis, Jr.
William D. Ellis
Bobby J. Ervin*
Dwight L. Gentry, Jr.
Dale D. Glendening, Jr.f
Donald W. Hardeman, Jr.*
Charles D. Heidgerd
David C. Helscher
Elwyn V. Hopkins, Jr.
Lawrence F. Johnsonf
Charles E. Kirkpatrick*
James E. Lowe
James A. Miller*
David C. Meyer
William B. Myers
Theodore A. Nodell, Jr.
Stuart C. Ours
William A. Parker
James R. Rose
William W. Rucker
Louis A. Sasser
Charles V. Steiner, Jr.f
David A. Taliaferro*
James L. This*
Donald H. Wagoner*
James S. Warren
James H. Watson*
David R. Wattersf
Charles E. Webb*
Gary Wilson
Richard C. Beck
Edwin G. Below*
Jonas L. Blank, Jr.
James R. Creech, Jr.
Jack C. Kirkland, Jr.
July 1969
Paul E. Long
Charles E. McCartney, Jr.
Thomas P. Mutton
William M. Watts, Jr.
David A. Wood
William A. K. Garnett
August 1969
Larry N. Hambrick
* Distinguished Military Graduates.
t Distinguished Military Graduates Commissioned in Regular Army.
217
SUMMARY - FALL 1969
Graduate School Men Women Totals
Wake Forest College:
Regular 87 80 167
Unclassified 17 23 40
Bowman Gray School of Medicine 35 13 48
139 116 255 255
Wake Forest College
Seniors 365 161 526
Juniors 349 162 511
Sophomores 400 192 592
Freshmen 496 230 726
Unclassified 13 17 30
1,623 762 2,385 2,385
Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration
Seniors 59 5 64
Juniors 66 2 68
125 7 132 132
School of Law
Third Year 50 1 51
Second Year 51 — 51
First Year 85 2 87
186 3 189 189
Bowman Gray School of Medicine
Fourth Year 49 4 53
Third Year 58 1 59
Second Year 57 2 59
First Year 75 3 78
239 10 249 249
Grand Totals 2,312 898 3,210 3,210
218
Summer Session of 1969
Men Women Totals
First Term:
Graduate Students
Regular 51 39 90
Unclassified 52 62 114
Undergraduates
Regular 424 132 556
Unclassified 118 146 264
Law Students 14 0 14
Second Term:
Graduate Students
Regular 40 36 76
Unclassified 17 7 24
Undergraduates
Regular 308 98 406
Unclassified 55 94 149
1,079 614 1,693
Duplicates, attended both terms 296 154 450
783 460 1,243
Duplicates, Summer School
and Regular Session 485 183 668
298 277 575 575
3,785
219
Registration
Registration by Departments
Art 125
Asian Studies 27
Biology 959
Chemistry 450
Classical Languages:
Greek 59
Latin 260
Economics 381
Education 546
English 1,615
German 243
History 1,505
Mathematics 1,180
Military Science 258
Music 308
Philosophy 366
Physical Education 1,114
Physics 260
Political Science 493
Psychology 839
Religion 718
Romance Languages:
French 500
Russian 25
Spanish 402
Sociology and Anthropology 678
Speech 301
220
Geographical Distribution
Counties in North Carolina
Alamance 44
Alexander 7
Alleghany 2
Anson 3
Ashe 6
Avery 3
Beaufort 7
Bertie 1
Bladen 2
Brunswick 1
Buncombe 27
Burke 15
Cabarrus 23
Caldwell 14
Carteret 1
Caswell 1
Catawba 24
Chatham 1
Cherokee 4
Chowan 1
Cleveland 32
Columbus 7
Craven 3
Cumberland 24
Davidson 68
Davie 8
Duplin 6
Durham 15
Edgecombe 12
Forsyth 370
Franklin 5
Gaston 40
Gates 1
Granville 8
Greene 2
Guilford 102
Halifax 16
Harnett 10
Haywood 12
Henderson 9
Hertford 14
Hoke 4
Iredell 27
Jackson 2
Johnston 18
Lee 9
Jones 4
Lenoir 15
Lincoln 5
McDowell 8
Macon 5
Madison 3
Martin 6
Mecklenburg 125
Mitchell 1
Montgomery 5
Moore 5
Nash 16
New Hanover 14
Northhampton 3
Onslow 4
Orange 9
Pasquotank 6
Pender 4
Perquimans 1
Person 9
Pitt 17
Randolph 24
Richmond 9
Robeson 18
Rockingham 20
Rowan 28
Rutherford 14
Sampson 13
Scotland 9
Stanley 16
Stokes 9
Surry 31
Swain 2
Transylvania 2
Union 18
Vance 6
Wake 60
Warren 3
Washington 2
Watauga 2
Wayne H
Wilkes 38
Wilson 8
Yadkin 13
Yancey 2
221
Geographical Distribution
States
Alabama 8
Arizona 2
Arkansas 3
California 17
Colorado 5
Connecticut 33
Delaware 31
District of Columbia 9
Florida 101
Georgia 59
Illinois 34
Indiana 12
Iowa 3
Kansas 4
Kentucky 27
Maine 2
Maryland 151
Massachusetts 29
Michigan 5
Minnesota 5
Missouri 3
Montana 3
New Hampshire 8
New Jersey 178
New York 95
North Dakota 2
Ohio 56
Oklahoma 5
Pennsylvania 158
Rhode Island 3
South Carolina 84
Tennessee 42
Texas 8
Utah 5
Vermont 1
Virginia 281
Washington 2
West Virginia 34
Wisconsin 7
Canal Zone 2
Puerto Rico 2
Foreign Countries
Australia
Bolivia
British Honduras
Canada
Colombia
Cyprus
England
France
Germany
Greece
Hong Kong
Iran
Malaysia . .
Peru
Scotland
Somalia . . .
Switzerland
Taiwan . . .
Thailand . .
222
INDEX
Academic Requirements,
Minimum 81
Accountancy 114, 185
Accreditation 7
Administration 9
Admission Requirements. 49
Advanced Placement .... 51
Advanced Standing
Admission 51
Advisers 78, 95
Anthropology 171
Application Fee 50, 54
Army R.O.T.C 141
Army R.O.T.C.
Commissions 141, 217
Art 107
Art Museum 48
Asian Studies Program . . 178
Athletics
Equipment 44
Intercollegiate 77
Attendance Regulations . 80
Auditing 79
Awards 74, 200
Basic Course
Requirements 91
Biology 109
Board 57
Bowman Gray School
of Medicine 195
Buildings, Academic .... 43
Buildings, Residence .... 45
Buildings and Grounds . . 43
Business Administration . 180
Business and
Accountancy 113
Calendar 3
Chapel Service 41
Charges 53
Charles H. Babcock
School of Business
Administration 180
Chemistry 115
Choir Work Grants 69
Church and Industry
Institute 88
Class Schedule 104
Classical Languages 117
Classification 78
Coaching Staff 33
College Union 77
Commencement
Exercises 202
Committees of the
Faculty 34
Course Conditions
Removal Procedure ... 84
Seniors 85
Course Numbers
104
Courses of Instruction
The College
104
School of Business
Administration
186
Credit Hours Defined . . .
104
Dean's List
86
Debate and Speech
72
Degrees
Bachelor of Arts
90
Bachelor of Business
Administration
184
Bachelor of Science . . .
90
Doctor of Medicine . . .
195
Juris Doctor
193
Master of Arts
189
Degrees Conferred
199
Dentistry
101
Deposits
50, 54
Dormitories
45
Dramatics
175
Economics
120
Education
122
Endowment
41
Engineering
101
English
127
Enrollment Summary . .
218
Examinations
84
Experiment in Int'l
Living
87
Experimental Courses . .
105
Faculty
12
Fees
53
Food Services
57
Forensics
71
Forestry
102
Fraternities
75
French
167
Geographical
Distribution
221
German
132
German Exchange
Scholarship
68
Grading System
84
Graduate School
189
Graduation
Distinctions
. 86, 205
Fee
55
Requirements
90
Greek
117
Health Service
88
Hindi
169
Historical Sketch
37
History
134
Honor Societies
76
Honor Svstem
70
Honors Program
Departmental
107
223
Index
Biology 109
Economics 120
English 127
German 132
History 134
Interdisciplinary 105
Mathematics 138
Music 143
Physical Education . . . 153
Physics 155
Political Science 157
Psychology 161
Religion 164
Romance Languages . . 167
Sociology and
Anthropology 172
Speech 175
Housing 57
Introductory Statement . 7
Journalism 131
Latin 117
Law 97, 190
Libraries 32, 46
Loan Funds 65
Majors 96
Mathematics 138
Medals 74, 200
Medical Record
Administration 100
Medical Sciences 98
Medical Technology .... 99
Medicine,
School of 195
Men's Judicial
Board 71
Military Science 141
Ministerial Students .... 68
Music 143
Navy R.O.C.
Program 89
Open Curriculum 93
Pass-Fail Grades 85
Phi Beta Kappa 76, 203
Philosophy 149
Physical Education
Courses 151
Equipment 44
Physician Assistant
Program 100
Physics 155
Piedmont University
Center 48
Placement Office 89
Political Science 157
Prerequisites 104
Probation 83
Psychological Center .... 88
Psychology 161
Publications 74
Purposes and
Objectives 40
Quality Points 82
Radio Station 73
Readmission 83
Recitations Per Week ... 78
Recreational Activities . . 77
Registration
Dates 3
Departmental 220
Procedure 78
Regulations 79
Religion 163
Religious Program 41
Repetition of Courses ... 85
Reports 86
Requirements,
Academic 91
Romance Languages .... 167
Room Regulations 58
Russian 169
Salem College
Courses 178
Scholarships 59
Senior Orations 71
Senior Testing
Program 97
Sociology and
Anthropology 171
Spanish 170
Spanish Exchange
Scholarship 68
Speech 175
Speech Institute 72
Student Employment ... 69
Student Government .... 70
Study Abroad 87
Summer Session
Elsewhere 87
Summer Term 198, 219
Teacher Certificate
Requirements 123
Theatre 73
Transcripts 86
Trustees 8
Tuition 53
University Calendar .... 3
Upoer Division 94
Veterans 89
Withdrawal
From College 81
From Course 81
224
Address Correction Requested
Return Postage Guaranteed
WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY
WINSTON-SALEM, N. C. 27109
.
.
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11